Skip to main content

Full text of "An edition of Philip Massinger's Duke of Milan ... by Thomas Whitfield Baldwin"

See other formats


•CD 


=!  THE  DUKE  OF  MILAN 


•CD 


00 


BY 


PHILIP    MASSINGER 


THOMAS  WHITFIELD  BALDWIN 


AN  EDITION  OF  PHILIP  MASSINGER'S 


DUKE   OF  MILAN 


A  DISSERTATION 

PRESENTED  TO  THE 

FACULTY  OF  PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY 

IN  CANDIDACY  FOR  THE  DEGREE 

OF  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 


BY 
THOMAS  WHITFIELD  BALDWIN 

PROFESSOR    OF    ENGLISH,    SOUTH    DAKOTA    STATE    COLLEGE 


PRESS  OF 

THE  NEW  ERA  PRINTING  COMPANY 
LANCASTER,  PA. 


PR 


ACCEPTED  BY  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH, 
JUNE  1916 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Preface    v 

I.  Life    vii 

II.  Critical  Introduction   i 

A.  The  Duke  of  Milan I 

a.  Early  Editions I 

b.  Date  of  Composition   3 

c.  Modern  Editions 7 

d.  Stage  History 9 

e.  Sources 

1.  Fable 

Josephus  the  Chief  Source  of  the  Play.  10 
The  Herod-Mariamne  Story  of  Josephus.  1 2 
Other    Authors'    Use    of    the    Herod- 
Mariamne  Story 1 8 

Massinger's  Use  of  the  Herod-Mariamne 

Story    20 

2.  Massinger's  Alterations 

Influence  of  Othello 21 

The  Historical  Setting 22 

The     Borrowing     from     The     Second 

Maiden's  Tragedy   25 

B.  Massinger  as  Poet-Dramatist 30 

The  "Stage-Poet  "  30 

The  "  Moral "  Character  Portrayer 36 

The  Conscious  Stylist 40 

Massinger's  Habit  of  Repetition 46 

Final  Estimate  of  The  Duke  of  Milan 47 

Massinger's  Conception  of  Tragedy 48 

Massinger's  Rank   49 

III.  Text    51 

IV.  Notes    414 

V.  i.  Appendix  I.     Printers  and  Publishers  of  the  Quartos.  176 

2.  Appendix  II.     Massinger's   New  Year's  Letter  to 

Lady  Stanhope 178 

VI.  Glossary    180 

Bibliography    194 


PREFACE 

In  the  preparation  of  this  work,  I  have  received  much  kindly 
aid.  Professor  Felix  E.  Schelling  secured  me  the  loan  of  the 
first  quarto  of  The  Duke  of  Milan  owned  by  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  Professor  Charles  W.  Kennedy  of  Princeton 
looked  up  some  information  for  me  in  England.  Mr.  R.  B.  Mc- 
Kerrow  went  to  much  unavailing  trouble  to  secure  for  me  the 
corrections  by  Massinger  in  the  Foljambe  quarto.  Mr.  Walter 
R.  Cottrell  of  the  Princeton  University  Library  was  always 
assiduous  and  kindly  in  helping  me  secure  needed  materials. 
Mr.  Lacy  Lockert,  my  fellow  student,  was  a  constant  source  of 
suggestion  to  me.  My  readers,  Professors  Parrott  and  Spaeth, 
gave  me  much  valuable  criticism.  To  Professor  Parrott  espe 
cially,  under  whom  this  work  was  done,  I  owe  warmest  thanks 
for  the  careful  training  that  made  much  of  the  work  possible  and 
for  unstinted  criticism  and  suggestion  at  all  stages. 


PHILIP    MASSINGER 

Concerning  the  life  of  Philip  Massinger,  little  is  known.  The 
exact  date  of  his  birth  has  not  come  down  to  us ;  but,  according 
to  Boyle  in  the  Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  he  was  bap 
tized  Nov.  24,  1583,  at  St.  Thomas's,  Salisbury.  Coleridge  is 
responsible  for  the  "  pleasing  fancy "  that  Sir  Philip  Sidney, 
brother  of  Henry  Herbert's  second  wife,  was  sponsor  upon  the 
occasion  and  that  hence  came  the  name  Philip.  However  pleas 
ing,  it  is  but  a  fancy,  not  a  fact. 

From  the  dedication  to  The  Bondman,  we  learn  that  his  father 
was  Arthur  Massinger,  "  servant "  to  the  noble  family  of  the 
Herberts.  Of  course,  "  servant "  here  has  nothing  of  the  menial 
attached  to  it.  According  to  Joseph  Foster,1  this  Arthur  Mas- 
singer  was,  "  B.  A.  from  St.  Alban  Hall,  sup.  7  Dec.,  1571,  fellow 
of  Merton  Coll.  1572,  M.  A.  25  June,  1577,  incorporated  at  Cam 
bridge  1578,  M.  P.  Weymouth  and  Melcombe  Regis  1588-9,  1593, 
Shaftesbury  1601."  We  know  that  he  was  highly  regarded  by 
Henry  Herbert,  Earl  of  Pembroke,  as  (in  a  letter  to  the  Earl  of 
Burghley,  dated  March  28,  1587)  he  recommended  Massinger 
strongly  for  "  the  reversion  of  the  office  of  Examiner  in  the  Court 
of  the  Marches  toward  South  Wales";  and  later  entrusted  to 
him  negotiations  for  a  marriage  into  the  same  family  of  Burgh- 
ley.2  Arthur  Massinger,  then,  was  a  man  of  considerable  im 
portance  and  his  son  Philip  would  presumably  have  had  advan 
tages  above  the  ordinary. 

At  any  rate,  Philip  was  ready  to  matriculate  at  St.  Alban  Hall, 
Oxford,  May  14,  1602,  when  he  is  described  as  "  Phlllipus  Mas- 
singer,  Sarisburiensis,  generosi  films  nat.  an  18  ".  How  he  spent 
his  time  there,  we  do  not  know.  Wood  says,3  "  tho  encouraged 
in  his  studies  by  the  Earl  of  Pembroke,  he  applied  himself  more 
to  poetry  and  romances  than  to  logic  and  philosophy,  which  he 
ought  to  have  done,  and  for  that  was  patronised";  but  Lang- 

1  Alumni  Oxonienses,  III,  1004. 

2  Notes  and  Queries,  1st  S.  Ill,  52. 

3  Athenae  Oxoniensis,  Vol.  II,  654  ff. 

vii 


Vlll  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

baine4  says,  "he  closely  pursued  his  studies  in  Alban  Hall  for 
three  or  four  years  ".  He  left  school  without  a  degree,  as  did 
many  other  literary  men  of  the  time.  Why  he  left,  we  do  not 
know.  It  may  have  been  because  of  his  father's  death,  which 
seems  to  have  occurred  about  this  time.  However,  from  the 
statement  of  Wood  that  Massinger  had  been  patronized  by  the 
Earl  of  Pembroke  (third  Earl  William:  not  second  Earl  Henry, 
who  died  Jan.  19,  1601,  to  whom  Boyle  attributes  this  in  D.  N. 
B.)  some  have  inferred  that  the  Earl  refused  further  aid  at  this 
time,  thus  accounting  for  Massinger's  supposed  withdrawal  and 
"  alienation  "  from  the  family  of  Herbert.  Gifford  accepts  the 
"  alienation  "  as  a  fact  and  accounts  for  it  by  the  theory  that  Mas- 
singer  had  turned  Catholic.  This  theory  he  bases  upon  certain 
of  Massinger's  writings,  especially  The  Virgin  Martyr,  The  Rene- 
gado,  and  The  Maid  of  Honor.  There  is  no  real  evidence  for 
such  a  change  on  Massinger's  part. 

The  next  piece  of  evidence  in  the  Massinger  biography  is  the 
tripartite  letter5  supposed  to  date  about  1613-14,  addressed  to 
Henslowe  by  Field,  Daborne,  and  Massinger,  begging  the  loan  of 
"  five  pound  "  on  their  play  to  bail  them,  which  sum  was  granted. 
Daborne  and  Massinger  again  had  business  dealings  with  Hen 
slowe  involving  three  pounds,  July  4,  1615.  Daborne  in  an  un 
dated  letter  to  Henslowe,  which  Mr.  Fleay  thinks  belongs  to  1613, 
complained :  "  I  did  think  I  deserved  as  much  money  as  Mr.  Mes- 
singer ".  Thus  Massinger  the  dramatist  makes  his  appearance 
in  that  state  of  chronic  poverty  which  seems  (if  we  may  believe 
his  dedications)  to  have  been  his  condition  throughout  life. 

In  the  tripartite  letter,  Fletcher  is  mentioned  by  Daborne.  It 
is  chiefly  as  Fletcher's  collaborator  that  Massinger  is  known  to  us 
in  the  next  period.  Beginning  about  1616,  Massinger  became  a 
collaborator"  in  the  Fletcher  syndicate  for  the  King's  Men  and 
(with  only  slight  exceptions)  continued  his  connection  with  that 
company  till  his  death.  He  reformed  The  Virgin  Martyr  for  the 
Red  Bull  Company  in  1620,  write  three  plays  for  the  Princess 
Elizabeth's  Men  at  the  Cockpit,  1623-4,  and  certainly  one,  almost 
certainly  two,  and  quite  probably  three  more  plays  for  their  suc 
cessors,  the  Queen's  Men,  1627^8.  With  these  exceptions,  he 

4  An  Account  of  The  English  Dramatick  Poets,  article  Massinger. 

5  Greg,  Henslowe  Papers,  pp.  65-7,  70-1,  85. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  ix 

worked  continuously  for  the  King's  Men,  becoming  Fletcher's 
successor  as  their  chief  dramatist. 

Aubrey6  under  date  of  May,  1672,  says  that  Massinger's  "wife 
died  at  Cardiffe  in  Wales,  to  whom  earl  of  Pembroke  paid  an  an 
nuity  ".  "  She  seems  to  have  had  children.  Miss  Henrietta 
Massinger,  claiming  to  be  a  direct  descendant,  died  on  4  Aug. 
1762  (London  Mag.  1762) ".7 

Aubrey  also  informs  us  that  Massinger  died  suddenly  in  a 
house  by  the  Bankside  and  was  buried,  according  to  the  register 
of  St.  Saviour's  Southwark,  March  18,  1639  [i.  e.,  1640],  about 
the  middle  of  Bullhead  churchyard.  Sir  Aston  Cockain  says8 
that  Massinger  and  Fletcher  were  buried  in  one  grave.  Whether 
this  is  to  be  taken  literally  or  figuratively  is  a  disputed  question. 

6  Brief  Lives,  ed.  A.  Clark,  II,  54-5. 

7  Boyle,  D.  N.  B.,  article  Massinger. 

8  Quoted  in  Cunningham's  Introduction,  p.  xvii. 


CRITICAL    INTRODUCTION 

THE  DUKE  OF  MILAN 

EARLY  EDITIONS 

The  Duke  of  Milan  was  first  printed  in  the  quarto  of  1623. 
This  quarto,  which  is  accurately  and  clearly  done,  I  have  used  as 
the  basis  of  my  text.1  Between  the  publication  of  his  first  (1805) 
and  second  (1813)  editions  of  Massinger's  Works,  Gifford  was 
presented  with  a  copy  of  the  quarto  of  1623,  containing  correc 
tions  of  the  text  and  a  short  address  to  Sir  Francis  Foljambe,  in 
Massinger's  own  hand.  These  corrections  Gifford  claims  to  have 
used  in  his  second  edition.2  This  corrected  copy  was  presented 
by  Mr.  Gilchrist,  who  had  it  of  Mr.  Blore,  who  found  it  in  the 
papers  of  Mr.  Gell  of  Hopton.  At  Mr.  Gilchrist's  sale,  1824,  Mr. 
Heber  purchased  this  quarto  for  £11  us.  It  is  now  in  the  Dyce 
collection  at  South  Kensington,  No.  6323.  I  attempted,  of  course, 
to  check  up  these  corrections ;  but  under  date  of  6  May,  1916, 
Mr.  R.  B.  McKerrow  wrote  me,  "  The  Director  of  the  Museum 
writes  that  books  are,  for  reasons  of  safety,  placed  in  heavy  cases 

1 1  have  used  for  my  text  the  1623  quarto  belonging  to  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  loaned  me  through  the  courtesy  of  Professor  F.  E. 
Schelling.  This  copy  has  lost  the  lower  right  hand  corner  of  its  title  page, 
cutting  off  a  few  words  from  the  printer's  notice.  Because  of  close  crop 
ping,  the  text  also  of  this  copy  is  slightly  defective  in  three  places.  Bi 
has  lost  one  line  at  the  bottom  on  both  recto  and  verso,  these  lines  being 
I,  i,  23,  and  I,  i,  55  of  the  text.  G3  verso  has  its  last  line,  III,  2,  81, 
clipped  so  that  one  can  only  make  out  with  certainty,  "  Unlesse  I  have  a 
Beadle."  Professor  C.  W.  Kennedy  of  Princeton  University  has  kindly 
examined  for  me  the  three  copies  of  this  edition  in  the  British  Museum 
with  regard  to  these  points.  Only  one,  6446.  73,  has  the  printer's  notice 
unhurt,  the  other  two  being  more  or  less  cropped.  Bi  has  been  worse 
cropped  in  all  three  of  these  than  the  Pennsylvania  quarto.  G3,  however, 
is  unhurt  in  all  three.  I  therefore  bracket  in  their  reading  for  III,  2,  81. 
For  I,  i,  23,  and  I,  i,  55, 1  bracket  in  the  reading  of  the  second  quarto,  only 
making  its  typography  conform  to  that  of  the  first. 

2  Vol.  I,  pp.  1-3.  Gifford  printed  a  facsimile  of  the  address  to  Fol 
jambe,  IV,  593. 

1 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 


IffLIJ. 

HT°r$££RS£$ 

HI                 HI      \f) 

T          HI    PO 

O    N 

O   O 

Tf    M                t^»               tO 

>  §  °  a 

<>J       C/3 

t  t  POPOPOPOPOPO  t 

PO          PO  PO 

POPO 

<N    PO          N           PO 

H    - 

0\0    N    too    t^OvO    N 

IO              O      HI 

HI      ^t 

HI  00           PO          PO 

&0 

££o  ££££o  £ 

*     i^^- 

oo  a 

S£     °     ^ 

""H! 

ISsJSS^S 

00          O    t- 

|| 

oo  P>       o>      o 

JC 

I 

o. 

tfl 

OOOOOOPONOO\ 

r^        o  to 

t           M     IO 

PO   N 

t^»  to           HI            IO 

t> 

ddddlHMMMd 

00           t-00 

PO         00    O\ 

r4       HI  d 

$  o5 

O    PO        O         to 
r»  TJ-       N        to 

MM              M              M 

• 

OiPO»OPOlOO\tOO    O\ 

toooooo  Ooo   PO  to  to 

00         O    t 

0\               •*    HI 

N    O 

O  00 

Tf    M              Tfr            00 

- 

POOVM    poo*.oo>f.    r- 

HI              PO    O\ 

^  •* 

to      o      oo 

o 

NPOOMOO\NtOO 

5    5? 

00    M 

PO  t          PO          t 

j 

t^O\POOvto-*ooo   to 

PO               t    HI 

t^   P) 

O   PO      o        r~ 

•o 

53.$  £  3*yg  ££ 

Tf             IO  O 

T  ° 

I 

totoo    t^OO    O\O    O 
P<O\OMPO(-OOO\P< 

HI                          HI      M      M      P4                0( 

oo         O  O 

O                Tf     PO 

<N            0)     CS 

o\o 

O\  to 

tooo         O         O\ 

O    O                M                HI 

J-O 

OOOOOOOOOO 

O          P)    O 
PO          PO  PO 

o      o  o 

PO  •*• 

O  oo 

O\  to        if>        10 
10  10          IO          to 

o  o      o      o 

— 

•o 

*  fe 

31 

OJ= 

F 

~         ™  ll.                      fe  fe 
"O           -     .                       .     . 

h 

PQ 

te 

M 
0 

ta  fe      te      te 

pa  pa     cd     pa 

guiui^oiofaww 

wd    dww 

ww 

WWWWWWWWW 

W 

jj 

•gff 

N    N    N    ^  ^v^.O  0 

r^  ^.       oo   Ov  OX 

M 

ro 

M      N      ^                        ^                        O^ 

1 

§< 
a 

«««  *A?:«75s 

O    \^       O  oo    PO 

C  •—        rt  C  Q 

It 

J?{?M"  ti«  °"  d;^^ 

1 

::§::: 

•    •  o    •    •    • 

•   a;  v     •     •     • 

o 

c    • 

•  <u         •     •     • 

:  s  o  :  :  : 

«  ; 

.     !-,        

X     .      .  T3      .      .      .      .    V 

o. 

D. 

o  v    • 

HHHHHHHHH 

The  Judge  
The  Great  Duke  of  Fl 
The  Maid  of  Honour 
of  Women  
The  Picture  
Minerva's  Sacrifice..  . 

u   • 

H  « 

The  Unfortunate  Piet 
The  City  Madam.  .  .  . 
The  Guardian  
The  Tragedy  of  Clean 
A  Very  Woman  
The  Orator  
The  Bashful  Lover.  .  . 
The  King  and  Subject 
Alexius  or  Chaste  Lov 

•ji 

0 

THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  3 

soldered  down  and  that  as  the  staff  of  the  Museum  is  almost  daily 
decreasing  owing  to  the  war,  he  is  reluctantly  obliged  to  decline 
all  requests  to  see  them." 

A  second  quarto3  appeared  in  1638,  being  evidently  reprinted 
from  the  first,  as  it  continues  all  but  its  most  evident  errors  and 
adds  a  number  of  its  own.  It  modernizes  the  spelling  consider 
ably  and  uses  modern  "  j  "  and  "  u  "  for  the  "  i "  and  "  v  "  of  the 
first  quarto,  but  makes  only  slight  changes  in  the  old  punctuation. 
It  is  rather  carelessly  done,  as  its  variants  will  show.  Evidently, 
then,  it  has  hardly  so  great  authority  as  a  thoroughly  done  modern 
edition. 

The  license  for  the  first  edition  appears  in  the  Stationers' 
Register  as  follows  :4 

"  20th  Januarii  1622  [i.  e.  1623] 
Edward  Blackmore,  George  Norton. 

Entred  for  their  Copie  under  the  handes  of  Sir  John  Ashley  knight 
Master  of  the  Revelles  and  Master  Gilmyn  warden,  A  play  called  Sforza, 
Duke  of  Millaine,  made  by  Master  Messenger,  vi  d  " 

But  as  Norton  seems  to  have  been  going  out  of  business  about 
this  time5  he  did  not  retain  his  share  in  the  play  long,  and  we  find 
a  second  entry  :6 

)  "  5°.    May  1623 
Edward  Blackmore. 

Assigned  over  unto  him  by  George  Norton  and  consent  of  a  full  court 
holden  this  Daie  all  the  estate,  right  and  title  the  said  George  hath  in  the 
play  called,  The  Duke  of  Milan  vi  d  " 

Blackmore  thus  became  sole  owner.  The  fact  that  only 
Blackmore's  name  appears  on  the  title  page  of  the  first  quarto 
may  mean  that  the  quarto  was  not  issued  till  after  the  above 
transaction. 

DATE  OF  COMPOSITION 

The  date  of  composition  for  this  play  must  be  determined  by 
internal  evidence.  The  fact  that  it  is  not  licensed  in  Herbert's 
office  book  points  to  a  date  of  acting  earlier  than  May,  1622,  when 
Herbert  began  his  entries. 

3 1  have  used  the  copy  of  the  second  quarto  owned  by  Princeton 
University. 

4  Arber  reprint,  IV,  90. 

5  See  Appendix  II,  Norton. 

6  Arber  reprint,  IV,  95. 


4  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

The  metrical  characteristics  of  the  play  help  in  fixing  its  ap 
proximate  date  of  composition.  Turning  to  the  metrical  table7 
of  Massinger's  plays,  it  is  to  be  noticed  that  the  unassisted  plays 
(2000  verses  and  over)  show  a  fluctuation  in  double  endings  be 
tween  40.2%  and  50.0%,  with  the  majority  of  the  plays  around 
the  average,  45.0%.  The  weak  endings  also  fluctuate.  Therefore 
neither  the  weak  nor  the  double  endings  give  any  clue  to  devel 
opment  in  the  unassisted  plays.  But  the  run-on  lines  show  steady 
increase  from  36.9%  in  The  Bondman  (1623)  to  52.4%  in  Believe 
As  Ye  List  (1631),  then  a  drop  to  39.4%  in  The  City  Madam 
(1632)  and  an  increase  again  to  42.870  in  The  Bashful  Lover 

7  The  metrical  table  represents  my  own  counting  throughout,  though 
of  course  I  have  had  access  to  the  work  of  Boyle  and  others.  In  the  col 
laborated  or  revised  plays,  I  have  made  a  consensus  of  assignments  by 
Boyle,  Oliphant,  Fleay,  and  Macaulay.  In  the  Virgin  Martyr,  I  agree  with 
Boyle  (Engl.  Stud.,  V,  95)  in  assigning  to  Massinger  I,  i;  III,  i,  2;  IV,  3; 
V,  2.  None  of  the  other  critics  has  made  complete  assignment.  In  the 
Prophetess,  Boyle  (Engl.  Stud.,  V,  87),  Fleay,  with  a  query  in  some  cases 
(Biog.  Chron.,  I,  216),  and  Macaulay  (C.  H.  E.  L.,  VI,  157)  agree  in 
assigning"  to  Massinger  II,  i,  2,  3;  IV  entire;  V,  I,  2,  from  which  assign 
ment  Oliphant  (Engl.  Stud.,  XVI,  191)  disagrees  only  in  assigning  the 
dumb  show  of  IV,  I  (IV,  2,  in  some  editions),  and  V,  i,to  an  older  author. 
I  agree  with  the  majority  except  for  the  short  scenes,  IV,  4  and  6  (3  and 

5  in  some  editions)  which  I  assign  to  Fletcher.     In  the  Sea  Voyage,  the 
consensus  is  not  quite  so  general;  but  I  have  taken  II,  i,  2;  V,  I,  2,  3,  4, 
since  Fleay  (Engl.  Stud.,  IX,  24),  Oliphant  (Engl.  Stud.,  XVI,  192),  and 
Boyle  (D.  N.  B.,  vol.  37,  143)  are  in  practical  agreement  upon  these  scenes. 
Mr.  Macaulay   (C.  H.  E.  L.,  VI,  157)   thinks  Massinger's  part  doubtful. 
In  the  Spanish  Curate,  Boyle  (Engl.  Stud.,  V,  91),  Fleay  (Biog.  Chron., 
I,  217),  and  Oliphant    (Engl.   Stud.  XVI,   192)   agree  in  assigning  Mas- 
singer  I,  i,  2,  3;  III,  3;  IV,  i,  4;  V,  i,  3.    Macaulay  (C.  H.  E.  L.,  VI,  157) 
adds  IV,  2,  which  Boyle  has  questioned  for  Fletcher.     I  have  used  the 
consensus,  with  which  I  agree  except  for  a  very  few  lines.     In  the  Fair 
Maid  of  the  Inn  there  is  again  no  absolute  consensus ;  but  I  have  taken 
I,  i,  2,  3;  III,  2;  V,  3,  as  being  as  nearly  so  as  probably  is  possible  for  such 
a  play.     In  a  Very  Woman,  Boyle  (Engl.  Stud.,  V,  92)  and  Fleay  (Biog. 
Chron.,  I,  228)  agree  in  assigning  to  Massinger  I,  i;  II,  i,  2,  3a;  IV,  2; 
V,  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  from  which  Oliphant  (Engl.  Stud.,  XVI,  190)  only  disa 
grees  in  not  giving  Massinger  all  of  II,  3a,  and  IV,  2.     I  agree  with  Boyle 
and  Fleay. 

Since  the  Parliament  of  Love  is  fragmentary  and  restored,  its  per 
centages  cannot  accurately  be  determined. 

K.  =  King's  men  ;  B.F.  =  Black  Friars  ;  G.  =  Globe  ;  Q.  =  Queen  of 
Bohemia's  or  Princess  Elizabeth's  men  before  1625,  Queen  Henrietta's  after 
1625  ;  C.  =  Cockpit. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  5 

(1636).  The  light  endings  show  precisely  similar  development. 
The  break  after  Believe  As  Ye  List  is  perhaps  to  be  accounted 
for  by  a  change  in  the  character  and  tone  of  the  work.  Now 
taking  the  difference  in  percentage  of  run-on  lines  between  The 
Bondman  and  Believe  As  Ye  List,  15.5%,  and  dividing  by  seven 
and  one-half,  the  approximate  number  of  years  between  their 
datings,  we  get  slightly  over  2.0%,  the  average  increase  per  year. 
The  Duke  of  Milan  has  4.5%  less  run-on  lines  than  The  Bondman, 
If  the  average  holds  good,  this  means  that  it  is  about  two  years 
earlier.  The  light  endings  show  about  the  same  thing  in  the  un 
assisted  plays,  but  the  percentages  are  so  small  that  they  can  only 
be  used  fairly  in  this  general,  confirmatory  way.  As  The  Bond 
man  was  licensed  December  3,  1623,  the  approximate  date  of  The 
Duke  of  Milan  according  to  the  run-on  line  series  would  be  about 
the  year  1621.  An  examination  of  the  definitely  dated  collabo 
rated  plays  of  that  period  shows  about  the  same  percentage8  of 
run-on  lines  for  Massinger's  share  as  in  The  Duke  of  Milan, 
32.4%,  thus  confirming  the  conclusion. 

An  allusion  in  the  play,  first  pointed  out  by  Fleay,9  and  ac 
cepted  by  Gayley10  helps  in  fixing  the  date  more  accurately.  In 
III,  2,  17-24,  the  Officer  says: 

/  have  had  a  fellow 

That  could  indite  forsooth,  and  make  fine  meeter 
To  tinckle  in  the  eares  of  ignorant  Madams, 
That  for  defaming  of  Great  Men  was  sent  me 
Thredbare  and  lowsie,  and  in  three  dayes  after 
Discharged  by  another  that  set  him  on,  I  haue  seene  him 
Cap  a  pie  gallant,  and  his  stripes  wash'd  of 
With  Oyle  of  Angels. 

Fleay  says  "  The  '  fellow  that  could  indite '  III,  2,  is,  I  sup 
pose,  Wither  ".  Wither  drew  the  shafts  of  his  contemporaries 
more  than  once.  Ben  Jonson  satirised  him  as  Chronomastix  in 
Time  Vindicated,  performed  January  19,  1623. "  According  to 
Ward,12  "Wither  was  also  caricatured  by  Davenant  in  '  The  Cruel 

8  Virgin  Martyr,  licensed  Oct.  6,  1620,  32.3  per  cent. ;  Prophetess,  li 
censed  May  14,  1622,  33.9  per  cent. 

9  Biog.  Chron.,  i,  212. 

10  Beaumont,  the  Dramatist,  p.  136. 

11  Cal.  State  Papers,  1619-23,  483. 

12  History  of  English  Dramatic  Literature,  III,  170. 


0  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Brother'  [pr.  1630],  especially  in  Act  II."  He  was  evidently  re 
garded,  then,  by  those  of  the  time  as  a  fit  subject  for  satire  and 
caricature. 

This  versifier  of  Massinger's  play  was  cast  in  prison  for  de 
faming  great  men,  but  was  soon  discharged  by  another  who  had 
set  him  on,  and  received  reward.  Now  Wither  was  twice  in 
trouble  before  The  Duke  of  Milan  was  printed.  First,  in  1613, 
for  Abuses  Stript  and  Whipt,  he  was  imprisoned  for  several 
months.  Apparently,  then,  the  allusion  can  not  be  to  this  impris 
onment  as  it  was  no  three-day  affair.  Second,  in  the  latter  part 
of  June  and  the  first  of  July,  1621,  he  was  again  in  trouble  for 
Wither' s  Motto.  In  his  examination,  June  27,  1621,  at  White 
hall,  he  excuses  himself  for  having  the  book  printed  after  license 
had  been  refused  on  the  ground  that  he  "  Showed  it  to  Mr.  Dray- 
ton  ( — the  man  that  set  him  on? — )  and  several  others  before 
printing,  thinks  (sic)  there  is  nothing  in  it  contrary  to  the  procla 
mation  restraining  writing  on  matters  of  government.  By  the 
enemies  whose  downfall  he  said  he  had  lived  to  see  ( — defaming 
of  g-reat  men — )  ;  meant  (sic)  the  late  Earl  of  Northampton  ",13 
The  printers  were  also  examined  concerning  the  work  on  July 
10  and  12.  Wither  seems  to  have  been  let  off  without  further 
punishment.14  This  trial,  then,  apparently  meets  well  enough 
the  conditions  mentioned  in  the  play  and  would  doubtless  fit 
better  if  one  could  see  the  events  through  the  eyes  of  some  per 
son  of  the  time  instead  of  through  the  medium  of  a  dry  abstract 
of  state  papers.  Therefore,  with  Fleay  and  Gayley,  I  believe  the 
allusion  is  to  Wither,  especially  as  metrical  characteristics  show 
that  the  play  must  have  belonged  to  the  year  in  which  this  trial 
occurred.  Thus  the  play  must  have  been  completed  after  June, 
1621. 

An  examination  of  the  previous  table  of  definitely  dated  plays 
shows  that  Massinger  produced  about  two  plays  each  year.  The 
licenses  for  these  twenty-six  plays  according  to  the  month  of  the 
year  were :  Jan.  3 ;  Feb.  o ;  March  i  ;  Apr.  i ;  May  6 ;  June  6 ; 
July  i  ;  Aug.  o;  Sept.  i  ;  Oct.  4;  Nov.  2;  Dec.  i.  It  will  thus 
be  seen  that  nearly  half  of  them  were  licensed  in  May  and  June, 
that  nearly  one  fourth  of  them  were  licensed  in  October  and 

13  Cal.  State  Papers,  1619-23. 
"  D.  N.  B.,  article  Wither. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  7 

November,  and  nearly  one  eighth  in  January.  Now  since  there 
was  a  play  licensed  in  May,  1622,  and  since  The  Duke  of  Milan 
was  seemingly  completed  after  June,  1621,  it  would,  according 
to  the  probabilities  shown,  have  been  licensed  in  October  or  No 
vember,  1621,  or  January,  1622.  These  two  dates  are  further 
confirmed  by  the  fact  that  the  play  was  performed  at  "blacke 
Friers",  the  winter  playhouse,  open  from  about  Nov.  I  to  May  I. 
The  former  of  these  has  the  mathematical  preference,  and  the 
logical  preference  as  well,  since  such  a  commodity  as  the  Wither 
allusion  does  not  keep  long. 

This  dating  is  further  confirmed  by  a  peculiarly  Massingerian 
touch.  In  The  Duke  of  Milan,  II,  I,  184,  Mariana  says  in  reply 
to  Marcelia,  "Here,  Giantesse,  here",  and  again,  II,  I,  189-90, 
she  says,  "  she's  three  f oote  too  high  for  a  Woman  ".  In  The 
Spanish  Curate,  V,  i,  Jamie  says  to  Violante,  "In  stature  you're 
a  giantess."  This  is  a  Massinger  scene,  as  all  critics  agree,  in  a 
play  which  was  licensed  Oct.  24,  1622.  Evidently  the  parts  of 
Marcelia  and  Violante  were  played  by  the  same  actor,  who  from 
a  boy  was  now  become  or  fast  becoming  a  rather  tall  man.  These 
parts  were  pretty  certainly  taken  by  Richard  Sharp,  who  played 
women's  parts  from  before  1619  to  1623,  and  later  took  parts 
requiring  commanding  appearance  as  Ferdinand,  a  general  in  the 
army,  in  Massinger's  Picture. 

Therefore,  from  these  facts,  I  regard  it  as  practically  certain 
that  The  Duke  of  Milan  was  composed  and  performed  the  latter 
part  of  1621  or  the  early  part  of  1622. 

MODERN  EDITIONS.     Complete 

Nicholas  Rowe  is  said  to  have  revised  all  of  Massinger's  works 
with  a  view  to  publication  but  finally  wrote  a  recast  of  the  Fatal 
Dowry  instead  and  did  not  publish,  in  order  to  hide  his  plunder.15 

"The  Dramatic  Works  Of  Mr.  Philip  Massinger,  Com- 
pleat  .  .  .  Revised,  Corrected,  and  all  the  Various  Editions,  Col 
lated,  By  Mr.  Coxeter  .  .  .  1759."  Coxeter  himself  had  died  in  1747 
and  the  edition  bearing  his  name  was  completed  from  his  notes. 
Reissued  in  1761  by  T.  Davies  with  an  introductory  essay  by  G. 
Colman.  Coxeter  based  his  text  of  The  Duke  of  Milan  on  Q2  as 
is  shown  by  I,  3,  34,  70,  92 ;  II,  I,  240;  IV,  3,  239,  299. 

15  Gifford,  Vol.  I,  Introduction  Ixxxv. 
2 


8  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

"  The  Dramatick  Works  of  Philip  Massinger  .  .  .  Revised 
and  Corrected,  With  Notes  Critical  And  Explanatory,  By  John 
Monck  Mason,  Esq.  .  .  .  1779".  Mason  used  Coxeter's  text  of 
The  Duke  of  Milan  except  II,  i,  402,  and  IV,  3,  169,  making  a 
few  emendations  of  his  own. 

"  The  Plays  of  Philip  Massinger,  With  Notes  Critical  and  Ex 
planatory,  By  W.  Gifford,  Esq.  .  .  .  1805  ".  A  second  edition 
appeared  in  1813,  various  single  volume  editions  later.  The 
standard.  Gifford  bases  his  text  of  The  Duke  of  Milan  on  Ql  but 
seems  to  have  used  a  copy  of  Mason  to  prepare  his  edition  for  the 
press  on,  as  we  find  him  embodying  same  rather  trivial  changes 
of  Mason  such  as  appear  to  be  by  accident  as  I,  3,  203,  and  III, 
i,  163. 

"  The  Plays  Of  Philip  Massinger  Adapted  For  Family  Read 
ing,  And  The  Use  Of  Young  Persons  By  The  Omission  of  Ob 
jectionable  Passages."  This  appeared  in  London  in  Murray's 
Family  Library,  1830;  and  in  New  York  in  Harper's  Family  Li 
brary,  1.831.  The  editor  was  Rev.  William  Harness,  who  simply 
omitted  such  things  from  the  Gifford  text  as  did  not  suit  his 
purpose. 

"The  Plays  Of  Philip  Massinger  From  The  Text  Of  William 
Gifford  With  The  Addition  Of  The  Tragedy  'Believe  As  You 
List'  Edited  by  Lieut.  Col.  Francis  Cunningham".  1867,  1871, 
1897.  References  throughout  are  to  this  edition. 

While  Cunningham  printes  the  text  of  Gifford,  in  The  Duke 
of  Milan,  he  makes  some  emendations  of  his  own.  These  are  II, 
i,  177,  "my"  for  "mine";  III,  i,  7,  omits  "it";  III,  i,  96,  prints 
"have  the  power";  III,  i,  123,  "made"  for  "make";  III,  2,  4, 
"feeing"  for  "feeling";  IV,  i,  23,  "courtiers"  for  "courtier"; 
IV,  3,  169,  "women"  for  "woman";  V,  i,  21,  "backwards", 
the  quarto  reading,  for  "  backward  "  Gifford's  reading ;  V,  2,  186, 
"  adorned  "  for  "  adored  ".  Mr.  Symons,  in  the  Mermaid  Series, 
uses  Mr.  Cunningham's  text  with  the  exception  of  III,  1,7,  where 
he  has  supplied  "  it ".  I  cannot  accept  any  of  the  emendations 
except  of  course  that  of  V,  i,  21,  where  Cunningham  returns  to 
the  quarto  reading,  though  it  was  probably  on  a  guess,  as  he  does 
not  show  knowledge  of  the  quarto  elsewhere. 


THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN  9 

Partial  Editions  Containing  Duke  of  Milan 

"  The  Dramatic  Works  of  Massinger  and  Ford  With  An  In 
troduction  By  Hartley  Coleridge."  1840,  1848,  1865. 

"The  Works  Of  The  British  Dramatists.  John  S.  Keltic. 
1870." 

Philip  Massinger   (Mermaid  Series)   Edited,  With  An  In 
troduction  And  Notes  By  Arthur  Symons  1889. 

The  British  Museum  Catalogue  seems  to  list  a  separate  edi 
tion  of  the  alteration  of  1816.     It  has  under  Duke  of  Milan: 

"[Another    edition]    With    alterations    and    additions.     MS. 
Notes.     London,  1816.     8°. 
Interleaved." 

Underneath  the  name  of  play  and  author  on  the  title  page  of 
this  edition  are  the  words :  "  Revived  at  the/Theatre-Royal, 
Drury-Lane,/with  alterations  and  additions,/on  Saturday,  March 
9,  1816."  On  the  fly  leaf  is  written:  "The  Duke  of  Milan/cor 
rectly  marked  according  to  the  directions  of  Mr.  Kean."16  This 
latter  statement  evidently  refers  to  the  MS.  notes.  W7hether  the 
revision  is  his  also  I  do  not  know. 

This  alteration  of  1816  may  also  be  found  in  "  The  London 
Theatre.  By  Thomas  Dibdin ",  Volume  4  or  in  "  The  London 
Stage  "  i824-'27,  Volume  2. 

Cumberland's  alteration  in  1779  seems  not  to  have  been 
printed. 

There  is  a  German  translation  in  "  Ben  Jonson  und  seine 
Schule,  dargestellt  in  einer  Auswahl  von  Lustspielen  und  Trago- 
dien,  iibersetst  und  erlautert  durch  Wolf  Grafen  von  Baudissin. 
Leipzig,  1836."  Vol.  II,  101. 

STAGE  HISTORY 

Richard  Cumberland  made  an  alteration  of  The  Duke  of  Milan, 
which  was  acted  at  Covent  Garden  in  1779,  three  times  according 
to  the  "Biographica  Dramatica,"  1812.  It  "consisted  of  Mas- 
singer's  play,  and  Fenton's  Mariamne,  incorporated."  It  would 
be  interesting  to  see  how  he  managed  to  work  together  two  such 
wholly  different  plays,  but  his  alteration  was  not  printed.  It  may 
be  worthy  of  note  that  Cumberland  altered  The  Bondman  about 
the  same  time. 

16  I  am  indebted  to  Professor  Kennedy  of  Princeton  for  checking  this. 


10  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Some  unknown  person  made  an  alteration  of  The  Duke  of 
Milan,  acted  at  Drury  Lane  in  1816.  It  had  seven  performances 
according  to  Genest,  the  first  on  March  9.  It  was  also  played  at 
Bath  July  5  of  the  same  year.  In  these  productions,  Kean  took 
the  part  of  Sforza.  In  all  but  the  second  scene  of  the  fifth  act, 
the  reviser  has  simply  omitted  some  unnecessary  lines,  and  all  that 
he  considered  low  or  vulgar.  Thus  in  the  quarrel  of  the  second 
act  the  ladies  get  very  much  wrought  up  over  nothing,  as  the  low, 
vulgar  element  (wherein  lay  the  provocation  to  anger)  has  been 
omitted.  He  has  made  a  change  in  the  fifth  act,  second  scene, 
necessitating  his  writing  a  few  very  wooden  lines.  When  the 
Duke  goes  out,  Eugenia  comes  in  "  clothed  as  the  body  of  Mar- 
celia  ".  She  takes  her  place  veiled,  with  a  poisoned  flower  in  her 
hand ;  the  Duke  is  called  in  and  kisses  her  hand,  getting  the  poi 
son;  she  bursts  into  sobs,  throwing  back  her  veil.  Francisco 
then  tells  what  has  happened  as  in  the  original  play.  This  altera 
tion  is  far  from  being  an  improvement  on  the  old  play. 

Hebbel  mentions  :  "  Ludovico.  Eine  Tragodie  in  f  iinf  Acten 
von  Massinger.  Bearbeitet  von  Deinhardstein  ",17  This,  accord 
ing  to  Wurzbach,18  was  brought  out  in  1848  but  had  little  success. 
According  to  the  same  authority,  there  was  another  alteration  of 
this  play  presented  at  Berlin  1879  with  no  better  success  than  its 
predecessor  had. 

v      SOURCES 

Fable 

Josephus  the  Chief  Source  of  the  Play. 

The  chief  source  of  The  Duke  of  Milan  is  the  Herod  and 
Mariamne  story  as  it  is  told  in  Josephus.  The  works  of  Josephus 
were  widely  and  early  translated.  There  was  a  Latin  translation 
in  1514,  German  1531,  French  1534,  Greek  1544,  and  English 
1602.  Thus  we  need  not  be  surprised  that,  "  The  story  of  Herod 
and  his  wife  Mariam  has  had  more  than  thirty  adaptations,  mostly 
dramatisations,  in  Italian,  Spanish,  French,  German  and  English 
literature."19  These  represent  nearly  every  important  movement 

17  Hebbel's  sammtliche  Werke,  Hamburg,  1891,  X,  109. 
is  Shakespeare  Jahrbuch,  XXXVI,  138. 

19  Grack,  Studien  Uber  Herodes  Und  Mariamne,  p.  5,  summarizing 
Landau. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  H 

in  the  drama  and  would  form  an  interesting  subject  treated  from 
that  side  alone. 

Besides  The  Duke  of  Milan,  there  have  been  six20  other  drama 
tisations  of  the  Herod-Mariamne  story  in  English,  one  before 
Massinger's.  The  first  two  of  these  adaptations,  together  with 
Massinger's,  probably  were  taken  from  "  The  Famous  And  Memo 
rable  Workes  of  losephus,  A  Man  Of  Much  Honour  And  Learn 
ing  Among  The  lewes.  Faithfully  translated  out  of  the  Latine, 
and  French,  by  Tho.  Lodge,  Doctor  in  Physicke."  The  first  edi 
tion  of  this  translation  appeared  1602,  second  1609,  third,  a  copy 
of  which  I  have  used,  1620,  etc.  The  fact  that  there  were  two 
adaptations  of  this  story  so  close  together  as  that  of  Massinger 
[1621-22]  and  that  of  Markham  and  Sampson  [1622]  may  pos 
sibly  be  due  to  the  circumstance  that  the  attention  of  both  was 
called  to  this  story  by  this  third  edition  of  Lodge.  I  find  no  trace 
in  Massinger  of  influence  from  Lady  Gary's  work.  I  have  not 

20 First,  "The  /  Tragedie  Of  Mariam,  /  The  Faire  /  Queene  of  lewry.  / 
Written  by  that  learned,  /  vertuous,  and  truly  noble  Ladie,  /  E.  C.  [i.  e. 
Elizabeth  Gary]  / .  .  .  1613."  [Licensed  in  S.  R.  for  Richard  Hawkins, 
Dec.  17,  1612.]  This  is  a  thoroughly  Senecan  tragedy  with  chorus,  etc., 
probably  never  acted. 

Second,  "  The"  true  /  Tragedy  of  Herod  And  /  Antipater :  /  With  the 
Death  of  Faire  Marriam.  /  According  to  Josephus,  the  lear/ned  and  famous 
Jewe.  /  As  it  hath  beene,  of  late,  divers  times  publiquely  Acted /(with 
great  Applause)  at  the  Red  Bull,  by  the  /  Company  of  his  Maiesties 
Revels.  /  Written  by  Gervase  Markham  and  William  Sampson,  Gentlemen. 
1622."  [Licensed  in  S.  R.  for  Matthew  Rhodes,  Feb.  22,  1622.]  This  is 
a  chronicle  play  in  the  Senecan  style,  with  dumb  shows,  etc.  It  does  not 
center  upon  the  love  story  of  Herod  and  Mariamne  but  rather  gives  the 
tragic  troubles  of  Herod  as  told  by  Josephus,  of  which  the  unhappiness 
with  his  wife  was  one. 

Third,  Herod  and  Mariamne,  acted  at  Duke's  theater  1673,  printed 
anonymously  first  in  1673,  again  in  1674  with  a  new  title  page.  Elkanah 
Settle  brought  it  out,  but  its  author  was  Samuel  Pordage.  Langbaine 
says  it'  was,  "  Writ  a  dozen  years  before  it  was  made  public." 

Fourth,  Herod  The  Great,  by  Roger  Boyle,  Earl  of  Orrery.  This  was 
printed  in  1694,  but  was  probably  never  acted.  However,  it  must  have 
been  written  before  1679,  the  year  of  Boyle's  death. 

Fifth,  Mariamne,  by  Elijah  Fenton,  acted  first  at  Covent  Garden 
Theater  Feb.  22,  1723.  This  tragedy  had  quite  a  run  and  was  acted  for 
many  years. 

Sixth  and  last,  Herod,  by  Stephen  Phillips  "  as  produced  at  Her  Ma 
jesty's  Theatre,  London,  England,  October  31,  1900." 


12  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

seen  the  play  of  Sampson  and  Markham,  but  I  have  examined 
rather  full  notes  upon  it  made  by  Professor  T.  M.  Parrott. 
Judging  by  them,  I  find  no  reason  to  suspect  any  influence  from 
this  play  upon  Massinger,  beyond  the  possibility  of  its  having 
suggested  the  subject  to  him-,  though  it  is  by  no  means  certain 
that  it  is  even  antecedent  in  composition  to  The  Duke  of  Milan.21 

The  Herod-Mariamne  Story  of  Josephus. 

The  Herod-Mariamne  story  is  told  by  Josephus,  first  in  his 
Wars  of  the  Jews  (I,  17,  in  Lodge's  translation;  but  varying 
slightly  as  to  chapter,  according  to  translation  used),  again  in  his 
Antiquities  of  the  Jews  (XV,  2,  3,  4,  9,  10,  n.  The  story  of 
Antipater  and  Mariamne's  sons  is  told  in  the  books  following.). 
I  have  summarized  the  story  as  given  in  the  second  of  these,  and 
then  given  the  few  variations  that  the  first  presents  from  it.  I 
have  used  Lodge's  translation,  as  it  was  very  likely  Massinger's 
source,  for  quoting  in  full  the  sections  of  the  story  which  he  has 
most  closely  used. 

Herod  in  his  struggle  for  complete  power  over  the  Jews  took 
as  his  second  wife,  both  because  of  attraction  and  policy,  Ma- 
riamne,  sister  of  young  Aristobulus,  they  being  the  children  of 
Alexandra,  wife  of  Alexander,  who  was  king  Aristobulus'  son. 
Now  Alexandra  wished  the  high-priesthood  for  her  son,  Aristo 
bulus  ;  but  Herod,  fearing  to  let  one  of  such  noble  blood  into  so 
powerful  an  office,  gave  it  to  Ananel,  a  man  of  low  birth.  Alex 
andra  then  tried  to  obtain  her  desire  through  Cleopatra's  inter 
cession  with  Anthony.  The  better  to  attract  his  attention,  know 
ing  his  fondness  for  beautiful  people,  she  sent  him  the  pictures 
of  both  Mariamne  and  Aristobulus.  Straightway,  Anthony  sent 
for  Aristobulus,  but  Herod  made  excuse  to  keep  him.  Yet,  for 
policy's  sake,  Herod  decided  to  treat  him  and  his  mother  Alex 
andra  with  more  respect.  He,  therefore,  deposed  Ananel  and 
made  Aristobulus  High  Priest  in  his  stead. 

But  Herod,  not  trusting  Alexandra  any  the  more  for  all  that, 
put  certain  restrictions  upon  her  and  set  intelligencers  to  spy 
upon  her,  actions  which  so  exasperated  her  pride  that  she  deter- 

21  "  1622 — Markham's  and  Sampson's  True  Tragedy  of  Herod  and 
Antipater ;  acted  at  the  Red  Bull,  by  the  company  of  the  Revels." — Ma- 
lone's  Shakespeare,  Vol.  3,  429  (Chalmer's  account). 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  .          13 

mined,  at  the  advice  of  Cleopatra,  to  flee  with  Aristobulus  into 
Egypt.  They  were  to  be  carried  in  coffins  to  the  seaside  where  a 
ship  awaited  them,  but  the  plan  was  discovered ;  and  though 
Herod  made  show  of  pardon,  he  determined  to  remove  Aristo 
bulus,  especially  as  he  saw  how  well  the  people  received  him 
when  he  officiated.  Therefore,  he  had  him  enticed  in  swimming 
and  drowned  as  if  in  play.  But  Alexandra  was  not  deceived, 
and  appealed,  secretly  again,  to  Cleopatra,  who  persuaded  An 
thony  to  send  for  Herod,  to  give  an  account  of  Aristobulus'  death. 

Herod  obeyed  the  summons,  leaving  the  government  in  the 
hands  of  his  uncle  Joseph  with  secret  instructions  to  kill  Ma- 
riamne  in  case  Anthony  should  happen  to  do  him  a  mischief. 
"  For  he  loued  her  so  extreamely  by  reason  of  her  beautie,  that 
he  supposed  himself e  iniured,  if  after  his  decease  she  should  be 
beloued  by  any  other ;  and  he  openly  declared  that  all  that  misery 
which  befell  him,  proceeded  from  Anthonies  passion,  and  intire 
affection,  and  admiration  of  her  beautie,  whereof  he  had  before 
time  heard  some  report."  Joseph,  jesting  with  the  ladies,  in 
order  to  show  Herod's  good  will  toward  Mariamne,  betrayed  his 
secret  command,  "  thereby  to  make  manifest,  that  it  was  not  pos 
sible  for  Herod  to  live  without  her,  and  that  if  any  inconuenient 
should  happen  vnto  him,  he  would  not  in  death  also  bee  disioyned 
from  her."  But  the  ladies  interpreted  it  as  Herod's  malice  and 
felt  none  the  better  toward  him  for  it. 

In  the  meantime,  Herod  had  won  Anthony  over  by  means  of 
presents  and  persuasion,  so  that  Cleopatra,  who  had  designs  upon 
the  rule  of  the  Jews  for  herself,  could  do  no  more  against  him. 
It  had  been  reported  in  Jerusalem  that  Herod  had  been  put  to 
death ;  and  Mariamne,  at  the  instance  of  her  mother,  was  consid 
ering  flight  to  the  Romans,  trusting  in  her  beauty  to  gain  what 
ever  they  desired  from  Anthony,  when  Herod  sent  letters  an 
nouncing  his  success.  "  Yet  was  not  this  their  resolution  hidden 
from  the  King.  .  .  .  Vpon  his  arriuall,  his  sister  Salome,  and  his 
mother  certified  him  exactly  of  Alexandras  intent,  and  the  deter 
mination  of  her  friends.  Salome  likewise  spake  against  loseph 
her  husband,  and  slandered  him,  obiecting  against  him  that  hee 
had  Mariammes  company.  All  which  she  spake  through  the 
malice  she  had  long  time  conceiued  against  him,  for  that  in  a  cer- 
taine  debate  Mariamme  had  in  her  rage  despitefully  hit  them  in 


14  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

the  teeth  with  their  obscure  birth."  Herod  became  angry,  called 
Mariamne,  demanded  the  truth,  yet  was  finally  persuaded  out  of 
his  anger ;  but  Mariamne,  not  being  content  to  let  well  enough 
alone,  upbraided  him  with  his  secret  command.  This  threw 
Herod  into  a  rage  of  suspicion  again,  and  he  hardly  refrained 
from  killing  her,  did  put  Joseph  to  death  and  threw  Alexandra 
into  prison.  This  is  the  first  form  of  the  story  in  the  Antiqui 
ties,  but  the  same  general  situation  is  repeated  in  the  same  work, 
with  different  results,  however,  as  we  shall  immediately  see. 

When  Caesar  overcame  Anthony,  it  seemed  as  if  the  latter's 
close  friend,  Herod,  must  finally  lose  his  power.  Alexandra  tried 
to  get  her  father,  Hircanus,  to  make  an  effort  to  supplant  Herod ; 
but  her  plan  was  discovered  and  Hircanus,  the  only  male  sur 
viving  of  her  family,  was  condemned  to  death.  Herod  then  de 
termined  to  visit  Caesar.  Again  he  left  a  secret  command  for 
the  death  of  both  Mariamne  and  Alexandra,  in  case  he  did  not 
return,  this  time  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer,  Joseph,  and 
Sohemus,  the  Iturian. 

"  After  he  had  in  this  sort  giuen  order  for  all  his  affaires,  hee 
withdrew  himselfe  unto  Rhodes,  intending  there  to  meet  with 
Caesar.  And  as  soon  as  he  arriued  in  that  city,  hee  tooke  the 
Diademe  from  his  head,  and  laide  it  apart,  but  as  for  his  other 
princely  ornaments,  hee  changed  them  in  no  sort;  and  beeing 
admitted  to  Caesars  presence,  hee  at  that  time  gaue  a  more  ample 
testimony  of  the  greatnesse  of  his  magnanimitie  and  courage ;  for 
neither  addressed  he  his  speech  to  intreat  his  fauor  (according 
to  the  custome  of  suppliants)  neither  presented  he  any  request, 
as  if  he  had  in  any  sort  offended  him,  but  gaue  account  of  all 
that  which  he  had  done,  without  concealing  or  mistrusting  any 
thing.  For  he  freely  confessed  before  Caesar,  that  he  had  in- 
tirely  loued  Antonius  and  that  to  the  utmost  of  his  power  he  had 
done  him  seruice,  to  the  end  that  he  might  obtaine  the  soueraignty 
and  monarchy ;  not  by  annexing  his  forces  vnto  his,  in  that  he 
was  otherwise  imploied  in  the  Arabian  warre ;  but  in  furnishing 
him  both  with  wheat  and  money,  and  that  this  was  the  least  office 
which  it  behooued  him  to  perf orme  towards  Antonius ;  for  that 
being  once  his  professed  friend,  it  behooued  him  not  onely  to 
imploy  his  best  endeuours  on  his  so  princely  benefactor,  but  also 
to  hazard  both  his  head  and  happiness  to  deliuer  him  from  perils. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  15 

All  which  (said  he)  I  haue  not  performed  according  as  I  ought 
to  haue  done;  yet  notwithstanding  I  know,  that  at  such  time  as 
he  was  ouercome  in  the  Actian  battell,  I  did  not  alter  my  affection 
with  his  fortune :  neither  did  I  restraine  my  selfe :  for  although 
I  befriended  not  Antonius  with  my  presence  and  assistance  in 
his  Actian  war,  yet  at  leastwise  I  assisted  him  with  my  counsaile, 
certifying  him. that  he  had  but  one  onely  means  left  him  for  his 
security,  and  preuention  of  his  vtter  ruine,  which  was  to  put 
Cleopatra  to  death,  for  that  by  cutting  her  off,  he  might  enioy 
her  estate,  and  might  more  easily  obtain  his  peace,  and  pacific 
thy  displeasure  against  him.  And  for  that  he  gaue  but  slender 
regard  to  these  mine  admonitions  by  his  owne  sottishnesse  and 
indiscretion,  he  hath  hurt  himselfe  and  profited  you,  because,  as 
I  said,  he  did  not  follow  my  counsaile.  Now  therefore  (O 
Caesar)  in  regard  of  the  hate  which  you  bear  vnto  Anthony, 
you  condemne  my  friendship  also.  I  will  not  deny  that  which  I 
haue  done;  neither  am  I  affraid  freely  and  publikely  to  protest 
how  much  I  haue  loued  him :  but  if  without  regard  of  persons, 
you  consider  how  kindly  I  am  affected  towards  my  benefactors, 
and  how  resolute  and  constant  a  friend  I  am,  and  how  mindfull 
of  kindnesse,  the  effect  of  that  which  I  haue  done,  may  make  me 
knowne  vnto  thee.  For  if  the  name  be  onely  changed,  the  friend 
ship  notwithstanding  may  remaine,  and  deserue  a  due  praise. 

"By  these  words  (which  were  manifest  testimonies  of  his 
resolute  and  noble  courage)  he  so  inwardly  indeered  himselfe 
vnto  Caesar,  who  was  a  magnificent  and  worthy  Monarch,  that  he 
conuerted  this  his  accusation  into  an  occasion  to  win  and  work 
him  to  be  his  friend :  for  which  cause  Caesar  in  setting  the  dia- 
deme  vpon  his  head,  exhorted  him  that  he  should  no  less  respect 
his  friendship,  then  he  had  in  former  times  Anthonies :  and 
withall,  did  him  much  honour."  He  remained  with  Caesar  some 
time,  giving  rich  gifts  and  obtaining  pardon  from  the  senate.  * 

At  his  return  home,  he  found  affairs  troubled.  Mariamne, 
remembering  her  former  experience  with  Joseph,  had  suspected 
the  same  thing  again.  She  and  Alexandra  so  worked  upon  So- 
hemus  that  he  "blabbed  out  all  that  which  the  king  had  com 
manded  him  ",  hoping  to  win  favor  for  himself  with  Mariamne 
and  Alexandra.  But  Mariamne  was  sore  displeased  and  "  when 
as  Herod  beyond  all  expectation  arriued  in  his  countrey,  beeing 


16  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

adorned  with  mighty  fortune,  hee  first  of  all,  as  it  became  him 
certified  his  wife  of  his  good  tidings  and  happy  successe,  whom 
onely  amongst  all  other  his  friends  and  wiues,  hee  embraced  and 
saluted,  for  the  pleasing  conuersation  and  affection  that  was  in 
her.  But  she,  whitest  he  repeated  vnto  her  these  fortunate 
euents  of  his  affaires,  rather  entertained  the  same  with  a  dis- 
pleasant  attention,  then  applauding  ioy."  Herod  was  much  an 
gered  at  this  and  while  he  was  torn  between  love  and  hate,  his 
sister  Salome  and  his  mother  slandered  Mariamne  to  him.  "  To 
these  reproches  of  theirs,  he  lent  no  vnwilling  ears ;  yet  had  he 
not  the  heart  to  attempt  any  thing  against  his  wife,  or  to  giue 
free  credit  to  their  report."  Just  at  this  juncture,  however,  he 
was  called  to  meet  Caesar,  newly  become  lord  of  Egypt,  but  soon 
returned.  "  Vpon  his  arriuall,  he  found  that  fortune  which  was 
fauourable  vnto  him  abroad,  too  forward  (sic,  f reward?)  at  home, 
especially  in  regard  to  his  wife,  in  whose  affection  before  time  he 
seemed  to  be  most  happy.  For  he  was  inwardly  touched  with 
the  lawfull  loue  of  Mariamme,  as  any  other  of  whom  the  His 
tories  make  report :  and  as  touching  her,  she  was  both  chast  and 
faithfull  vnto  him,  yet  had  shee  a  certaine  womanly  imperfection 
and  naturall  frowardnesse,  which  was  the  cause  that  shee  pre 
sumed  too  much  vpon  the  intire  affection  wherewith  her  husband 
was  intangled ;  so  that  without  regard  of  his  person,  who  had 
power  and  authority  ouer  others,  shee  entertained  him  often 
times  very  outragiously :  All  which  he  endured  patiently,  without 
any  shew  of  discontent.  But  Mariamme  vpbraided  and  publikely 
reproached  both  the  Kings  mother  and  sister,  telling  them  that 
they  were  but  abiectly  and  basely  borne. 

"Whereupon  there  grew  a  great  enmity  and  vnrecouerable 
hatred  betweene  the  Ladies." 

Herod  one  day  sent  for  Mariamne ;  but  though  she  came, 
she  would  have  nothing  to  do  with  him.  Instead  she  up 
braided  him  bitterly  with  her  father's  and  her  brother's  death. 
His  sister,  Salome,  who  had  been  waiting  her  opportunity,  sent 
in  the  Butler,  whom  she  had  bribed  to  accuse  Mariamne  of  having 
given  him  poison  for  the  king.  To  get  at  the  truth,  Herod  or 
dered  Mariamne's  most  faithful  servant  to  be  tortured,  who  told 
Herod  that  the  cause  of  his  wife's  hatred  toward  him  was  the 
secret  command  which  Sohemus  had  betrayed.  Herod,  insane 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  17 

with  jealousy,  had  Sohemus  put  to  death,  and  Mariamne  brought 
to  trial.  She  was  condemned  but  was  not  to  be  executed  at  once. 
Yet,  through  Salome's  solicitation,  Herod  sent  her  to  death,  her 
own  mother  casting  abuse  upon  her.  "  After  her  death  the  king 
began  more  powerfully  to  be  inflamed  in  his  affections ;  who  be 
fore  times,  as  we  haue  declared,  was  already  miserably  distracted. 
For  neither  did  he  loue  after  the  common  manner  of  married 
f  olke :  but  whereas  almost  euen  vnto  madnes  he  nourished  this 
his  desire,  he  could  not  be  induced  by  the  too  vnbridled  manners 
of  his  wife  to  alay  the  heat  of  his  affection,  but  that  daily  more 
and  more  by  doting  on  her,  hee  increased  the  same.  And  all  that 
time  especially  he  supposed  that  God  was  displeased  with  him, 
for  the  death  of  Mariamme  his  wife.  Oftentimes  did  he  inuocate 
her  name,  and  more  often  vndecently  lamented  hee  her.  And 
notwithstanding  he  deuised  all  kinde  of  delights  and  sports  that 
might  bee  imagined,  by  preparing  banquets  and  inuiting  guests 
with  princely  hospitalitie,  to  passe  away  the  time ;  yet  all  those 
profited  him  nothing.  For  which  cause  he  gaue  ouer  the  charge 
and  administration  of  his  kingdome.  And  in  such  sort  was  he 
ouerwhelmed  with  griefe,  that  oftentimes  hee  commanded  his 
ministers  to  call  his  wife  Mariamme,  as  if  as  yet  she  had  beene 
aliue."  He  finally  went  into  "  desert  places  "  for  a  time  to  re 
cover  from  his  sickness.  Alexandra  was  soon  after  put  to  death 
for  plotting  to  get  herself  and  Mariamne's  children  into  power. 

Mariamne  had  three  sons  by  Herod,  Alexander,  Aristobulus, 
and  a  younger  son  who  died  at  Rome  where  he  had  been  sent  to 
be  educated.  The  two  surviving  sons  were  constantly  plotted 
against  by  Antipater,  son  of  Herod's  first  wife,  who  was  jealous 
of  the  favor  Herod  showed  them,  and  by  Salome  whose  hatred 
to  their  mother  they  had  inherited.  Through  the  machinations 
of  the  two,  these  sons  were  finally  put  to  death  and  Antipater 
seemingly  had  the  field  clear.  However,  his  father  at  last  dis 
covered  his  plots  and  sent  him  to  death  likewise. 

The  other  account,  in  the  Wars  of  the  Jeivs,  is  a  brief  sum 
mary  and  has  only  a  few  noteworthy  variations  from  the  above. 
Here  Herod  was  called  to  the  country  and  left  the  secret  com 
mand  to  Joseph,  his  sister  Salome's  husband.  When  Mariamne 
upbraided  him  with  this  secret  command  and  Salome  accused  her 
husband,  Herod  had  both  put  to  death.  As  I  have  said,  this  ac- 


18  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

count  gives  in  brief  form  the  same  dramatic  situation  as  the  other 
two.  What  the  actual  historical  facts  in  the  case  were,  we  need 
not  consider.  Here  is  the  unwrought  gold  of  story  as  told  by 
Josephus.  How  will  it  be  fashioned? 

Other  Authors'  Use  of  the  Herod-Mariamne  Story. 

Most  of  the  plays  which  have  used  the  Herod-Mariamne  story 
as  a  plot  have  been  summarized  by  Landau  in  his  article  "  Die 
Dramen  von  Herodes  und  Mariamne"  (Zeitschrift  fiir  vergleich- 
ende  Litteraturgeschichte,  Vols.  8, 9).  W.  Grack  in  his  "  Studien 
iiber  die  dramatische  Behandlung  der  Geschichte  von  Herodes 
und  Mariamne  in  der  englische  und  deutschen  Litteratur.  (Mas- 
singer,  Fenton,  Hebbel,  Stephen  Phillips)"  has  summarized  more 
fully  those  which  he  treats.  These  articles  I  have  used,  but  I 
have  also  examined  the  plays  on  the  subject  by  Sachs,  Hebbel, 
Hardy,  Gary,  Voltaire,  Fenton  and  Phillips. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  story,  some  of  the  earlier  writers, 
Sachs,  Sampson  and  Markham,  have  simply  dramatised  the  events 
in  chronicle  play  style ;  but  most  have  centered  attention  upon 
the  love  story  of  Herod  and  Mariamne  with  its  tragic  outcome. 
The  otlier  phases  of  the  story,  the  murder  of  Aristobulus,  the 
plotting  and  scheming  of  Alexandra,  especially  the  picture  plot, 
even  the  execution  of  Mariamne's  sons,  which  occurred  long  after 
her  death,  have  been  used  as  helps  to  the  secret  command  for 
embroiling  the  situation  between  Herod  and  Mariamne.  In  most 
cases,  too,  Herod's  sister  appears  as  accuser  of  Mariamne,  usu 
ally  because  of  hatred,  though  in  Hebbel's  play  more  for  love  of 
her  brother.  She  usually,  however,  has  the  darker,  which  is  the 
historical,  color,  this  side  of  her  character  being  emphasized  by 
the  poison  plot.  Yet  the  thing  that  brings  conviction  to  Herod  is 
generally  the  discovery  that  Mariamne  knows  the  secret  com 
mand.  The  death  of  Mariamne  comes  in  a  few  plays  by  the 
dagger  in  Herod's  own  hands,  but  in  most  cases  she  is  sent  out 
to  be  executed.  Then  follows  regularly  Herod's  obsession,  some 
times  with  the  Biblical  visit  of  the  three  wise  men  and  command 
for  the  slaughter  of  the  infants,  thrown  in  for  greater  color  effect. 
So  much  for  plot. 

In  the  character-representation  of  these  authors,  Herod  is 
always  the  bloody  but  able  tyrant.  In  the  earlier  plays,  the  bloody 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  19 

side  is  emphasized,  he  being,  especially  in  plays  under  Senecan 
influence,  a  veritable  raw-head-and-bloody -bones,  revelling  in  blood 
and  murder — the  Herod  of  the  miracle  plays.  But  in  the  histor 
ical  development,  this  side  of  his  character  has  been  rather  over 
shadowed  by  the  able  tyrant  side  and  he  appears  in  the  modern 
psychological  plays  rather  as  the  able  tyrant  who  has  risen  from 
the  ranks  and  is  willing  to  use  whatever  means  may  be  neces 
sary  to  retain  his  position,  thereby  being  brought  into  conflict 
with  his  wife,  whom  he  loves  tenderly,  not  with  the  brute  passion 
of  the  source. 

Opposed  to  him  is  the  proud  Mariamne.  In  the  earlier  plays, 
she  has  much  of  the  beautiful  tigress  about  her.  Whatever  she 
may  have  felt  toward  him  before,  when  these  plays  open,  she 
hates  him  and  does  but  wait  her  opportunity  to  be  revenged. 
This  indeed  is  the  Mariamne  of  Josephus,  who  has  come  really 
to  hate  Herod  for  the  murder  of  her  kinsmen,  especially  for  that 
of  her  brother,  and  is  finally  driven  to  open  expression  of  her 
hatred  when  she  herself  is  nearly  aimed  at  in  the  secret  com 
mand.  But  for  such  a  woman  we  are  not  likely  to  feel  much 
sympathy.  Therefore,  we  find  her  character  treated  more  and 
more  sympathetically,  till  in  the  modern  psychologised  and  emo 
tionalised  plays  she  becomes  the  woman  who  has  loved  Herod 
dearly  and  is  only  driven  from  that  love  by  the  deeds  of  Herod. 
They  thus  both  become  entangled  in  the  tragic  web  of  circum 
stance.  Herod  is  forced  by  his  position  to  do  the  deeds  which 
alienate  Mariamne  from  him. 

Salome,  too,  has  had  a  fairly  constant  place  and  development. 
She,  sometimes  with  her  mother  as  a  minor  figure,  is  the  oppo 
nent  and  accuser  of  Mariamne.  Her  motive  in  the  earlier  plays 
is  simply  hatred  and  a  desire  for  revenge.  Yet  Hebbel  has  raised 
and  ennobled  her  character  by  making  her  motive  a  sincere  love 
of  her  brother  and  an  honest  belief  that  Mariamne  has  wronged 
him.  She,  too,  is  a  victim  of  circumstance,  thereby  heightening 
the  emotional  tone. 

The  man  to  whom  the  secret  command  is  given,  usually  Sa 
lome's  husband,  appears  regularly  also.  In  the  source  and  ear 
lier  plays,  he  is  just  a  good-natured  fellow,  a  loyal  supporter  of 
the  king,  in  whose  defense  he  blabs  the  secret  command.  He  is 
usually  barely  sketched  in,  being  needed  only  to  betray  the  secret 


20  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

command,  be  suspected,  and  pay  the  penalty.  But  there  are  emo 
tional  possibilities  here  that  are  not  to  be  overlooked.  There 
fore,  in  Hebbel's  play  his  faithfulness  and  loyalty  are  heightened 
and  given  more  prominent  place,  another  victim  of  impelling 
circumstance. 

These  four  figures  and  their  relations  form  the  constant  ele 
ments  of  the  story,  emphasis  being  placed  now  on  one  character 
or  side  of  a  character,  now  on  another,  according  to  the  author's 
point  of  view.  The  other  characters  and  incidents  are  only 
brought  in  as  they  are  needed  for  the  author's  purpose  in  his 
major  situation.  Alexandra  appears  sometimes.  Aristobulus 
appears,  as  a  ghost  in  the  Senecan  plays,  as  a  living  person  in 
Phillip's  play,  in  which  the  love  of  Mariamne  is  changed  to  dis 
like  before  our  eyes  because  of  the  treacherous  murder  of  her 
brother. 

The  Herod  story  well  illustrates  the  many  changes  and  forms 
the  drama  has  passed  through  in  its  development  from  the  em 
phasis  upon  story  as  such  with  the  characters  roughly  sketched 
in,  to  th'e  emphasis  upon  character  with  the  figures  psychologised 
and  emotionalised.  It  represents  in  its  development  the  impor 
tant  literary' types  also — Chronicle,  Senecan,  Classic,  etc., — being 
cast  into  whatever  iorm  the  taste  of  the  age  demanded.  A  full 
treatment  of  it  from  this  point  of  view  would  be  very  interesting, 
but  the  limits  of  this  introduction  forbid  fuller  development  here. 

Massinger' s  Use  of  the  Herod-Mariamne  Story. 

Now  Massinger  is  evidently  out  of  the  line  of  the  historical 
development.  To  begin  with,  his  Sforza  has  little  of  the  Herod 
left.  He  is  proud  and  fearless  as  is  Herod,  he  is  loyal  to  his 
friends  and  loves  his  wife  passionately ;  but  the  attitudes  of  Jo- 
sephus  and  Massinger  toward  the  character  are  considerably  dif 
ferent.  Sforza  is  intended  to  show  the  better  side  of  the  jealous 
lover  and  to  attract  our  sympathy.  His  motives  are  somewhat 
different.  His  command  is  given  not  from  suspicion  and  jealousy 
of  a  particular  individual,  but  from  the  desire  that  he  may  not 
be  parted  from  his  wife  even  in  death.  He  has  no  past  history 
of  murders  so  far  as  we  know.  In  one  respect  only  is  he  allowed 
to  have  sinned,  in  the  seduction  of  a  woman,  and  even  that  is 
seemingly  admitted  grudgingly  to  motivate  the  hatred  that  led 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  21 

to  his  death.  There  is  just  enough  of  the  Herod  deeds  to  show 
from  what  source  he  is  drawn  but  the  attitude  taken  toward  him 
is  different. 

Marcelia  is  still  the  proud  queen  Mariamne,  but  she  always 
loves  Sforza  and  is  never  brought  to  hate  him.  She  does  resent 
his  secret  command  and  does  show  her  resentment,  but  she  loves 
him  to  the  last. 

Mariana  and  Isabella  play  much  the  same  part  as  Salome  and 
her  mother  in  Josephus.  It  is  in  Francisco,  the  Joseph-Sohemus 
of  the  story,  that  Massinger  makes  his  second  great  change. 
Francisco  appears  at  first  to  be  the  faithful  friend,  but  we  later 
find  that  he  is  the  injured  man  only  waiting  his  chance  to  exact 
revenge.  His  character  has  thus  been  completely  altered  and  his 
position  changed  and  raised  so  that  he  becomes  one  of  the  chief 
characters  in  the  play.  He  it  is  that  guides  the  tragic  action  and 
brings  about  the  catastrophe.  Massinger  introduces  certain  other 
important  characters,  Pescara,  Graccho,  Eugenia,  who  are  not 
found  in  the  source,  though  Eugenia  may  have  been  suggested  to 
Massinger  by  Herod's  first  wife,  Doris,  whom  he  put  away  for 
Mariamne.  These  characters  are  called  for  by  the  turn  he 
chooses  to  give  the  plot.  We  still  have,  however,  the  same  gen 
eral  outline  to  the  story.  The  passionately  loving  husband  who 
is  called  away  on  a  journey  that  seems  to  mean  death,  and  leaves 
orders  that  his  wife  shall  not  survive  him,  the  wife  who  discovers 
the  secret  and  receives  him  coldly  upon  his  return  after  he  has 
outfaced  his  danger  in  a  noble  way,  the  estrangement  which  is 
thus  brought  about  between  the  two  and  is  fomented  by  the  sister 
and  mother,  who  because  of  envy  accuse  the  wife  of  improper 
relations  with  the  sister's  husband,  the  jealous  rage  which  leads 
the  husband  to  put  his  wife  to  death,  and  the  final  mad  scene  of 
the  husband  who  will  not  believe  his  wife  dead — all  these  are 
taken  over  from  the  Herod-Mariamne  story. 

Alterations 

Influence  of  Othello. 

Why  did  Massinger  make  the  changes  in  character  and  the 
consequent  changes  in  plot  which  have  just  been  enumerated? 
Because,  as  I  believe,  he  saw  in  this  story  of  the  jealous  husband 


22  THE   DUKE   OF    M^LAN 

as  told  in  Josephus,  an  opportunity  to  work  out  a  tragedy  of  the 
Othello  type,  a  tragedy  of  intrigue  with  the  noble  loving  husband 
and  equally  loving  and  beautiful  wife  separated  and  brought  to 
a  tragic  end  through  the  machinations  of  a  third  person,  the  in 
triguer  which  the  type  demands.  With  this  general  plan  in  view, 
he  made  the  changes.  He  did  not  slavishly  imitate.  Sforza  is 
not  Othello ;  nor  Marcelia,  Desdemona ;  and  it  is  a  far  cry  from 
Francisco  to  lago.  Massinger,  the  student  and  clever  workman, 
saw  the  possibility  of  reworking  the  Herod-Mariamne  story  in 
the  Othello  type,  the  tragedy  of  intrigue,  and  proceeded  to  re 
shape  characters  and  plot  accordingly.  The  result  is  neither  a 
Herod  story  nor  a  mere  imitation  of  Othello,  but  an  independent 
production  showing  its  relation  to  both. 

The  Historical  Setting. 

To  this  Herod-Mariamne  story,  reshaped  in  the  Othello  type, 
Massinger  has  given  what  may  be  termed  a  historical  setting. 
Because  of  his  great  changes  in  the  story,  he  perhaps  did  not  feel 
entitled' to  name  it  after  its  true  source.  Therefore,  he  fell  back 
on  a  dramatic  convention,  as  says  the  Prologue  to  The  Woman 
Hater  (printed  first  1607)  "a  duke  there  is,  and  the  scene  lies  in 
Italy,  as  those  two  things  lightly  we  never  miss  "  and  laid  his 
scene  in  Milan,  using  certain  historical  names  connected  with  a 
well  known  phase  of  history.  We  have  Ludovico  Sforza — 
though  it  is  recognized  in  the  table  of  Dramatis  Personae  that  in 
this  connection  he  is  only  a  "  supposed  Duke  ", — the  Marquis  of 
Pescara,  "  The  Emperour  Charles  and  Francis  the  French  king  " 
all  clustering  round  the  battle  of  Pavia.  But  Massinger  has  made 
very  sweeping  changes  in  order  to  fit  the  material  to  his  purpose. 
The  historical  facts  concerning  the  various  persons  mentioned  are 
briefly  as  follows : 

Though  not  in  title,  yet  in  power,  Ludovico  Sforza  became 
head  of  Milan  in  1479.  In  1480  he  made  his  position  more  secure 
by  getting  under  his  control  his  young  nephew,  the  titular  Duke 
of  Milan.  When  his  nephew  died  in  1491,  he  usurped  the  power 
as  Duke  of  Milan.  He  was  the  centre  of  the  scheming  and  plot 
ting  of  the  Italian  cities  where,  to  paraphrase  an  old  saying, 
"  Each  city  was  for  itself  and  the  French  king  for  all."  He 
played  into  the  hands  of  Charles  VIII  until  the  power  of  the 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  .          23 

French  king  began  to  be  too  great,  then  he  turned  against  him. 
Thenceforward,  he  was  in  continuous  struggle  with  the  kings  of 
France  until  he  was  finally  made  prisoner  to  Louis  XII,  April  10, 
1500,  in  which  captivity  he  died.  He  made  a  great  impression  on 
the  men  of  his  time,  but  he  sometimes  showed  lack  of  courage 
and  "  nerve  "  under  the  stress  of  danger. 

In  the  later  war  between  Spain  and  France  for  supremacy  in 
Italy,  under  Charles  of  Spain  and  Francis  of  France,  Francesco 
Sforza,  son  of  Ludovico,  took  part  on  the  side  of  Charles,  his 
reward  to  be  restoration  to  his  father's  position  as  Duke  of  Milan. 
Again  Milan  was  the  storm  center.  "  The  possession  of  Milan, 
on  which  the  struggle  chiefly  turned  was  a  luxury  to  France,  a 
point  of  vital  importance  to  Charles,  so  long  as  he  held  the  king 
doms  of  Naples  and  Sicily  together  with  the  Netherlands ". 
Francesco  does  not  seem  to  have  played  so  very  important  a  part 
as  a  leader.  In  the  battle  of  Pavia,  "  The  French  army  was  de 
stroyed,  the  French  King  was  captured,  and  all  his  most  illustrious 
commanders  were  taken  prisoners  or  killed."  When  Francis 
later  renewed  the  war,  Francesco  had  gone  over  to  his  side,  fol 
lowing  the  consistent  policy  of  the  Dukes  vof  Milan.  He  received 
various  drubbings,  as  had  his  father  before  him,  but  was  restored 
to  Milan  under  certain  conditions  when  Charles  was  finally  the 
conqueror.  He  died  November  i,  1535,  only  a  few  months  after 
his  marriage  to  Christina  of  Denmark. 

In  these  struggles  between  the  two  kings,  the  Marquis  of  Pes- 
cara  played  an  important  part.  Of  him  Guicciardini  says :  "  The 
death  of  the  Marquis  of  Pisquairo,  who  .  .  .  made  his  last  end 
happily  by  the  iust  sentence  of  God,  who  would  not  suffer  him  to 
enioy  the  frute  of  that  seede  which  he  had  sowen  with  so  great 
malignity.  .  .  .  He  began  to  follow  armes  at  Rauenna,  where, 
being  very  younge  he  was  taken  prisoner.  And  afterwards  aspyr- 
ing  to  a  reputacion  of  a  Capteine,  he  followed  all  the  warres 
which  the  Spanyards  had  in  Italy.  Insomuch  as  though  he  had 
not  past  the  age  of  XXXVI  yeres,  yet  for  experience  he  was  olde, 
for  inuencion  suttle,  in  councell  graue,  in  execucion  resolute,  wise 
to  foresee  a  daunger,  and  quicke  to  auoid  a  mischief e:  he  bare 
great  authoritie  and  credit  with  the  infanterie  of  Spayne,  ouer 
whom  as  he  had  bene  of  long,  capteine  generall :  so  both  the  vic- 
torie  at  Pauia  and  all  other  actions  of  merit  executed  by  that  army 

3 


24  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

since  certaine  yeares,  were  principally  succeeded  by  his  councel 
and  by  his  vertue :  he  was  assuredly  a  capteine  of  great  vallour, 
but  one  that  with  arte  and  dissimulacion,  knewe  how  to  drawe 
fauor  and  grace  to  his  doings,  being  besides,  prowde  of  minde,  of 
wit  deceitfull,  of  nature  malicious,  of  councell  and  action  without 
sincerity,  and  so  singular  in  his  owne  weening,  that  oftentimes 
he  hath  bene  heard  saye,  that  he  was  more  worthy  to  haue  Spayne 
for  his  contry  than  Italy."22 

Massinger,  then,  has  made  use  of  the  general  situation  of  the 
first  struggle  between  Charles  and  Francis  with  its  culmination 
at  Pavia.  But  he  substitutes  the  father  Ludovico  for  the  son, 
Francesco  Sforza,  possibly  because  Ludovico  was  the  better 
known  of  the  two.  According  to  the  plot  from  Josephus,  the 
Duke  must  be  on  the  losing  side.  Therefore,  he  is  attached  to 
the  French,  whereas  the  real  Francesco  Sforza  at  this  battle  was 
with  the  Spanish.  However,  Ludovico  had  been  originally  with 
the  French,  and  Francesco  was  allied  with  them  after  this  battle. 
As  in  the  play,  the  Marquis  of  Pescara  was  on  the  side  of  Charles. 
The  general  situation  at  the  battle  of  Pavia  may  have  decided 
Massinger  to  use  this  story.  But  there  is  another  element  that 
may  have  influenced  him  also.  After  Charles  had  a  second 
time  conquered  Francis,  on  whose  side  Francesco  Sforza  was 
then  fighting,  Guicciardini  says :  "  When  Frauncis  Sforza  was 
brought  to  the  presence  pf  the  Emperour  at  Bolognia,  and  hauing 
with  humilitie  and  submission  praised  his  benignitie  in  admitting 
him  to  his  presence :  He  told  him  that  so  much  did  he  reappose 
for  him  selfe  in  his  owne  iustice  and  equitie,  that  for  all  things 
happened  before  the  Marquis  of  Pisquairo  restrained  him  in  the 
castell  of  Myllan,  he  desired  no  other  property  of  suretie  or  sup- 
porte  then  his  owne  innocencie :  And  that  therefore  he  renounced 
frankly  the  safe  conduit,  the  bill  of  escript  whereof  the  Duke 
holding  in  his  hande,  he  layed  it  at  his  feete,  a  matter  which  much 
pleased  the  Emperour"  (1160-1).  This  slightly  repeats  the  sit 
uation  of  Herod  before  Caesar  though  "  Frauncis  "  had  to  pay 
a  heavy  indemnity.  The  historical  material  then  is  very  slight 
and  is  adapted  to  fit  the  situation  of  the  Herod  plot.  From  this 
historical  material,  however,  he  added  to  the  Herod  plot  another 

22  The  Historic  of  Guicciardin,  .  .  .  Reduced  into  English  by  Geffray 
Pent  on,  1579,  pp.  943~4- 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  .        25 

character  with  a  well  known  name,  Pescara.  Massinger  needed  a 
friend  and  confidant  for  Sforza.  Here  was  an  opportunity  to 
bring  in  another  famous  name.  Therefore  he  used  Pescara  as 
the  intimate  friend  of  Sforza.  This  whole  element  amounts  to 
very  little  more  than  using  historical  Italian  names  for  a  back 
ground. 

Can  a  definite  source  be  assigned  for  Massinger's  historical 
information?  The  statement  has  been  generally  made  that  he 
used  Guicciardini's  Istoria  d' Italia,  Books  i6-i9,23  where  this 
story  is  told.  If  he  had  done  so,  he  would  likely  have  used  Fen- 
ton's  translation.  But  I  have  found  nothing  which  proves  con 
clusively  that  he  used  this  for  a  source,  the  fact  that  it  was  well 
known  being  the  strongest  point  in  its  favor.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  attitude  of  Guicciardini  toward  some  of  the  characters  is  con 
siderably  different  from  that  of  Massinger,  for  instance,  toward 
Pescara,  his  opinion  of  whom  I  have  quoted  above.  Since  Mas- 
singer's  use  of  the  historical  facts  is  so  general,  and  since  he 
might  easily  have  obtained  so  much  knowledge  in  some  other  way, 
there  is  no  evidence  for  Guicciardini  as  his  source. 

The  Borrowing  from  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 

One  other  element  of  the  play  can  be  traced  to  its  source,  the 
poison  scene ;  V,  2.  Of  course,  there  are  several  poison  scenes 
by  kissing,  in  preceding  tragedy.  In  Soliman  and  Perseda  (li 
censed  1592),  the  lady  secures  revenge  by  a  poisoned  kiss.  In 
The  Revenger's  Tragedy  (pr.  1607),  the  kissing  of  a  poisoned 
skull  secures  the  needed  revenge.  In  The  White  Devil  (pr.  1612), 
Isabella  meets  death  by  kissing  the  poisoned  picture  of  her  hus 
band.  Poison  administered  in  other  ways  figures  in  various 
tragedies  of  the  period: — Valentinian  (not  later  than  1614),  Wife 
for  a  Month  (licensed  1624),  etc.  With  none  of  these,  however, 
can  Massinger  be  connected  except  possibly  The  Revenger's 
Tragedy.  In  Act  II,  Scene  I,  of  this  tragedy  we  have : 

"  O  angels,  clap  your  wings  upon  the  skies, 
And  give  this  virgin  crystal  plaudites." 

Massinger  writes  in  The  Duke  of  Milan,  V,  2,  57-9: 

a  worke 

The  saints  in-ill  smile  to  lookc  on,  &  good  Angels 
Clap  their  Celestiall  wings  to  giue  it  plaudits. 

23  Biographia  Dramatica,  1782,  followed  by  Gifford,  etc. 


26  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Again  in  The  Maid  of  Honour,  V,  I  (279!))  Massinger  writes : 

and  seraphic  angels 
Clap  their  celestial  wings  in  heavenly  plaudits. 

It  seems  probable,  then,  that  Massinger  borrowed  this  expression 
from  The  Revenger's  Tragedy;  but  in  no  case  can  that  play  be 
considered  a  source  for  the  poison  scene  in  The  Duke  of  Milan, 
though  the  general  situation  of  revenge  sought  and  wrought 
through  a  poisoned  kiss  may  have  made  due  and  lasting  impres 
sion  upon  Massinger. 

There  is,  however,  a  definite  source  for  this  poison  scene  of 
The  Duke  of  Milan,  and  that  is  the  concluding  scene  of  the  play 
licensed  by  Sir  George  Buc,  31  October,  1611,  as  "This  second 
Maydens  tragedy  (for  it  hath  no  name  inscribed)".  Massinger 
imitated  Act  V,  Scene  2  of  this  play  in  some  rather  minute  points 
of  conduct  and  even  in  many  of  the  ideas  there  expressed,  so 
much  so  indeed  that  his  use  of  it  may  be  considered  an  adaptation. 

For  conduct,  near  the  beginning  of  V,  2,  of  The  Second 
Maiden's  Tragedy,  "  They  bringe  the  Body  in  a  chaire  drest  vp 
in  black  veluet  which  setts  out  the  pailenes  of  the  handes  and 
face,  And  a  faire  Chayne  of  pearle  crosse  her  brest  and  the  Cru- 
cyfex  aboue  it ;  He  standes  silent  awhile  letting  the  Musique  play, 
becknyng  the  soldiers  that  bringe  her  in  to  make  obeisaunce  to 
her,  and  he  hym  self  majces  a  lowe  honour  to  the  body  and  kisses 
the  hande".  In  Duke  of  Milan,  V,  2,  47,  "Enter  Sforza,  Isa 
bella,  Mariana,  the  body  of  Marcelia,  Doctors,  Seruants  ".  Sforza 
exhorts  the  servants  to  care  (47-8),  remarks  how  pale  Marcelia 
looks  (60)  and  speaks  of  the  snow  white  hand  (63),  all  of  which 
elements  figure  in  the  direction  above  in  much  the  same  way. 
Sforza  also  evidently  kisses  the  hand  (63)  as  does  the  Tyrant. 
In  fact,  we  might  almost  say  that  Massinger  has  here  given  his 
scene  directions  in  verse,  a  characteristic  method  of  procedure 
with  him. 

The  next  section  in  both  plays  has  to  do  with  getting  the  poi 
soner  on  the  scene.  In  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy,  the  Ty 
rant  sends  for  a  painter  who  is  to  produce  the  semblance  of  life ; 
in  The  Duke  of  Milan,  the  supposed  Jewish  doctor  offers  his  serv 
ice.  Massinger  has  here  adapted  the  situation  to  his  plot,  which 
imposes  the  condition  that  Sforza  shall  consider  Marcelia  living 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  27 

while  the  Tyrant  has  no  delusions  of  the  kind,  merely  a  mad 
whim  of  the  moment.  Yet  even  he  wishes  he  could  "  send  for 
one  to  renew  heat  within  her  bosom  ".  In  both  plays,  the  corpse 
is  then  painted ;  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy,  the  Tyrant 
being  by;  in  The  Duke  of  Milan,  Sforza  being  off,  another  neces 
sary  change.  Finally  comes  the  exposure,  brought  about  volun 
tarily  on  the  part  of  the  poisoner  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy, 
involuntarily  in  The  Duke  of  Milan  because  of  exigencies  of  plot. 
In  both,  the  poisoner  glories  in  his  deed ;  but  in  The  Second 
Maiden's  Tragedy  he  is  made  king,  while  in  The  Duke  of  Milan 
he  is  led  to  his  doom,  the  alteration  being  again  demanded  by  exi 
gencies  of  plot.  It  may  be  noticed,  too,  that  the  place  of  the 
ghost  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy  is  taken  in  The  Duke  of 
Milan  by  Eugenia,  she  being  the  injured  in  honor.  Massinger 
thus  avoids  a  ghostly  visitation  for  which  he  seems  to  have  had 
no  special  inclination,  if  we  may  judge  by  the  fact  that  only  once 
in  his  unassisted  work,  in  The  Unnatural  Combat,  does  he  deal 
in  such.  Thus,  in  conduct,  the  two  scenes  are  so  much  alike  that 
we  may  consider  the  scene  in  The  Duke  of  Milan  an  adaptation 
of  that  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 

Corroborative  of  this  conclusion  is  Massinger's  use  of  many 
of  the  same  ideas  that  occur  in  V,  2,  of  The  Second  Maiden's 
Tragedy.  Says  the  Tyrant  (2244-47)  : 

/  can  see  nothing  to  be  mended  in  thee 
but  the  too  constant  palenes  of  thy  cheecke 
I'de  giue  the  kingdome,  but  to  purchase  ther 
the  breadth  of  a  red  Rose,  in  naturall  coloure 

Sforza,  according  to  Pescara  (V,  2,  39-41)  : 

swore, 

Prouided  they  recouer'd  her,  he  would  Hue 
A  priuate  man  &  they  should  share  his  dukedom. 

The  Tyrant  says  to  the  corpse  (2260-64)  : 

It  is  no  shame  for  thee  most  silent  mistris 
to  stand  in  need  of  Arte,  when  yoiithe 
and  all  thy  warm  frendes  has  forsooke  thee, 
weemen  aliue  are  gladd  to  seeke  her  frendship 
to  make  vp  the  faire  nomber  of  their  graces 


28  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Again,  when  Gouianus  does  not  see  at  once  that  the  face  wants 
painting,  the  king  says  to  him  (2294-5)  : 

thy  apprehension  has  to  grosse  a  feline 
to  be  ymploid  at  Court 

Francisco  says  to  the  corpse  (V,  2,  183-8)  : 

your  ladiship  lookes  pale 
But  I ,  your  Doctor,  haue  a  ceruse  for  you, 
See  my  Eugenia,  how  many  faces 
That  are  ador'd  in  Court  borrow  these  hclpes, 
And  passe  for  excellence,  when  the  better  part 

0  them  are  like  to  this 

It  is  along  this  line  that  Francisco's  remarks  run  as  he  paints  the 
corpse.  Gouianus,  as  he  paints,  says  (2317-19)  : 

A  religious  trembling  shakes  me  by  the  hand 
and  bidds  me  put  by  such  unhallowed  business 
but  reveng  calls  fort 

Eugenia,  as  she  watches  the  painting,  says  (V,  2,  197-9)  : 

/  tremble 

And  thus  to  tirannize  vpon  the  dead 
Is  most  inhumane. 
Franc [isco].    Come  we  for  rcucngc[f] 

Other  minor  instances  might  be  quoted,  but  these  will  show  how 
Massinger  echoes,  as  it"  were,  many  of  the  ideas  and  to  a  slight 
degree  the  expressions  of  The  Second  Maiden  s  Tragedy. 

One  other  part  of  this  play  may  have  had  its  effect  upon  Mas- 
singer.  In  Act  IV,  sc.  3  (1856—62),  the  Tyrant  says,  speaking 
to  the  corpse  of  the  Lady : 

1  once  read  of  a  Herod  whose  affection 
pursued  a  virgins  hue,  as  I  did  thine 

whoe  for  the  hate  she  owd  him  kilde  her  self 
(as  thow  to  rashlie  didst,)  wth  out  all  pittie: 
yet  he  prescrud  her  bodic  dead  in  home 
and  kept  her  longe  after  her  funerall. 

This  reference  is  to  another  Herod  story  or  to  another  version 
of  the  Herod-Mariamne  story.  It  would  seem,  then,  that  Mas- 
singer  might  have  found  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy  the 
germ  of  suggestion  for  combining  the  Herod  story  and  the  poison 
catastrophe.  At  any  rate,  it  is  evident  that  he  got  the  poison 


THE    DUKE   OF    MILAN  29 

catastrophe  from  this  play,  but  here  again  it  was  a  case  of  adapta 
tion,  the  method  of  'the  student,  rather  than  a  case  of  direct 
copying. 

Indeed,  so  noticeable  is  the  likeness  here  that  some  would 
assign  Massinger  a  part  in  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 
Tieck24  would  identify  the  play  with  Massinger's  supposed  trag 
edy,  The  Tyrant,  as  the  principal  character  is  the  "Usurping 
Tirant "  and  as  in  his  opinipn  the  whole  conduct  of  the  play  is 
such  as  we  would  expect  from  the  youthful  Massinger.  Phelan25 
follows  Tieck,  restating  his  theory.  Boyle26  says :  "  From  the 
metrical  character  of  the  play  it  is  in  vain  to  look  for  help  as  it 
has  no  very  prominent  peculiarities.  On  the  whole,  in  spite  of 
the  metrical  difficulties  and  the  want  of  allusions  distinctly  con 
necting  it  with  other  Massinger  plays,  I  feel  disposed  to  regard  it 
as  an  early,  anonymous  and  unsuccessful  attempt  of  our  author's 
who  made  use  of  the  death  scene  in  his  later  play."  Later27  he 
says,  "  Massinger's  hand  is  traceable  in  the  first  two  acts."  It 
will  be  seen  that  he  gives  no  proof  for  his  opinion  ;  in  fact,  admits 
that  it  cannot  be  proved  by  the  characteristics  he  has  used 
throughout  his  work  as  tests  of  Massinger. 

Oliphant,28  however,  says :  "  the  play  contains  no  sign  of 
either  "  Fletcher  or  Massinger.  Fleay29  did  not  feel  that  Mas- 
singer  had  any  hand  in  it.  Schelling30  does  not  think  is  belongs 
to  Tourneur  "  much  less  does  it  seem  the  youthful  effort  of  a  born 
dramatist  such  as  Massinger  ".  I  myself  can  not  find  in  the  play 
any  trace  of  Massinger's  characterization,  speech  structure,  re 
peated  phrases  and  ideas,  or  metrical  peculiarities.  Lack  of  these 
cannot  in  my  opinion  be  accounted  for  by  saying  that  this  is  a 
youthful  work,  for  Massinger's  style  and  mental  habit  did  not 
change,  but  merely  developed  and  are  as  distinct  in  the  earliest 
of  his  known  work  as  in  the  latest.  Therefore,  I  have  no  hesita 
tion  in  saying  that  Massinger  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  writing 
of  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 

24  Shakespeare's  vorschule.     Leipzig,  1823,  Vol.  2,  vorrede,  p.  xl  ff. 

25  Anglia,  u,  47. 

26  Engl.  Stud.,  IX,  234. 

27  D.  N.  B.,  article  Massinger,  XXXVII,  na. 
2«  Engl.  Stud.,  XIV,  76. 

29  Brog.  Chron.,  ii,  330. 

30  Eliz.  Dram.,  i,  599. 


30  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

Massinger,  then,  has  taken  the  Herod-Mariamne  story  of  Jo- 
sephus,  recast  it  in  the  Othello  type,  and  set  it  for  interest  in 
Italian  history  of  the  time  of  the  -Sforzas.  The  last  scene  of  the 
story  he  has  modeled  upon  The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 

MASSINGER  AS  POET-DRAMATIST 

If  we  would  know  a  writer's  artistic  theory,  we  should  attempt 
to  look  at  his  problems  and  his  work  through  his  own  eyes  and 
see  what  he  himself  thought  and  said  about  them,  what  his  artistic 
aims  were.  Fortunately  we  have  some  statements  from  Mas- 
singer  himself  as  to  what  should  be  expected  and  praised  in  a 
play.  In  the  Prologue  to  The  Emperor  of  the  East,  he  mentions 
rather  prominently  the  "  proportion "  "  and  the  scope "  of  the 
"  invention  "  of  the  play  as  merits.  In  his  commendatory  verses 
to  Shirley's  Grateful  Servant,  he  gives  his  own  poetic  aims  and 
aspirations  in  the  points  he  finds  to  praise : 

Here  are  no  forced  expressions,  no  rack'd  phrase; 
No  Babel  compositions  to  amaze 
'     The  tortured  reader;  no  believed  defence 
To  strengthen  the  bold  Atheist's  insolence 
No  obscene  syllable,  that  may  compel 
A  blush  from  a  chaste  maid;  but  all  so  well 
Express' d  and  order'd,  as  wise  men  must  say 
It  is  a  grateful  poem,  a  good  play. 

Thus  Massinger  insists  upon  three  things  as  essential :  good  order 
or  plot,  moral  content  in  word  and  character,  and  good  expression. 
These  lines  contain  in  brief  Massinger's  whole  artistic  aim  and 
theory.  The  things  that  he  insists  upon  he  is  eminent  in.  His 
aim  and  results  are  conscious. 

THE  "  STAGE-POET  " 

Massinger  was  not  the  inspired  poet  but  the  conscientious 
workman  of  more  than  usual  ability.  This  clever  workmanship 
is  shown  in  the  stage  craft,  plotting,  or  "  ordering  "  of  his  plays. 
His  plots  are  well  worked  out  according  to  a  definite  method  of 
procedure  and  however  much  one  may  dissent  from  his  taste  and 
judgment  at  times,  one  feels  that  he  has  carefully  considered 
what  he  is  doing  and  has  a  definite  purpose  in  it.  First,  he  se 
lects  the  five  most  important,  and  at  the  same  time  most  striking, 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  31 

points  in  his  story.  Each  of  these  he  makes  the  climax  of  an 
act.  The  first  act  is  introductory,  having  as  its  climax  the  incit 
ing  motive  of  the  play,  the  problem  whose  solution  gives  tragedy 
or  comedy.  This  is  a  rule  of  his  construction,  almost  without 
exception.  The  fifth  act  of  course  contains  the  denouement,  the 
solution  of  the  problem.  With  the  climax  of  the  third  act,  the 
action  of  the  play  takes  its  final  turn,  enters  its  final  phase.  The 
fourth  act  is  the  connecting  link  between  the  climax  of  the  third 
and  that  of  the  fifth.  It  usually  leads  just  up  to  the  denouement, 
the  catastrophe,  but  if  the  catastrophe  is  double — as  it  often  is 
in  the  stage-poet,  Massinger,  who  can't  pass  the  opportunity  for 
a  good  climax — one  catastrophe  forms  the  climax  of  the  fourth 
act.  In  much  the  same  way,  the  second  act  connects  the  climax 
of  the  first  and  that  of  the  third.  Thus  the  climaxes  of  the  first, 
third,  and  fifth  acts  in  any  story  of  Massinger  are  fixed  by/  the 
purpose  he  has  in  the  play.  The  climax  of  the  fourth  is  also 
fixed  in  case  the  catastrophe  is  double,  that  of  the  second  is  most 
variable  of  all. 

The  Duke  of  Milan  well  illustrates  Massinger's  formula.  In 
deed  the  fact  that  this  play  has  the  fifth  act  at  all  instead  of  end 
ing  with  the  fourth  act  is  characteristic  of  Massinger's  purpose 
and  method  of  construction.  His  purpose,  to  show : 

ther's  no  trust 
In  a  foundation  that  is  built  on  lust. 

demands  catastrophe  for  Sforza.  Looking  at  his  material,  he 
finds  five  points  of  naturally  high  interest  in  the  development  of 
the  story.  First,  the  giving  of  the  secret-  command ;  second,  the 
revealing  of  the  secret  command  to  Marcelia;  third,  Marcelia's 
break  with  Sforza  because  of  the  secret  command,  the  turning 
point;  fourth,  Sforza's  rash  execution  of  Marcelia;  fifth,  the 
effect  on  Sforza.  Neither  the  moralist  in  him  nor  the  playwright 
with  his  eye  to  stage  effect  would  permit  him  to  sacrifice  the  last 
act.  Consequently  these  points  were  fitted  into  his  formula. 

Fletcher  also  usually  tries  to  close  his  Act  with  a  climax,  a  big 
scene,  but  he  has  no  care  for  careful  preparation  or  regular  con 
struction  leading  up  to  this  climax.  He  must  have  at  least  one 
big  scene,  with  which  to  close  his  Act ;  if  he  can  manage  to  get 
more  to  the  Act,  the  more  the  better.  A  fundamental  difference, 


32  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

too,  between  the  closing  scenes  of  the  two  dramatists  is  that  Mas- 
singer's  emphasized  scene  is,  as  I  have  said,  nearly  always  an  im 
portant  section  of  the  main  story ;  Fletcher's  may  be  merely  a 
striking  humorous  scene  which  might  be  left  entirely  out  without 
detriment  to  the  plot.  This  is  indeed  typical  of  Fletcher's  atti 
tude  toward  plot.  To  him  that  plot  was  best  which  furnished  a 
thread  upon  which  the  greatest  number  of  striking  situations 
might  be  strung,  naturally,  incidentally,  or  accidentally.  He 
paints  each  striking  situation  which  suggested  itself,  to  the  limit 
of  its  possibilities  with  little  regard  to  its  importance.  His  excel 
lence  is  in  the  scene,  the  situation,  rather  than  in  the  whole.  His 
acts  are  often  arbitrary  divisions  of  the  play,  not  natural,  as  it  is 
the  scene  or  situation  upon  which  he  centers  his  attention. 
Therefore,  Fletcher's  work  is  likely  to  be  sketchy  and  undigested, 
a  charge  which  cannot  be  brought  against  Massinger's  plots. 

Massinger's  formula  for  his  first  act  or  introduction  is  also 
capable  of  rather  definite  statement.  He  gets  his  action  under 
way  at  once  and  works  up  to  the  exciting  motive  for  a  climax. 
The  question  at  issue  is  brought  forward  in  the  first  scene  and 
is  often  fully  before  us  within  the  first  one  hundred  lines.  His 
favorite  method  of  presenting  this  is  by  the  conversation  of  two 
of  the  characters,  in  which  the  problem  is  stated  and  the  charac 
ters  and  relations  of  the  principal  figures  are  given  us.  Then 
with  this  preparation,  the  principal  characters  are  brought  on, 
and  begin  the  action  at  once.  This  introductory  conversation, 
however,  may  be  between  the  principal  characters  themselves  as 
in  The  Picture,  where  no  past  history  is  needed  to  explain  the  sit 
uation.  Such  a  device  necessarily  has  a  tendency  to  become 
merely  mechanical,  to  show  too  evidently  the  purpose  it  is  in 
tended  to  serve.  But  Massinger  usually  manages  to  motivate  the 
device  in  some  natural  way,  for  instance,  Cleon  in  The  Emperor 
of  the  East  has  just  returned  from  six  years  travel  and  wishes  to 
know  the  news. 

In  this  respect,  too,  The  Duke  of  Milan  is  a  characteristic  Mas- 
singer  play.  The  author  begins  with  a  striking  scene,  calculated 
to  catch  the  attention  at  once,  the  drunken  conversation  of 
Graccho  and  Jovio.  Having  thus  caught  the  attention,  he  pro 
ceeds  by  means  of  a  conversation  between  two  courtiers  to  get 
before  us  the  necessary  information  as  to  the  situation — the  im- 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  33 

pending  climax  of  the  war,  the  love  of  Sforza  for  his  wife,  and 
the  trouble  that  exists  between  her  and  Sforza's  mother  and  sis 
ter — all  in  a  scene  of  one  hundred  and  twenty-six  lines.  With 
the  second  scene  begins  the  action,  which  gets  well  under  way. 
in  the  third.  Another  habit  of  Massinger  is  well  illustrated  here 
in  his  preparation  for  the  entrance  of  Marcelia.  The  drunkards 
are  crying  healths  in  her  name,  the  lords  discuss  and  praise  her, 
the  ladies  discuss  and  envy  her,  the  gentlemen  are  thinking  of 
her,  and  she  finally  enters  in  state  with  the  Duke  bowing  before 
her.  Massinger  in  his  best  work  prepares  carefully  for  the 
smaller  climax  within  the  act  just  as  he  does  for  the  grand  climax 
at  the  end  of  it.  From  the  beginning,  the  action  moves  steadily 
and  directly  forward  to  the  inciting  motive  of  the  play,  Sforza's 
secret  command  to  Francisco  to  kill  Marcelia  in  event  of  his  fail 
ure  to  return.  The  first  act,  then,  is  a  unit  with  its  own  action 
rising  to  a  striking  climax  of  high  interest. 

This  indeed  is  true  of  each  act  in  the  play.  The  second  act 
begins  with  a  preparatory  conversation  between  two  lords,  con 
necting  the  action  of  this  act  with  that  of  the  preceding  and  pre 
paring  for  further  developments.  It  then  works  up  naturally  to 
the  climax  at  the  end  with  Francisco's  proposal  and  betrayal  of 
the  command  in  deepened  colors,  and  Marcelia's  fainting,  proud 
defiance,  and  scornful  taunt  to  do  his  worst.  The  third  likewise 
begins  with  a  preparatory  conversation,  and  works  through  vari 
ous  turns  to  the  climax  of  Marcelia's  cold  reception  of  Sforza 
and  his  "  temporary  insanity  ",  to  use  the  modern  phrase.  The 
fourth  begins  with  a  scene  preparatory  for  Graccho's  attempted 
revenge  and  closes  with  the  grand  climax  of  the  play,  the  death 
of  Marcelia  at  Sforza's  own  hand.  Up  to  this  point  there  has 
been  a  regular  rise  in  the  action  of  the  play  as  a  whole  and  this 
is  the  true  climax  of  interest. 

The  fifth  act  is  very  noticeably  a  unit  with  its  own  climax  and 
really  constitutes  a  separate  thread  of  the  play.  In  fact,  it  might 
almost  be  considered  as.  a  separate  tragedy  forming  the  conclu 
sion  to  the  preceding.  This  fault  in  construction  is  the  result  in 
good  part  of  two  characteristics  which  are  usually  to  be  accounted 
to  Massinger  for  excellencies.  The  one  is  his  habit  of  unity  and 
directness  of  development,  taking  only  one  thing  at  a  time.  As 
a  consequence  of  this  characteristic,  his  plots  are  usually  single. 


34  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

He  rarely  handles  double  or  complicated  plots  and  when  he  does, 
is  not  always  successful,  for  they  are  sometimes  too  clearly  double 
or  complicated  and  not  sufficiently  fused  together,  as  in  The  Par 
liament  of  Love.  The  whole  story  of  The  Duke  of  Milan  to  the 
beginning  of  the  fifth  act  has  proceeded  in  almost  direct  line,  with 
as  few  changes  and  shifts  as  possible.31  At  this  point,  therefore, 
it  is  necessary  to  go  back  and  bring  up  the  Eugenia  story  at  which 
he  has  before  but  hinted  darkly.  The  other  characteristic  is  his 
habit  of  keeping  certain  elements  of  the  story  concealed  as  long 
as  posssible  in  order  to  obtain  suspense  or  surprise.  A  very  good 
illustration  of  this  habit  is  to  be  found  in  the  whispered  request 
of  A  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts.  But  in  The  Duke  of  Milan, 
though  he  has  put  his  sign  posts  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end 
of  the  second  act  so  that  the  break  may  not  be  too  great,  we  over 
look  them,  are  at  a  loss  to  account  for  the  true  reason  of  Fran 
cisco's  plotting  and  must  readjust  ourselves  when  we  do  find  the 
reason.  His  fifth  act,  then,  violates  the  unity  of  the  play  by  in 
troducing  a  new  motive  or  action,  not  because  he  did  not  plan  it 
carefully,  but  because  he  did  and  simply  erred  in  his  judgment. 
This  is  characteristic  of  all  Massinger's  work,  his  plays  are  care 
fully  plotted  and  proceed  with  precision  along  prepared  though 
sometimes  mistaken  lines. 

The  habit  of  writing  with  the  act  as  unit  may  have  been  fos 
tered  by  Massinger's  early  training  as  a  collaborator.  In  his  col 
laboration,  certain  sections  of  the  play  were  assigned  him,  each 
of  which  sections  he  worked  up  as  a  separate  unit  whether  it 
were  a  scene  or  an  act.  It  is  significant  that  in  all  but  a  very  few 
cases  Massinger  was  given  the  first  act  to  work  out,32  since  care- 

31  As  an  illustration  of  how  careful  he  has  been  to  keep  the  thread  of 
the  story  without  break,  we  may  notice  his  treatment  of  the  time  element 
in  the  play.     By  the  necessities  of  the  case  Sforza's  journey  between  the 
end  of  the  first  act  and  that  of  the  third  had  to  occupy  considerable  time. 
In  order  to  bridge  over  the  break  Massinger  used  the  device  of  double 
time.     For  a  full  discussion  of  this,  see  note  to  I,  i,  4. 

32  In  eighteen  collaborated  plays  where  Massinger  has  any  considerable 
part   (Barnavelt,  Bloody  Brother,  Custom  of  the  Country,  Double  Mar 
riage,  Elder  Brother,  Fair  Maid  of  the  Inn,  False  One,  Fatal  Dowry,  Little 
French  Lawyer,  Love's  Cure,  Lovers'  Progress,  The  Prophetess,  Queen  of 
Corinth,    Sea    Voyage,    Spanish    Curate,  Thierry    and    Thcodoret,    Very 
Woman,  Virgin  Martyr),  as  critics  agree,  Massinger  wrote  the  entire  first 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  35 

fully  plotted  work  is  especially  necessary  here  in  order  to  get  the 
facts  before  us.  These  first  acts  are  worked  out  regularly  ac 
cording  to  the  first  act  formula  stated  above.  It  is  equally  sig 
nificant  that  in  collaboration  Massinger  writes  in  almost  every 
last  act,  as  there  again  careful  work  is  required  to  gather  up  the 
threads  of  the  play  in  unified  completeness.  The  usual  division 
of  labor  seems  to  have  been  for  Massinger  to  work  out  the  plot 
and  to  write  about  one  third  of  the  play,  for  the  other  author  to 
write  the  other  two  thirds.  Massinger's  one  third  contribution 
consisted  in  his  writing  the  first  act  almost  without  exception,  in 
his  usually  giving  considerable  aid  in  the  last  act,  and  in  writing 
some  of  the  most  dignified  scenes  within  the  play,  especially  trial 
scenes.  If  it  was  possible  to  combine  these  three  types  of  con 
tribution  in  one  thread  or  plot  of  the  story,  it  was  usually  done. 
It  seems,  then,  that  Massinger's  strength  was  recognized  as  lying 
in  plot  and  serious  scene. 

Indeed  we  know  that  this  was  the  contemporary  estimate  of 
his  ability.  Langbaine  (1691)  tells  us  that  Massinger's  plays 
"were  highly  esteem'd  of  by  the  Wits  of  those  times,  for  the 
purity  of  stile,  and  the  Oeconomy  of  their  Plots  ".  In  a  poem 
"On  the  Time  Poets",33  printed  in  1656,  we  are  told  of: 

Massinger  that  knowes 

The  strength  of  plot  to  write  in  verse  and  prose 

Whose  easie  Pegasus  will  amble  ore 

Some  threescore  miles  of  fancy  in  an  houre.s* 

The  recognition  of  this  ability  of  Massinger  is  summed  up  for 
us  by  his  friend  and  admirer  Sir  Aston  Cockaine  in  the  catch- 
phrase  which  Mr.  Cunningham  has  used  on  his  volume,  "  The 
Stage-poet ".  This  Massinger  was  in  an  eminent  degree  and  this 
it  was  that  he  aimed  to  be,  if  we  ministerpret  not  his  own  pre 
viously  quoted  testimony. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  so  modern  a  critic  as  Professor 

act  of  twelve,  the  major  portions  of  two  more,  and  had  no  part  in  the  first 
act  of  only  three.  In  the  same  plays,  he  wrote  the  entire  last  act  of  six 
and  had  a  hand,  usually  a  main  one,  in  all  save  one.  I  intend  to  treat  this 
matter  more  fully  in  a  later  work. 

33  The  Shakespeare  Society's  Papers,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  172. 

34  It  may  be  noticed  in  passing  that  the  attribution  here  of  prose  to 
Massinger  is  necessitated  by  the  need  of  a  rhyme  for  "  knows." 


36  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Brander  Matthews35  places  the  same  kind  of  estimate  upon  Alas- 
singer  as  did  his  contemporaries.  "  A  dramatic  poet  he  is  be 
yond  question,  but  he  is  far  greater  as  dramatist  than  he  is  as 
poet.  .  .  .  His  merit  is  in  the  structure  and  conduct  of  each  of 
his  plays  as  a  whole.  ...  It  is  only  when  he  is  considered  as  a 
playwright,  pure  and  simple,  that  Massinger  shows  to  best  advan 
tage  and  that  he  takes  rank  over  his  contemporary  rivals.  As  a 
playwright,  pure  and  simple,  Massinger  demands  a  place  imme 
diately  after  Shakespeare."  This  statement  I  accept  as  a  just 
estimate  of  Massinger's  power  as  a  playwright.  He  was  the 
conscientious,  skilled  workman. 

THE  "  MORAL  "  CHARACTER  PORTRAYER 

When  we  consider  Massinger's  treatment  of  character,  we 
still  find  careful  planning.  Each  play  as  a  whole  usually  has  a 
purpose,  a  moral  underlying;  and  lest  we  might  overlook  it,  he 
often  drives  it  home  with  his  moral  tag  at  the  end. 

May  we  make  use  of 

This  great  example,  and  learn  from  it,  that 
There  cannot  be  a  want  of  power  above 
To  punish  murder  and  unlawful  love! 


And  learne  from  this  example,  ther's  no  trust 
In  a  foundation  that  is  built  on  lust. 

There  is  the  guiding  principle  of  The  Duke  of  Milan,  and  so  on. 
Of  course,  this  tendency  would  appear  most  plainly  in  his  most 
serious  plays,  but  even  in  the  lighter  plays,  whether  the  moral 
element  be  labeled  at  the  end  or  not,  it  is  always  to  be  felt  in  the 
play.  His  characters  and  their  actions  will  consequently  be 
shaped  to  make  evident  this  underlying  moral  purpose. 

With  such  an  aim,  the  characters  are  likely  to  be  types  rather 
than  individuals.  Even  Sir  Giles  Overreach  is  the  emphasized 
type,  the  "  humor "  character.  This  purpose  accounts  also  for 
the  lack  of  convincingness  of  some  of  Massinger's  villains  or 
those  who  are  not  wholly  good.  There  is  no  gradual  process  of 

35  C.  M.  Gayley,  Representative  English  Comedies,  Vol.  II,  Introduc 
tion  to  A  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  37 

deterioration  in  character.  They  simply  shift  from  good  to  bad 
when  the  exigencies  of  plot  demand  it.  Still,  when  we  come  to 
the  end,  we  know  clearly  what  Massinger  intended  his  character 
to  be,  whether  we  agree  that  he  has  succeeded  in  making  it  that 
or  not.  Therefore,  we  find  no  puzzling  questions  of  interpreta 
tions  of  character.  He  does  not  permit  himself  to  be  carried 
away  into  irregularities  by  throwing  his  whole  interest  into  the 
painting  of  some  unit  of  humanity  that  has  fascinated  him.  A 
conscious  craftsman,  he  has  a  story  to  bring  forward,  usually 
with  a  moral  purpose  behind  it.  Therefore,  he  must  have  the 
types  of  persons  who  would  logically  work  out  that  story.  They 
are  made  accordingly.  Thus  it  is  that  we  often  feel  that  his  char 
acters  have  a  certain  stiffness  and  aloofness,  that  they  move  but 
not  with  their  own  motion.  So  it  is  easy  in  The  Duke  of  Milan 
to  see  to  what  type  Massinger  intended  each  of  his  characters  to 
belong.  Sforza  is  a  proud,  noble,  but  doting  prince ;  Marcelia 
is  an  equally  proud,  noble,  and  loving  princess ;  and  Francisco  is 
intended  to  be  the  gentleman  seeking  to  redress  his  wounded 
honor,  etc.  But  I  can  not  feel  that  any  one  of  them  attains  to 
the  rank  of  individuals. 

Massinger's  characterization,  then,  is  not  for  character's  sake 
primarily,  but  for  his  moral  story's  sake ;  and  each  scene,  almost 
each  speech,  contributes  definitely  to  the  advancement  of  the 
story.  Such  an  attitude  on  Massinger's  part  accounts  for  the 
objection  often  raised  that  his  actors  speak  out  of  character,  that 
his  pure  heroine,  for  instance,  will  betray  a  knowledge  of  evil  and 
will  speak  of  it  in  a  manner  that  would  raise  our  suspicion  in  a 
real  person,  or  that  his  modest  heroine  trumpets  her  own  praises 
abroad.  The  knowledge  displayed  by  the  heroine  is  not  her  own 
but  Massinger's.  So  is  also  her  insistence  upon  her  virtue  and 
goodness.  Massinger  wants  us  to  know  that  she  stands  for  all 
goodness  and  can  do  no  wrong.  Therefore  he,  speaking  through 
her,  tells  us  so  in  order  that  there  may  be  no  mistake. 

The  encounter  between  Francisco  and  Marcelia,  II,  i,  well 
illustrates  this  attitude  of  Massinger's.  Their  conversation  is  a 
debate  covering  the  various  phases  of  the  point  at  issue  rather 
than  a  quarrel  resulting  from  the  righteous  anger  of  an  insulted 
woman.  It  is  a  question  with  Marcelia  of  that  abstract  posses 
sion  of  hers  called  chastity.  If  Francisco  will  find  a  single  act 


38  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

of  hers  so  loosely  carried  as  to  lead  one  to  hope  to  gain  her  favor, 
she  will  be  his  strumpet.  Because  of  this  attitude,  the  characters 
often  have  the  air  of  impersonality.  They  speak  of  these  various 
abstract  qualities  as  if  they  were  mere  concrete  physical  posses 
sions,  they  tell  us  what  they  feel  instead  of  showing  us  how  they 
feel,  speaking  of  their  own  emotions  as  if  they  belonged  to  some 
one  else.  The  same  attitude  is  quite  as  apparent  in  Massinger's 
treatment  of  his  evil  characters,  Francisco  for  instance.  We  are 
never  long  at  a  loss  to  know  how  he  regards  them,  it  is  with  full 
disapprobation.  In  this  he  contrasts  strongly  with  Fletcher,  who 
was  not  troubled  with  conscientious  scruples.  If  ever  the  moral 
side  of  a  thing  entered  Fletcher's  head,  he  doesn't  show  it. 
Therefore,  his  characters  of  the  worse  sort  are  sketched  in  with 
a  lightness  and  sympathy  which  makes  them  real,  understandable 
human  beings.  Massinger,  lacking  this  sympathy,  produces  un 
real,  unrelieved,  automata  of  evil. 

These  facts  are  but  the  result  of  a  general  characteristic  in 
Massinger.  He  has  a  tendency  to  let  his  characters  tell  us  what 
they  are  and  feel  rather  than  to  make  them  speak  and  act  in  such 
a  way  as  to  show  us  what  they  are  and  feel.  At  the  crisis  of 
action,  one  of  his  characters  is  likely  to  inform  us,  "  I  feel  a 
sudden  alteration  ".  Not  only  does  the  character  inform  us  of 
his  or  her  own  symptoms,  but  we  are  likely  to  have  our  attention 
called  to  them  by  the  comments  of  other  characters,  informing  us 
of  what  we  are  supposed  to  be  observing  for  ourselves.  The 
scene  between  Sforza  and  the  Emperor  (III,  i)  is  a  case  in  point. 
The  comments  of  the  three  soldiers  call  our  attention  to  the  points 
which  the  author  wishes  us  especially  to  notice  and  for  which  the 
scene  was  written.  Sforza  has  not  come  in  the  usual  fashion  of 
a  suitor,  nor  is  he  a  flatterer ;  but  speaks  nobly,  winning  the  admi 
ration  of  the  soldiers  so  that  the  Emperor  does  not  seem  to  act 
fast  enough  but  sits  like  a  block.  Such  are  the  comments,  such 
is  the  purpose  of  the  scene.  These  speeches  in  this  case  serve  the 
double  purpose  of  first,  pointing  to  the  main  facts  of  the  scene, 
giving  the  attitude  that  is  to  be  taken  toward  Sforza,  and  the  in 
terpretation  that  is  to  be  put  on  his  actions,  and  second  of  break 
ing  up  the  long  speeches.  Such  a  device  is  here  not  wholly  inef 
fective,  but  it  is  decidedly  overworked  when  we  have  our  attention 
called  to  some  action  that  we  should  plainly  see  taking  place  be 
fore  our  eyes  as : 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  39 

She  frownes  as  if 
Her  looks  could  fright  us 

(II,  I,  121-2.) 

It  is  as  if  the  careful  stage  poet  were  puttting  his  stage  directions 
in  the  text.  Under  modern  conditions,  Massinger's  stage  direc 
tions  would  be  worked  out  in  more  detail  than  George  Bernard 
Shaw's.  Some  character,  too,  is  practically  certain,  either  after 
the  others  have  gone,  or  in  an  aside,  to  tell  us  what  problem  is 
facing  him  or  her  and  sometimes  tells  us  what  is  to  be  the  course 
of  action,  though  the  conclusion  is  often  "  something  I  shall  do  ". 
The  problem  is  also  often  brought  before  us  by  means  of  argu 
ment  or  debate,  in  which  Massinger  delighted.  Now  most  of 
these  things  help  toward  clearness  of  plot  and  story,  but  they  are 
blemishes  upon  character  drawing.  The  play  wright  overshadows 
the  creator  of  character. 

This  attitude  also  explains  the  fact  that  Massinger's  charac 
ters  sometimes  become  bombastic.  It  is  the  natural  result  of 
characterisation  with  stage  effect  chiefly  in  view.  If  you  wish 
your  characters  to  rise  to  the  occasion,  let  them  talk  louder,  and 
paint  things  more  luridly.  Yet  Massinger's  natural  dignity  and 
seriousness  act  as  a  check  upon  him  and  it  is  only  upon  very  great 
occasions,  such  as  Sforza's  sorrow  for  Marcelia,  that  he  becomes 
disagreeably  bombastic.  Perhaps  even  there,  the  fact  that  Sforza 
is  mad  should  be  taken  into  consideration. 

All  these  considerations  point  to  one  conclusion,  Massinger, 
in  the  drawing  of  character,  worked  from  the  outside,  at  best 
drew  types.  He  could  reason  out  in  logical  sequence  what  the 
guiding  principles  of  his  characters  should  be  and  what  were  the 
acts  that  in  a  moral  world  would  correspond  to  these ;  but  when 
he  tried  to  put  this  in  the  concrete  form  of  character,  he  was  not 
able  to  breathe  into  his  creations  that  breath  of  life  which  would 
cause  them  to  live  and  move  and  have  their  being. 

Yet  to  admit  that  he  does  work  with  types,  that  he  does  char 
acterise  from  the  outside  is  not  necessarily  to  condemn  him  abso 
lutely.  Such  a  method  will  hardly  give  us  the  vivid  personal 
feeling  that  comes  from  the  truly  psychologized  character,  but  it 
has  the  advantage  of  presenting  clearly  and  at  a  glance  what  the 
author  intended  his  audience  to  understand,  it  gets  across  the 
foot  lights  easily  and  without  effort.  It  is  the  stage  method, 

4 


40  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

even  more  strongly  used  by  Fletcher ;  and  is  precisely  what  we 
would  expect  of  the  conscientious  workman  who  is  striving  to 
meet  the  stage  condition  he  knows  so  well,  from  long  experience 
and  observation. 

As  has  been  said,  we  know  where  to  place  each  character :  we 
judiciously  praise  or  blame,  perhaps  like  or  dislike ;  but  we  do  not 
passionately  take  sides  and  love  or  hate.  Of  course,  the  attitude 
we  take  is  the  correct  one  from  Massinger's  point  of  view,  for 
he  is  aiming  more  to  make  clear  to  us  the  problems  of  the  play 
than  to  make  us  take  an  attitude  toward  the  characters  as  such. 
We  are  rather  to  take  our  attitude  toward  them  because  of  that 
for  which  they  stand. 

This  moral  purpose  which  lies  behind  all  his  more  serious 
plays  and  is  not  absent  from  his  lightest,  accounts  for  much  in 
Massinger.  It  is  in  scenes  where  some  moral  or  ethical  princi 
ple  is  involved  that  he  does  his  most  realistic  work  and  im 
presses  one  most  with  his  earnestness,  for  he  is  there  speaking 
his  own  deep  convictions  through  the  mouthpiece  of  his  charac 
ter.  He  is  not  the  impersonal  portrayer  of  characters,  he  takes 
sides  very  definitely  in  his  work.  Thus  it  is  that  Camiola  of  The 
Maid  of  Honor  is  so  well  and  sympathetically  treated.  She  was 
morally  right  and  was  making  what  Massinger  considered  a  great 
choice.  Therefore,  for  her  he  has  no  blame.  He  could  for  the 
time  being  become  that  character  and  describe  it  from  the  inside. 
It  is  only  with  such  characters,  and  in  such  situations  that  he  is 
ever  able  to  do  this.  Still  one  must  not  get  the  impression  that 
the  work  is  clumsily  done.  He  has  observed  for  himself  and  has 
observed  the  observation  of  others ;  that  is,  there  was  a  body  of 
dramatic  literature  behind  him  and  certain  types  had  become 
fairly  well  established.  These  he,  like  other  playwrights,  took 
over  and  used.  Thus,  in  characterisation  also  Massinger  is  the 
clever,  serious  workman,  not  the  poetic  genius. 

THE  CONSCIOUS  STYLIST 

Massinger's  style,  too,  reveals  careful  effort.  It  is  smooth 
and  well  polished  except  in  a  few  places  where  he  has  intention 
ally  made  the  speech  and  verse  rough  and  irregular  in  an  at 
tempt  to  show  emotion.  Therefore,  a  rough  line  calls  for  atten- 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  •    41 

tion  at  once.  His  style  has  a  steady,  slow,  long,  oratorical  sweep 
about  it  that  is  peculiarly  his  own.  Various  factors  contribute 
to  the  making  of  this  style.  The  earlier  blank  verse  of  Eliza 
bethan  times  was  marked  by  regularity  as  to  number  of  feet, 
syllables,  and  accents  and  each  line  was  taken  as  a  unit,  that  is, 
was  end  stopped.  Gorboduc  was  sufficiently  regular  in  these  re- 
spects  to  win  even  Pope's  praise.  In  an  effort  towards  greater 
freedom,  there  had  been  progressive  change  in  two  main  direc 
tions.  First,  monotonous  regularity  of  the  line  was  broken  up 
by  the  added  syllable  of  the  double  or  feminine  ending.  Second, 
the  line  ceased  to  be  the  iron-clad  unit  and  we  find  run-on  lines. 
Some  writers  followed  one  direction,  others  the  other.  Beau 
mont,36  with  his  smooth  flowing  style,  needing  the  larger  unit, 
chose  the  way  of  the  run-on  line.  He  has  a  comparatively  high 
percentage  of  these  (20  to  30%)  and  a  low  percentage  of  double 
endings  (10  to  20%).  Fletcher,  with  his  swift,  clear-cut,  con 
versational  style,  needed  the  smaller  unit.  Therefore,  we  find 
comparatively  few  run-on  lines  (10%  or  under)  in  Fletcher.  On 
the  other  hand,  we  find  a  very  high  percentage  (60%  or  over) 
of  double,  not  infrequently  triple,  endings.  But  Fletcher  was 
not  content  even  with  this  and  we  find  also  a  large  number  of  tri 
syllabic  feet,  contractions,  and  slurrings  within  the  line  itself. 

Massiiiger  worked  about  equally  along  both  these  lines.  His 
percentage  of  run-on  lines  (about  32  to  52%  in  his  uncollabo- 
rated  plays)  is  large.  Thus  he  is  composing  by  large  units,  by 
verse  periods  in  fact.  This  leads  to  his  fitting  in  parenthetic  and 
explanatory  sections  from  time  to  time.  But  even  in  his  longest 
and  at  first  sight  seemingly  most  hopelessly  involved  sentences, 
there  is  a  smooth  regularity  of  flow  and  oratorical  completeness. 
To  attempt  to  break  these  up  into  short  sections  in  reading  is  to 
spoil  Massinger.  He  also  uses  a  large  percentage  of  double  end 
ings  (40  to  50%  in  his  uncollaborated  plays).  This  avoids  the 
monotony  of  the  perfectly  regular  verse,  for  though  Massinger 
is  eminently  dignified,  almost  pompous  at  times  if  you  will,  he 
is  not  often  stiff.  Then,  too,  Massinger  secures  a  heavy  enjam- 
bement  by  frequent  light  endings  (2.05  to  5.80%  in  his  uncol 
laborated  plays)  and  by  occasional  weak  endings  (as  much  as 

36  These  are  Boyle's  figures,  given  in  New  Shakespeare  Society  Trans 
actions,  1886. 


42  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

3.05%  in  one  case,  though  a  somewhat  variable  quantity).  Both 
the  double  and  the  light  and  weak  endings  tend  toward  an  easier, 
a  more  prose-like  style.  He  does  not  use  slurrings  and  contrac 
tions  to  any  considerable  extent.  On  the  contrary,  he  has  a 
tendency  as  might  be  expected  of  his  dignified  style,  to  give  each 
syllable  full  value,  especially  with  words  ending  in  "  ion  ".  For 
instance,  in  The  Duke  of  Milan  we  find  pas-si-ons,  III,  3,  112; 
af-fec-ti-on,  131;  mo-ti-on,  136.  The  peculiarity  with  Massin- 
ger's  dissolution  is  that  it  occurs  frequently  within  the  line,  not 
merely  at  the  end.  As  a  result  of  these  characteristics,  Massinger 
gets  a  style  that  is  more  involved,  more  stately,  more  formal  than 
Beaumont's ;  one-  that  is  less  loose,  less  conversational  than 
Fletcher's,  an  oratorical  style  in  fact.  It  is  in  part  for  this  rea 
son  that  Massinger  makes  his  best  impression  in  dignified  scenes, 
such  as  trial  scenes,  where  a  question  is  to  be  argued,  or  where 
his  hero  or  heroine  makes  a  high  appeal  on  moral  or  ethical 
grounds.  Perhaps  it  is  to  some  extent  due  to  this  style  that  we 
feel  his  characters  are  rather  far-away  in  ordinary  conversation, 
as  if  they  were  speaking  a  part. 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  in  his  versification,  Massinger  has 
caught  two  of  the  most  characteristic  tricks  of  Fletcher  versifi 
cation.  One37  of  these  is  the  repetition  of  an  idea  or  the  addition 
of  some  qualifying  phrase  as  if  in  after  thought.  Massinger  re 
peats  in  much  the  same  way  but  his  repetition  is  almost  purely  for 
emphasis  and  is  likely  to  be  a  word  for  word  repetition,  while 
Fletcher  only  repeats  much  the  same  idea  as  if  he  were  playing 
with  it,  ringing  the  changes  on  it.  The  following  examples  illus 
trate  this  difference. 

"  And  a  woman, 

A  woman  beat  'em,  Nennius ;  a  weak  woman, 

A  woman,  beat  these  Romans !  " 

Bonduca,  I,  1/47*). 

37  Repetition  for  emphasis  is  frequent  in  this  play. 

Cf.  I,  3,  70;  I,  3,  74-5;  I,  3,  313;  II,  i,  20-1 ;  II,  i,  115;  II,  i,  156-7;  II, 

1,  188;  II,  i,  275-6;  II,  i,  282;  II,  i,  284-5;  II,  i,  298-9;  II,  i,  383;  II,  i, 
387;  II,  i,  388-9;  II,  i,  402-3;  III,  i,  262;  III,  i,  265-6;  III,  2,  76-7;  III, 

2,  97;  III,  2,  119;  III,  3,  16;  IV,  2,  36;  V,  i,  67-8;  V,  2,  222-3;  V,  2,  248. 

Closely  akin  to  this  is  the  addition  of  a  further  qualification  connected 
by  "and."  Cf.  II,  i,  154-5;  IV,  3,  278-9;  V,  i,  102-3;  V,  i,  157-8. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  .       43 

"  And,  by  mine  honour,  much  drink,  valiant  drink : 
Never  tell  me,  thou  shalt  have  drink.     I  see, 
Like  a  true  friend,  into  thy  wants;  'tis  drink." 

Bonduca,  I,  i(4Qa). 

"  You  are  in  love,  I  know  it ; 
You  are  an  ass,  and  all  the  camp  shall  know  it ; 
A  peevish  idle  boy,  your  dame  shall  know  it ; 
A  wronger  of  my  care,  yourself  shall  know  it." 

Bonduca,  I,  i(49b). 

"  For  'tis  a  deed  of  Night,  of  Night  Francisco." 

Duke  of  Milan,  I,  3,  313. 

"  I  defie  thee, 
Thee,  and  thy  pardons,  proud  one." 

II,  i,  156-7. 

"  Learne  Women,  learne  to  trust  in  one  another ; 
There  is  no  faith  in  Man :  Sforza  is  false, 
False  to  Marcelia." 

II,  I,  387-9. 

Much  the  same  distinction  holds  true  of  their  added  phrases, 
Massinger  adds  for  emphasis,  Fletcher  as  an  afterthought.  The 
second  of  these  tricks  is  the  ending  a  line  with  an  extra  mono 
syllable,  most  characteristic  when  it  is  heavy,  as  "  too  ".  Mas- 
singer  does  this  rather  frequently,  as  may  be  seen  by  the  exam 
ples  quoted  under  the  footnote.38 

38 1,  i,  52;  I,  3,  183;  II,  i,  90;  III,  i,  55;  IV,  i,  21 ;  IV,  3,  49;  V,  2,  65; 
V,  2,  148 ;  V,  2,  188 ;  V,  2,  195. 

He  used  "  so  "  in  the  same  way.  Cf.  I,  3,  215 ;  I,  3,  230;  I,  3,  270;  I,  3, 
346;  II,  i,  12;  II,  i,  344;  III,  i,  74)  IV,  i,  ii. 

"then"  is  used  in  the  same  way— I,  3,  308;  III,  2,  54;  IV,  2,  63;  IV, 
3,  182;  IV,  3,  281. 

"  to  "—II,  i,  339. 

"now"— III,  2,  64;  IV,  3,  286. 

"there" — III,  i,  42;  V,  i,  161. 

"  out  " — II,  i,  175. 

"at"— II,  i,  338. 

"  no  " — III,  2,  5. 

"  off  "—IV,  3,  124. 

"this"— II,  i,  257. 

"part"— III,  i,  10. 

"  thus  "—III,  3,  22. 

"  done  "—IV,  3,  273- 


44  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

Therefore,  while  these  characteristics  are  valuable  for  sepa 
rating  Fletcher's  work  from  Beaumont's,  they  need  to  be  used 
with  caution,  when  it  is  a  question  of  Fletcher  or  Massinger.  Mr. 
Bullen's  statement39  that  the  ending  of  a  line  with  an  emphatic 
extra  monosyllable  is  a  "practice  in  which  he  (Fletcher)  stands 
alone  "  is  incorrect.  Mr.  Boyle  made  the  same  supposition  in  his 
treatment  of  A  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts.  Here,  too,  it  seems 
that  Massinger  has  been  the  apt  pupil  of  Fletcher.  The  Duke 
of  Milan  is  an  excellent  specimen  of  Massinger's-  style.  There 
are  several  opportunities  for  speech  making  well  used,  the  best 
of  which  is  perhaps  Sforza's  really  noble  speech  before  the  Em 
peror.  If  Massinger  is  read  in  the  full,  deep,  dignified,  con 
trolled  style  of  the  orator,  each  part  falls  into  its  place  and  the 
period  is  natural ;  if  not  he  is  a  "  howling  wilderness  "  of  de 
pendent  clauses  and  parenthetical  statement.  It  is  this  larger 
element  that  Swinburne  missed  in  his  brilliant  little  imitation  of 
Massinger  contained  in  his  article  upon  him.  The  phrases  are 
there,  the  idea  is  there,  the  seeming  loose  elements  of  the  sentence 
are  there ;  but  they  are  not  bound  together  in  the  oratorical  period 
that  is  characteristic  of  Massinger.  The  speeches  just  mentioned 
are  splendid  illustrations  of  this  style  at  its  best,  since,  from  the 
nature  of  his  style,  it  is  in  trial  scenes  or  scenes  requiring  set 
speeches,  such  as  the  above,  that  Massinger  makes  his  best  im 
pression. 

Naturally,  such  a  style  as  we  have  described  does  not  lend 
itself  to  the  give  and  take  conversation  of  comedy  as  readily  as 
Fletcher's.  It  does  not  fit  the  jesting  of  a  clown  or  the  suppos 
edly  simple  nothings  of  a  lover.  Consequently  we  need  not  ex 
pect  the  bright  sparkling  comedy  of  wit  and  words,  so  frequent 
in  Shakespeare.  Neither  has  Massinger  the  droll  sense  of  humor 
characteristic  of  Beaumont.  As  a  result,  his  comic  scenes  are 
not  especially  successful.  In  The  Duke  of  Milan  the  opening 
speeches  of  the  gentlemen,  who  are  supposedly  at  least  the  pro 
verbial  three  sheets  in  the  wind,  are  good  examples  of  his  comic 
element.  In  spite  of  their  infirmities,  they  keep  their  dignified 
oratorical  tone.  One  can  hardly  help  comparing  them  in  this 
respect  with  the  drunkards  in  The  Coxcomb  (I,  5,  6),  or  those 
in  The  Tempest,  whom  I  have  a  sneaking  suspicion  Massinger 

a9  D.  N.  B.,  XIX,  305b. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  45 

thought  he  was  imitating,  as  he  more  obviously  attempted  to  do 
in  The  Bashful  Lover,  III,  i. 

Probably  another  element  of  his  nature  is  here  involved.  The 
lighter  comic  material  of  the  time  was  rather  broad,  to  say  the 
least.  Massinger,  the  professional  playwright,  must  have  comedy 
and  consequently  must  use  the  accepted  material ;  but  there  is 
something  of  elephantine  floundering  about  his  use  of  it.  Fletcher, 
with  his  rapidity  of  style  and  lightness  of  touch,  is  eminently 
fitted  for  this  work,  really  takes  some  enjoyment  in  it  and  suc 
ceeds  in  making  it  go.  Whatever  attitude  we  may  take  toward 
the  moral  side  of  it,  we  must  admit  the  humor.  But  Massinger 
evidently  has  no  especial  joy  in  the  necessary  duty,  and  the  result 
is  far  from  pleasing.  I  do  not  recall  a  single  comic  scene  of  this 
type  that  is  altogether  satisfactory.  The  one  that  at  first  sight 
comes  nearest  being  satisfactory  is  the  opening  scene  in  The  Rene- 
gado  with  the  clerk  crying  his  wares.  Yet  here  (as  throughout 
the  play)  the  comedy  lies  more  in  the  "humor"  of  the  clerk. 
This  limitation  of  Massinger  seems  to  have  been  realized  at  the 
time,  as  he  almost  never  deals  with  the  comic  element  in  the  col 
laborated  plays. 

Indeed,  in  comedy  Massinger  succeeded  best  in  the  "  humor  " 
type.  Sylli,  probably  his  most  successful  comic  character  of  the 
lighter  type,  is  distinctly  a  "  humor  "  character,  even  to  his  name. 
The  whole  play  of  the  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts  is  distinctly 
of  the  "humor"  type  and  Sir  Giles  Overreach  is  distinctly  a 
humor  character  as  is  Greedy,  both  being  placarded  with  their 
names.  In  fact,  this,  I  think,  accounts  for  Massinger's  great 
success  with  the  New  Way.  It  is  rather  serious  comedy,  if  we 
can  accept  it  as  comedy  at  all,  and  only  avoids  tragedy  by  a 
perilous  device.  In  view  of  the  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts,  I 
feel  that  it  is  rather  unfortunate  that  Massinger  was  not  more 
under  the  influence  of  Jonson  and  less  under  that  of  Fletcher, 
that  he  did  not  follow  Jonson  in  the  "  humor "  comedy  rather 
than  Fletcher  in  the  line  of  Tragicomedy,  for  to  me  it  seems  that 
Fletcher  has  been  the  shaping  influence  here.  Massinger  col 
laborated  with  him  for  years  and  succeeded  to  his  position.  He 
seems  to  have  tried  to  keep  up  the  popular  tradition,  the  "  brand." 
It  may  be  noted  that  the  New  Way  was  not  for  the  King's  Men 
but  for  the  Queen's.  Besides,  as  the  literary  workman,  he  would 


46  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

naturally  keep  his  eye  on  the  trade  and  this  was  the  day  of  the 
tragicomedy,  the  tragedy  of  blood  had  had  its  day  and  had  been 
superseded.  The  "  humor  "  comedy  was  especially  fitted  for  him 
because  the  lighter  witty  touches  are  not  needed  and  his  habit  of 
directness,  following  one  line,  is  especially  fitted  for  this  type, 
the  strong  feature  of  which  is  the  emphasizing  one  element  in  a 
character  so  as  to  make  it  a  guiding  principle.  For  its  purpose, 
too,  of  holding  certain  traits  up  for  reprobation  it  would  have 
suited  Massinger  well. 

Massinger  succeeds  best,  then,  both  in  Tragedy  and  Comedy 
where  a  certain  element  of  dignity  and  directness  is  required. 

MASSINGER'S  HABIT  OF  REPETITION 

Massinger  has  one  characteristic,  however,  extending  through 
construction,  characterisation  and  style  which  calls  for  separate 
attention,  that  is  the  trick  of  repetition.  Now,  naturally  most 
writers  have  a  tendency  to  repeat.  Fletcher  does  so  often,  espe 
cially  in  construction  and  characterisation ;  but  Massinger  repeats 
more  often  and  more  exactly,  even  in  sentiments,  phrasing,  and 
words.  The  taking  to  task  of  Sforza  by  Stephano  is  parallelled 
in  situation  and  sentiment  in  The  Picture  i,  2,  where  Eubulus 
takes  the  king  to  task  for  his  too  great  worship  of  his  wife.  In 
fact,  as  Gifford  points  out,  in  his  note  at  the  end  of  The  Duke  of 
Milan  (see  last  note),  there  is  an  interesting  parallel  between  the 
two  plays  as  a  whole. 

This  bent  of  repetition  is  especially  shown  in  Massinger's 
tendency  to  use  certain  phrases  and  expressions  which  have  al 
most  the  appearance  of  formulae  to  be  used  on  certain  fixed  occa 
sions.  For  instance,  see  the  village  nurse  comparison  of  Duke 
of  Milan,  IV,  3,  234-5;  Renegado,  I,  i  (i34b)  ;  New  Way,  V,  i 
(42ob).  In  each  case,  the  indecision  and  mere  talk  of  a  charac 
ter  is  compared  in  very  similar  terms  with  the  action  of  a  village 
nurse  and  contrasted  with  the  action  the  character  should  take. 
Thus  the  situation,  idea,  and  expression  is  very  similar  in  all 
the  cases.  These  formulae  tend  to  go  in  cycles  as  one  would 
naturally  expect.  The  example  I  have  quoted  covers  possibly 
five  years.  So  true  is  this  that,  if  one  could  get  a  thorough  list 
of  parallels,  it  would  afford  a  rather  strong  indication  of  the 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  47 

position  of  a  play  in  the  series.  In  proving  a  disputed  play,  this 
matter  of  parallels  is  perhaps  the  strongest  piece  of  evidence. 
Parallels,  together  with  the  metrical  tests,  enable  one  to  say  with 
a  great  degree  of  certainty  in  what  plays  Massinger  certainly 
wrote,  provided  he  wrote  the  section  entire  and  it  has  not  been 
tampered  with.  All  of  these  characteristics  reveal  Massinger  as 
the  skillful  playwright. 

FINAL  ESTIMATE  OF  The  Duke  of  Milan 

The  result  of  all  these  qualities  in  The  Duke  of  Milan  is  a 
carefully  plotted  play  whose  faults  lie  fundamentally  in  the  judg 
ment  and  taste  of  the  author,  not  in  carelessness.  It  has  two 
points  where  this  judgment  and  taste  were  noticeably  bad,  the 
ladies'  quarrel  of  the  second  act  and  the  disconnectedness  of  the 
fifth  act.  It  may  be  said  in  Massinger's  favor  that  he  learned 
better  how  to  present  a  quarrel  between  ladies  so  that  in  the 
clashes  in  The  Emperor  of  the  East,  especially  in  those  between 
Pulcheria  and  Eudocia,  we  do  not  find  such  low,  undignified, 
treatment. 

The  fault  of  the  fifth  act  is  a  graver  charge  and,  while  it  is  to  be 
explained,  is  not  to  be  excused.  The  act  stands  by  itself  as  a  unit, 
and,  as  I  have  already  said,  might  almost  be  considered  as  a 
sequel  to  the  first  part.  The  climax  of  the  play  is  reached  at  the 
end  of  the  fourth  act  and  matters  should  be  brought  to  a  con 
clusion  at  once  if  the  emotional  tone  is  to  be  held.  But  Mas- 
singer  deliberately  lets  the  attention  drop  and  goes  into  a  rather 
long  preparation  for  another  element  in  the  story.  But  not  only 
is  there  a  break  in  emotional  continuity,  there  is  also  a  shift  in 
our  attitude  toward  the  characters  of  Francisco  and  Sforza. 
New  elements  are  brought  to  our  attention  in  the  characters  of 
both,  which  call  for  a  readjustment  of  attitude  toward  them.  As 
I  have  shown,  Massinger  intended  to  warn  us ;  but  his  sign  posts 
were  not  striking  enough.  The  effect  is  still  further  to  intensify 
the  break.  Massinger  may  have  felt  this  and  have  tried  to  offset 
it  by  an  unusually  striking  last  scene.  But  in  his  strikingness  he 
has  become  merely  theatrical  and  in  his  height  bombastic.  It  is 
a  far  cry  from  a  Sforza  to  an  Othello.  Yet  we  must  remember 
that  here,  too,  he  did  but  use  the  general  accompaniment  of  such 


48  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

scenes  in  his  time,  lurid  descriptions  and  bombastic  expressions. 
As  compared  with  the  poison  scene  in  the  Wife  for  a  Month, 
IV,  4,  this  seems  rather  mild.  Still  the  fifth  act  must  be  consid 
ered  a  serious  blemish  upon  the  play. 

Massinger,  then,  is  characterised  throughout  by  careful,  se 
rious  workmanship,  and  it  is  by  this  means  that  he  attains  his 
ends  rather  than  by  inspired  insight  into  character  or  the  unfor 
gettable  word  and  phrase.  The  impulse  to  write  seems  to  come 
from  without,  from  the  force  of  circumstances  rather  than  from 
within ;  his  is  not  the  feeling  that  he  needs  must  write  and  in  that 
lies  all  pleasure. 

MASSINGER'S  CONCEPTION  OF  TRAGEDY 

What,  then,  was  Massinger's  idea  of  tragedy?  As  we  will 
have  seen  from  the  preceding  discussions,  it  was  not  the  Shake 
spearian  idea,  which  is  grounded  in  character.  We  have  no 
study  of  the  small  defect  appearing,  and  relentlessly  and  inevi 
tably  growing  to  its  full  tragic  conclusion,  carrying  before  it  both 
good  and  bad.  We  find  no  Hamlet,  Lear,  Macbeth,  Othello. 
Nor  is  it  the  tragedy  of  Beaumont,  who  follows  at  a  distance  in 
the  same  school  with  his  Evadne.  It  is  rather  the  tragedy  of 
Fletcher,  with  much  the  same  ideal  that  is  shown  in  Valentinian 
or  Bonduca.  This  idea  is  to  present  a  tragic  story,  laying  em 
phasis  upon  the  outward  horror-giving  manifestations  rather 
than  upon  the  inner  struggle.  Such  a  tragedy,  therefore,  pre 
sents  an  ordered  sequence  of  striking  situations  which  will  get 
directly  across  to  the  eye  and  emotions,  it  presents  not  the  depth 
but  the  tumult  of  the  soul.  To  make  this  appeal  stronger,  the 
merely  physical  side  is  dwelt  upon.  Bonduca  and  her  daughters 
meeting  deatk,  Theocrine  thrust  forth  in  The  Unnatural  Combat 
with  the  final  sweep  of  ghosts,  dead-doing  thunder  and  lightning 
and  horrors  generally  are  good  examples.  As  Mr.  Cunliffe  says,40 
"this  emphasis  upon  the  outward  horrors  and  the  steadfastness 
with  which  the  characters  meet  death  are  traits  of  the  Senecan 
school  as  well  as  the  bombastic  language  in  which  these  are  likely 
to  be  expressed."  Striking,  theatrically  effective  if  you  will ;  but 
not  the  best  and  deepest  tragedy.  Yet  the  dignified  Massinger 

40  Influence  of  Seneca  on  Elizabethan  Tragedy. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  49 

never  goes  quite  to  such  extremes  as  does  Fletcher  and  he  is  con 
sequently  more  convincing.  In  individual  scene,  Massinger  does 
not  rise  so  high  as  Fletcher,  but  the  reverse  is  true  when  w.e 
consider  plays  as  a  whole  and  in  this  difference  lies  Massinger's 
advantage  over  Fletcher  as  a  tragic  dramatist.  Massinger,  with 
his  careful,  definite  plan,  gets  his  effect  by  a  constantly  and  stead 
ily  increasing  interest,  holds  the  attention  till  the  action  as  a 
whole  is  before  us.  His  work  is  a  unit,  a  whole.  Fletcher  has 
very  striking  individual  scenes,  but  he  has  not  this  power  of 
cumulative  tragic  suspense.  His  work  is,  therefore,  likely  to  be 
uneven  in  quality  and  to  sacrifice  everything  to  a  strong,  theatri 
cally  effective  scene.  In  fact,  the  two  writers  were  rather  the 
complements  each  of  the  other.  The  power  of  Fletcher  in  poetic 
expression  and  striking  situation  joined  with  Massinger's  supe 
rior  craftsmanship  would  have  produced  a  tragedy  which  would 
have  been  on  the  side  of  mere  action  and  theatrical  effectiveness, 
what  Shakespeare's  tragedies  are  on  the  side  of  character. 

MASSINGER'S  RANK 

Our  final  estimate  of  Massinger  will  to  a  great  degree  be  de 
termined  according  as  we  insist  on  the  importance  of  the  careful 
working  out  of  the  mechanics  of  the  play,  the  playwright  side, 
or  whether  we  take  the  more  romantic  attitude  and  insist  upon 
the  tone,  the  characterisation,  the  poetry  of  the  play.  It  is, 
therefore,  not  surprising  that  the  German  theses  rank  Massinger 
highly,  many  placing  him  next  Shakespeare  himself. 

In  accord  with  this,  too,  is  Professor  Brander  Matthews41 
feeling :  "  A  dramatic  poet  he  is  beyond  question,  but  he  is  far 
greater  as  dramatist  than  he  is  as  poet.  His  inferiority  to  Mar 
lowe,  for  example,  as  a  poet  is  as  obvious  as  his  superiority  over 
Marlowe  as  a  playwright.  His  merit  is  in  the  structure  and  con 
duct  of  each  of  his  plays  as  a  whole ;  and  this  is  not  detachable 
and  portable  like  the  unforgettable  phrases  of  Marlowe.  There 
is  an  even  eloquence  in  Massinger's  writing,  but  scarcely  a  single 
sentence  wherein  he  has  packed  '  infinite  riches  in  a  little  room.' 
As  Mr.  Symons  says,  it  is  not  hard  to  find  in  plenty  lines  that  are 

41 C.  M.  Gayley,  Representative  English  Comedies,  Introduction  to 
a  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts. 


50 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 


easy,  flowing,  vigorous,  persuasive,  '  but  nowhere  a  line  in  which 
colour  and  music  make  a  magical  delight  of  golden  concords.'  .  .  . 
"  It  is  only  when  he  is  considered  as  a  playwright,  pure  and 
simple,  that  Massinger  shows  to  best  advantage  and  that  he  takes 
rank  over  his  contemporary  rivals.  As  a  playwright,  pure  and 
simple,  Massinger  demands  a  place  immediately  after  Shake 
speare,  and  it  is  upon  Shakespeare  that  he  has  plainly  enough 
modelled  himself."  This  quotation  well  sums  up  and  shows  the 
attitude,  the  reaction,  of  the  two  types  of  thought  to  Massinger. 
According  as  you  value  more,  dramatic  technique,  or  dramatic 
poetry  and  characterisation  so  will  you  value  Massinger.  In  the 
first,  his  rank  must  be  high,  in  the  second,  it  is  lower. 


EDITOR'S    NOTES    ON    TEXT 

This  is  a  critical  edition  with  apparatus.  Its  aim  is  to  present 
the  text,  as  nearly  as  possible,  as  Massinger  wished  it  printed. 
Therefore,  all  accepted  emendations  have  been  inserted  into  the 
text  of  the  first  quarto  with  brackets,  and  in  most  cases  a  note 
has  been  made  giving  the  reason  for  the  change.  Abbreviated 
stage  directions  have  been  completed  in  brackets  and  a  few  have 
been  inserted  where  they  might  be  of  advantage  to  the  reader. 
In  such  cases,  I  have  usually  followed  Gifford.  In  a  few  cases, 
stage  directions  have  been  returned  to  their  proper  places  from 
the  positions  in  which  they  were  put  because  of  lack  of  space  in 
the  first  quarto.  All  such  changes  from  the  first  quarto  are  given 
in  the  notes.  The  play  has  been  lined,  which  necessitated  re 
arrangement  of  lines  in  a  few  cases.  In  such  cases,  the  original 
arrangement  is  given  in  a  note.  The  very  few  simple  misprints 
of  letters  are  noted.  All  variations  in  wording  up  to  and  includ 
ing  Gilford's  second  edition  have  been  noted  at  the  bottom  of  the 
page,  also  all  important  changes  in  punctuation.  The  reading  of 
the  first  quarto  appears  first  at  the  left  of  the  page,  then  the  read 
ing  of  any  of  the  later  editions  which  disagree,  the  editions  being 
arranged  in  chronological  order.  I  have  used  Gifford's  second 
edition  for  reference,  mentioning  the  first  only  when  it  varies. 
Gx  and  N  taken  together  will  give  the  difference  of  Gifford's 
second  edition  from  his  first. 


51 


Qj  =  first  quarto,  1623. 
Q2  =  second  quarto,  1638. 

C  =  Coxeter's  edition,  1759. 
M==  Mason's  edition,  1779. 

N  =  Massinger's  MS.  note  in  a  quarto  of  1623.     See 

Introduction. 
Gj^Gifford's  first  edition,  1805. 

G  =  Gifford's  second  edition,  1813. 


52 


THE  D VKE 

OF 

MILLAINE. 

A    TRAGMDIE. 

As  it  hath  beene  often  afted  by  his  Maiefties 
feruants,  at  the  blacke  Friers. 

Written  by  PHILIP    MASSINGER   Gent. 


LONDON 

Prin[t]ed  by  B.  A.  for  Edward  Elackmore^  and  are 

to  be  fold  at  his  fhop  at  the  great  South 

doore  of  Pauls.      1623. 


[Vpon  This  Worke  Of  His  Beloued  Friend 
The  Avthor. 

I    Am  fnap't  already,  and  may  goe  my  way; 
The  Poet  Critick's  c[om]e;  I  heare  him  fay, 
This  Towne's  miftooke,  the  Author's  Worke 's  a  Play. 
He  could  not  miffe  it;  he  will  f trait  appeare 
At  such  a  baite;  'twas  laid  on  purpofe  there 
To  take  the  vermine,  and  I  haue  him  here. 
Sirra,  you  wilbe  nibling;  a  fmall  bitt 
(A  fillable),  when  yo'  are  i'  the  hungry  fitt 
Will  ferue  to  ftay  the  ftomache  of  your  witt. 
Foole:  Knaue;  what's  worfe  ?for  worfe  cannot  depraue  thee. 
And  were  the  diuell  now  inftantly  to  haue  thee, 
Thou  canft  not  inftance  fuch  a  worke  to  faue  thee, 
'Mongft  all  the  ballets  which  thou  doft  compofe, 
And  what  thou  ftil'ft  thy  Poems,  ill  as  those, 
And,  void  of  rime  and  reafon,  thy  worfe  Profe. 
Yet  like  a  rude  lack-fause  in  Poefie, 
With  thoughts  vnbleft  and  hand  unmannerly, 
Rauifhing  branches  from  Apollo's  tree: 
Thou  mak'ft  a  garland  (for  thy  touch  unfit) 
And  boldly  deck' ft  thy  pig-brain'd  fconce  with  it, 
As  if  it  were  the  Supreme  Head  of  zvit. 
The  blameles  Mufes  blufh,  who  not  allow 
That  reuerend  Order  to  each  vulgar  brow; 
Whofe  fin  full  touch  prophanes  the  holy  Bough. 
Hence  (f hallow  Prophet}  and  admire  the  ftraine 
Of  thine  owne  Pen,  or  thy  poore  Copef mat's  veine: 
This  Piece  too  curious  is  for  thy  coarfe  braine, 
Here  witt  (more  fortvnate)  is  ioyn'd  with  Art, 
And  that  mo  ft  f  acred  Frenzie  beares  a  part, 
Infufd  by  Nature  in  the  Poet's  heart. 
Here  may  the  Puny-wits  themfelues  direct; 
Here  may  the  Wi[f]eft  find  what  to  affect; 
And  Kings  may  learne  their  proper  Dialect. 
Oh  then,  deare  friend:  thy  Pen  thy  Name  fhall  fpread, 
And  shal'ft  thou  zvrite,  while  thou  fhall  not  be  read, 
Thy  Mufe  muft  labour,  when  thy  Hand  is  dead.  W.  B. 

"  come  ",  the  original  has  "  cane  "  which  the  second  quarto  emends  as 
given.  Hazlitt  retains  "  cane  ". 

"  Wisest ",  the  original  has  "  Wilest "  which  the  second  quarto  emends 
as  given.  Hazlitt  emends  "  Vilest  ". 


TO    THE    RIGHT 


ESTEEMED   FOR   HER   HIGH 
BIRTH,    BVT  MORE  ADMI- 

red  for  her  vertue,  the  Lady  KATHE- 

RINE    STANHOPE,    wife    to 

PHILIP    LORD    STANHOP, 


A 


Baron  of  Shelford. 


DAM :  //  /  were  not  moft  affured  that 
workes  of  this  nature,  hath  found  both  pa-  10 

tronage,  and  protection,  amongft  the  greateft 
Princeffes  of  Italie,  and  are  at  this  day  che- 
rifhed  by  perfons  moft  eminent  in  our  king- 
dome,  I  fhould  not  prefume  to  offer  this  my 

weake,  and  imperfect  labours,  at  the  altar  of  your  fauour,  let  the     15 
example  of  others  more  knowing,  and  more  experienced  in  this 
kind  (if  my  boldneffe  offend)  pleade  my  pardon,  and  the  rather 
fince  there  is  no  other  meanes  left  mee  (my  mif fortunes  hauing 
caft  me  on  this  courfe,  to  publifh  to  the  world,  if  it  hold  the  leaft 
good  opinion  of  mee)  that  I  am  euer  your  Lady f hips  creature  20 

vouchfafe  therefore  with  the  neuer  fayling  clemency  of  Your 
Noble  difpofition,  not  to  contemne  the  tender  of  his  duty,  who 
while  hee  is,  will  eucr  bee. 

An  humble  feruant  to  your 

Ladyfhip,  and  yours.  25 

PHILIP  M[A]SS[I]NGER. 
10    hath]  Q2  C  M  G,  have. 
12     Princesses]  Q2  C  M,  Princes. 
14    this]  Q2  C  M  G,  these. 
17    kind]  G,  kindness. 
26    Messenger]  Q2  C  M  N  G,  Massinger. 

5  55 


THE    NAMES    OF   THE 
ACTORS. 

Ludouico  Sforza.         a  fuppofed  Duke  of  Millaine. 
Signior  Francifco.       his  efpeciall  fauorite. 

c.     ,  \-two  Lords  of  his  Counfell. 

Stephano.    J 

Pefcara,  a  Marqueffe,  and  friend  to  Sforza. 
Graccho.     a  creature  of  Mariana  fifter  to  Sforza. 

[lovio 
Giouanni 
Charles  the  Emperour. 
Hernando    1 

Medina         \Captaines  to  the  Emperour. 

[Alphonso]  J 

Marcelia.         the  Dutches  wife  to  Sforza. 

Ifabella.  mother  to  Sforza. 

Mariana.         wife  to  Francifco,  and  fifter  to  Sforza. 

Eugenia.         fifter  to  Francifco. 

2.   PoftS. 

A  Beadle. 

Waiters. 

Mutes. 

[Three  Gentlemen.] 

[Fiddlers.] 

\Two  Doctors.} 
L  j 

[A  Gentlewoman.] 

The  bracketed  names  are  Gifford's  except  as  noted  below. 

lovio]  Julio,  G. 

Alphonso]  inserted  C  M  G. 

2  Posts]  Two  couriers,  G. 

A  Beadle]  An  Officer,  G. 

Waiters.     Mutes]  Guards,  Servants,  Attendants,  G. 


56 


THE    DVKE    OF 
MILLAINE. 

Act  [us]   Prim[i]   Scaefna]   Pri[ma]. 
Graccho,  loirio,  Giouanni,  with  Flagons. 

Gra.     Take  euery  man  his  flagon :  giue  the  oath 
To  al  you  meet :  I  am  this  day,  the  ftate  drunkard ; 
(I  am  fure  againft  my  will)  And  if  you  finde 
A  man  at  ten,  that's  fober,  hee's  a  Traitor, 
And  in  my  name  arreft  him. 

lo.  Very  good  Sir :  5 

But  fay  hee  be  a  Sexton? 

Gra.  If  the  bells, 

Ring  out  of  tune,  as  if  the  ftreet  were  burning, 
And  he  cry  'tis  rare  Muficke :  bid  him  fleepe, 
'Tis  a  figne  he  has  tooke  his  liquour ;  And  if  you  meet 
An  officer  preaching  of  fobriety,  10 

Vnleffe  he  read  it  in  Geneiia  print, 
Lay  him  by  the  heeles. 

lo.  But  thinke  you  tis  a  fault 

To  be  found  fober? 

Gra.  It  is  Capitall  Treafon, 

Or  if  you  Mittigate  it,  Let  fuch  pay 

Fortie  Crownes  to  the  poore ;  But  giue  a  pention  15 

To  all  the  magiftrates,  you  find  finging  catches, 
Or  their  Wiues  dauncing;  For  the  Courtier  [']s  reeling, 
And  the  Duke  himfelfe,  (I  dare  not  fay  diftemperd, 
But  kind,  and  in  his  tottering  chaire  caroufing) 

They  doe  the  countrie  feruice.     If  you  meet,  20 

One  that  eates  bread,  a  child  of  Ignorance, 
And  bred  yp  in  the  darkeneffe  of  no  drinking 
[Againft  his  will  you  may  initiate  him] 

B 

I,  I,  Stage  direction,  louio]  G,  Julio,  wherever  it  occurs  in  scene. 

I,  i,  9  tooke]  G,  ta'en. 

I,  i,  23.     See  Introduction,  Early  Editions,  note  I. 

57 


58  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

In  the  true  pofture,  though  he  die  in  the  taking 

His  drench,  it  fkilles  not :  What's  a  priuate  man  25 

For  the  publike  honour?  we  haue  nought  elfe  to  thinke  on. 

And  fo  deere  friends,  copartners  in  my  trauailes 

Drinke  hard ;  and  let  the  health  run  through  the  City, 

Vntill  it  reele  againe  :  and  with  me  crie  : 

Long  Hue  the  Dutches.  Enter  Tiberio  Stephana. 

lo.  Heere  are  two  Lords ;  what  thinke  you  ?         30 

Shall  we  giue  the  oath  to  them  ? 

Gra.  Fie,  nov:  I  know  them, 

You  neede  not  fweare'em ;  your  Lord,  by  his  pattent 
Stands  bound  to  take  his  roufe.     Long  Hue  the  Dutches. 

Exit  Gra[ccho]  Io[uio  and  Giouanni.] 

Step.     The  caufe  of  this,     but  yefterday  the  court, 
Wore  the  fad  liuerie  of  diftruft,  and  f eare ;  35 

No  fmile,  not  in  a  buffon  to  bee  feene, 
Or  common  iefter ;  The  great  Duke  himfelf e, 
Had  forrow  in  his  face :  which  waited  on 
By  his  mother,  fifter,  and  his  faireft  Dutches, 

Difperf'd  a  filent  mourning  through  all  Millaine:  40 

As  if  fome  great  blow  had  been  giuen  the  State, 
Or  were  at  leaft  expected. 

Tib.  Stephana, 

I  know,  as  you  are  noble,  you  are  honeft, 
And  capable  of  fecrets,  of  more  weight, 

Then  now  I  fhall  deliuer.     If  that  Sforsa,  45 

The  prefent  Duke,  (though  his  whole  life  hath  beene, 
But  one  continued  pilgrimage,  through  dangers, 
Affrights,  and  horrors :  which,  his  Fortune,  guided 
By  his  ftrong  ludgement,  ftill  hath  ouercome) 

Appeares  now  fhaken,  it  deferues  no  wonder.  50 

All  that  his  youth  hath  laboured  for :  the  harueft 
Sowen  by  his  induftry,  readie  to  be  reap'd,  to, 
Being  now  at  the  ftake ;  And  all  his  hopes  confirmd, 
Or  loft  for  euer. 

Step.  I  know  no  fuch  hazard : 

[His  guards  are  ftrong,  and  fure,  his  coffers  full]  55 

I,  J»  33/34  Exit]  CMC,  Exeunt. 

I,  I,  38  which  waited]  Q»  C  M  G,  which,  waited. 

I,  i,  53  at  the  stake]  C  M  G,  at  stake, 

I,  i,  55.     See  Introduction,  Early  Editions,  note  i. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  59 

The  people  well  affected ;  And  fo  wifely 

His  prouident  care  hath  wrought :  that  though  warre  rages 

In  moft  parts  of  our  wefterne  world,  there  is 

No  enemie  neere  vs. 

Tib.  Dangers  that  we  fee 

To  threaten  ruine,  are  with  eafe  preuented :  60 

But  thofe  ftrike  deadly,  that  come  vnexpected ; 
The  lightning  is  f arre  off :  yet  foone  as  feene, 
We  may  behold  the  terrible  effects, 
That  it  produceth.     But  lie  helpe  your  knowledge, 
And  make  his  caufe  of  feare  familiar  to  you.  65 

The  warre  fo  long  continued  betweene 
The  Emperour  Charles,  and  Francis  the  French  King 
Haue  interreft'd  in  cithers  caufe,  the  moft 
Of  the  Italian  Princes:  Among  which  Sjorza, 

As  one  of  greateft  power,  was  fought  by  both,  70 

But  with  affurance  hauing  one  his  friend, 
The  other  liu'd  his  enemie. 

Step.  Tis  true, 

And  'twas  a  doubtfull  choice. 

Tib.  But  hee,  well  knowing, 

And  ha [t] ing  too,  (it  feemes)  the  Spanish  pride, 
Lent  his  affiftance  to  the  King  of  France:  75 

Which  hath  fo  farre  incenf'd  the  Emperor, 
That  all  his  hopes,  and  honours  are  embark'd, 
With  his  great  Patrons  Fortune. 

Step.  Which  ftands  faire, 

For  ought  I  yet  can  heare. 

Tib.  But  fhould  it  change, 

The  Duke's  vndon.     They  haue  drawne  to  the  field  80 

Two  royall  armies,  full  of  fierie  youth, 
Of  equall  fpirit  to  dare,  and  power  to  doe : 
So  neere  entrench'd,  that  'tis  beyond  all  hope, 
Of  humaine  councell,  they  can  er'e  be  feuerd, 

Vntill  it  be  determin'd  by  the  fword,  85 

Who  hath  the  better  caufe.     For  the  fucceffe, 

B2 

I,  i,  66  warre]  M  G,  wars. 
I,  I,  68  interrest'd]  G,  int'eress'd.     See  note. 
I,  I,  74  having]  M  G,  hating. 


60  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Concludes  the  victor  innocent,  and  the  vanquifh'd 
Moft  miferably  guilty.     How  vncertaine, 
The  Fortune  of  the  warre  is,  children  know ; 
And,  it  being  in  fufpence,  on  whofe  faire  Tent, 
Win'gd  victory  wil  make  her  glorious  ftand ; 
You  cannot  blame  the  Duke,  though  he  appeare, 
Perplex'd,  and  troubled. 

Step.  But  why  then, 

In  fuch  a  time  when  euery  knee  fhould  bend, 

For  the  fucceffe,  and  fafetie  of  his  perfon,  95 

Are  thefe  lowd  triumphs  ?     In  my  weake  opinion, 
They  are  vnfeafonable. 

Tib.  I  iudge  fo  too  ; 

But  onely  in  the  caufe  to  be  excuf'd. 
It  is  the  Dutcheffe  Birth-day :  once  a  yeere 

Solemniz'd,  with  all  pompe,  and  ceremony :  100 

In  which,  the  Duke  is  not  his  owne,  but  hers : 
Nay,  euery  day  indeed,  he  is  her  creature, 
For  neuer  man  fo  doted ;  But  to  tell 
The  tenth  part  of  his  fondneffe,  to  a  ftranger, 
Would  argue  me  of  fiction. 

Step.  She's  indeed,  105 

A  Lady  of  moft  exquifite  forme. 

Tib.  She  knowes  it, 

And  how  to  prize  it. 

Step.  I  ne're  heard  her  tainted, 

In  any  point  of  honour. 

Tib.  On  my  life, 

Shee's  conftant  to  his  bed,  and  well  deferues 

His  largeft  Fauours.     But  when  beauty  is  no 

Stampt  on  great  women,  great  in  birth,  and  fortune, 
And  blowne  by  flatterers  greater  then  it  is, 
'Tis  feldome  vnaccompanied  with  pride ; 
Nor  is  fhee,  that-way  free.     Prefuming  on 

The  Dukes  affection,  and  her  owne  Defert,  115 

Shee  beares  her  felfe  with  fuch  a  Maieftie, 


61 

Looking  with  fcorne  on  all,  as  things  beneath  her : 

That  Sforzas  mother,  (that  would  loofe  no  part 

Of  what,  was  once  her  owne)  :  Nor  his  faire  Sifter, 

(A  Lady  toO[,]  acquainted  with  her  worth[)]  120 

Will  brooke  it  well ;  And  howfoer'e,  their  hate, 

Is  fmother'd  for  a  time,  Tis  more  then  f card, 

It  will  at  length  breake  out. 

Step.  Hee,  in  whofe  power  'tis, 

Turne  all  to  the.  beft. 

Tib.  Come,  let  vs  to  the  Court, 

We  there  fhall  fee,  all  brauery,  and  coft,  125 

That  art  can  boaft  of. 

Step.  He  beare  you  company.  Exeunt. 

[Actus  Primi,  Scaena  Secunda.] 
Enter  Francifco,  Isabella,  Mariana^ 

Ma.     I  will  not  goe,  I  fcorne  to  be  a  fpot 
In  her  proud  traine. 

If  a.  Shall  I,  that  am  his  mother, 

Be  fo  indulgent,  as  to  waite  on  her, 
That  owes  me  duty? 

Fra.  Tis  done  to  the  Duke, 

And  not  to  her.     And  my  fweet  wife  remember,  5 

And  Madam,  if  you  pleafet,]  receiue  my  councell, 
As  Sforza  is  your  fonne,  you  may  command  him, 
And  as  a  fifter  you  may  challenge  from  him, 
A  brothers  loue,  and  Fauour:  But  this  grauntedf,] 
Confider  hee's  the  Prince,  and  you,  his  Subiects,  10 

And  not  to  queftion,  or  contend  with  her, 
Whom  hee  is  pleafd  to  honour ;  Priuate  men 
Preferre  their  wiues :  and  fhall  hee  being  a  Prince, 
And  bleft  with  one  that  is  the  Paradice 

Of  fweetneffe,  and  of  beauty,  to  whofe  charge,  15 

The  ftocke  of  womens  goodneffe  is  giuen  vp, 
Not  vfe  her,  like  her  felfe? 

If  a.  You  are  euer  forward, 

To  fing  her  praifses[.] 

Ma.  Others  are  as  faire, 

B3 

I,  I,  120  too  acquainted]  C  M,  too,  acquainted. 
I,  2,  6  please  receiue]  Q2  C  M  G,  please,  receive. 
I,  2,  18  praises]  Q,.  "  praises." 


62  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I  am  fure  as  noble. 

Fra.  I  detract  from  none, 

In  giuing  her,  what[)]s  due.     Were  fhe  deform[>]d,  20 

Yet  being  the  Dutches,  I  ftand  bound  to  ferue  her, 
But  as  fhe  is,  to  admire  her.     Neuer  wife, 
Met  with  a  purer  heate  her  husbands  f  eruer ; 
A  happie  paire,  one  in  the  other  bleft : 

She  confident  in  her  felfe,  hee's  wholy  hers,  25 

And  cannot  feeke  for  change :  and  he  fecure 
That  tis  not  in  the  power  of  man  to  tempt  her. 
And  therefore,  to  conteft  with  her  that  is 
The  ftronger,  and  the  better  part  of  him, 

Is  more  then  folly ;  You  know  him  of  a  nature,  30 

Not  to  be  play'd  with :  and  fhould  you  forget 
To  obey  him  as  your  Prince,  hee'le  not  remember, 
The  dutie  that  he  owes  you. 

I  fa.  Tis  but  trueth: 

Come  cleere  our  browes,  and  let  vs  to  the  banquet, 
But  not  to  ferue  his  Ifloll. 

Ma.  I  fhall  doe,  35 

What  may,  become  the  fifter  of  a  Prince, 
But  will  not  ftoope,  beneath  it. 

Fra.  Yet  be  wife, 

Sore  not  too  high  to  fall,  but  ftoope  to  rife.  Exeunt. 

[Actus  Primi,  Scaena  Tertia.] 
Enter  three  Gentlemen  fetting  forth  a  banquet. 

1.  Ge.     Quicke,  quicke  for  loues  fake,  let  the  court  put  on 
Her  choiceft  outfide :  Coft,  and  brauerie 

Be  onely  thought  of. 

2.  Gent.  All  that  may  be  had 
To  pleafe  the  eye,  the  eare,  tafte,  touch,  or  fmell, 
Are  carefully  prouided. 

5.  Gen.  Ther's  a  Mafque,  5 

Haue  you  heard  what's  the  inuention  ? 

/.  Gent.  No  matter, 

It  is  intended  for  the  Dutches  honour. 
And  if  it  giue  her  glorious  attributes, 

I,  2,  19  sure  as  noble]  C  G,  sure,  as  noble. 
I,  3,  7  intended]  Q2,  indeed. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  63 

As  the  moft  faire,  moft  vertuous,  and  the  reft, 
'Twill  pleafe  the  Duke.     They  come. 

j.  Gent^i  All  is  in  order.  10 

Enter  Tiberio,  Stephana,  Franctfco,  Sforsa,  Marcellia, 
Isabella,  Mariana,  attendants 

Sfo.     You  are  the  Miftris  of  the  f  eaft,  fit  heere ; 
O  my  foules  comfort :  And  when  Sforsa  bowes 
Thus  low  to  doe  you  honour,  let  none  thinke 
The  meaneft  feruice  they  can  pay  my  loue, 

But  as  a  faire  addition  to  thofe  tytles,  15 

They  ftand  poffeft  of.     Let  me  glory  in 
My  happineffe,  and  mightie  Kings  looke  pale 
With  enuie,  while  I  triumph  in  mine  owne. 
O  mother  looke  on  her,  fifter  admire  her : 

And  fince  this  prefent  age  yeelds  not  a  woman  20 

Worthy  to  be  her  fecond,  borrow  of 
Times  paft :  and  let  imagination  helpe 
Of  thofe  canoniz'd  Ladies  Sparta  boafts  of, 
And,  in  her  greatneffe,  Rome  was  proud  to  owe 

To  fafhion  [one]  :  yet  ftill  you  muft  confeffe,  25 

The  Phoenix  of  perfection  ner'e  was  feene, 
But  in  my  faire  Marcelia. 

Fra.  She's  indeede 

The  wonder  of  all  times. 

Tib.  Your  excellence, 

(Though  I  confeffe  you  giue  her  but  her  owne) 

Enforces  her  modeftie  to  the  defence  30 

Of  a  fweet  blufh. 

Sfo.  It  neede  not  my  Marcelia; 

When  moft  I  ftriue  to  praife  thee,  I  appeare 
A  poore  detracter :  For  thou  art  indeed 
So  abfolute  in  bodie,  and  in  minde, 

That,  but  to  fpeake  the  leaft  part  to  the  height,  35 

Would  aske  an  Angels  tongue :  and  yet  then  end 
In  filent  admiration ! 

Ifab.  You  ftill  court  her, 

I,  3,  25  fashion :  and]  N  G,  fashion  one :  yet. 
I,  3,  30  Enforces]  G,  Forces.     See  note. 
I,  3,  32  most  I]  Qi>,  I  most. 
I,  3,  34  absolute]  Q2  C  M,  perfect  both. 


64  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

As  if  fhe  were  a  Miftris,  not  your  wife. 

Sfo.     A  Miftris  mother  ?     fhe  is  more  to  me, 

And  euery  day,  deferues  more  to  be  fu'de  too.  40 

Such  as  are  cloyd  with  thofe  they  haue  embrac'd, 
May  thinke  their  wooing  done :  No  night  to  mee, 
But  is  a  brydall  one,  where  Himen  lights 
His  torches  f refh,  and  new :  And  thofe  delights, 

Which  are  not  to  be  cloth'd  in  ayrie  founds,  45 

Inioyd,  beget  defires,  as  full  of  heat, 
And  louiall  feruor,  as  when  firft  I  tafted 
Her  virgin  fruit ;  Bleft  night,  and  be  it  numbred 
Amongft  thofe  happy  ones,  in  which  a  bleffing 

Was  by  the  full  confent  of  all  the  Starrs,  50 

Confer'd  vpon  mankind. 

Marc.  My  worthieft  Lord, 

The  onely  obiect  I  behold  with  pleafure : 
My  pride,  my  glory,  in  a  word  my  all ; 
Beare  witneffe  Heauen,  that  I  efteeme  my  felfe 

In  nothing  worthy  of  the  meaneft  praife,  55 

You  can  beftow,  vnleffe  it  be  in  this, 
That  in  my  heart  I  loue,  and  honor  you. 
And  but  that  it  would  fmell  of  arrogance, 
To  fpeake  my  ftrong  defire,  and  zeale  to  ferue  you : 
I  then  could  fay,  thefe  eyes  yet  neuer  faw  60 

The  rifing  Sun,  but  that  my  vowes,  and  prayers, 
Were  fent  to  Heauen,  for  the  profperitie 
And  fafety  of  my  Lord ;  Nor  haue  I  euer 
Had  other  ftudie,  but  how  to  appeare 

Worthy  your  f auour :  and  that  my  embraces,  65 

Might  yeeld  a  fruitfull  Harueft  of  content, 
For  all  your  noble  trauaile,  in  the  purchafe, 
Of  her,  that's  ftill  your  f eruant ;  By  thefe  lips, 
(Which  pardon  mee,  that  I  prefume  to  kiffe) 

Sfo.     O  fweare,  for  euer  fweare. 

Marce.  I  ne're  will  feeke  70 

Delight,  but  in  your  pleafure :  and  defire, 

I,  3,  70  O  sweare]  Q2  C  M,  O  sweet. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  65 

When  you  are  [fated]  with  all  Earthly  glories, 
And  age,  and  honours  make  you  fit  for  Heauen, 
That  one  Graue  may  receiue  vs. 

Sf.  Tis  belieu'r, 

Belieu'd,  my  bleft  One. 

Mari.  How  fhe  winds  her  felfe  75 

Into  his  Soule ! 

Sf.  Sit  all :  Let  others  feed 

On  thofe  groffe  Gates,  while  Sforza  banquets  with 
Immortall  Viands,  tane  in  at  his  Eyes. 
I  could  Hue  euer  thus.     Command  the  Eunuch 

To  fing  the  Dittie  that  I  laft  compos'd,  80 

In  prayfe  of  my  Marcelia.     [Ent(er)  Poft]     From  whence? 

Post.     From  Pauie,  my  dread  Lord. 

Sf.  Speake,  is  all  loft? 

Poft.     The  Letter  will  informe  you. 

Fran.  How  his  Hand  fhakes, 

As  he  receiues  it? 

Mari.  This  is  fome  allay 

To  his  hot  paffion. 

Sf.  Though  it  bring  death,  ile  read  it.  85 

May  it  pleafe  your  Excellence  to  vnderftand,  that  the  ve- 
rie  houre  I  wrot  this,  I  heard  a  bold  defiance  deliuered  by  a 
Herald  from  the  Emperor,  which  was  chearefully  receiu'd 
by  the  King  of  France.     The  battailes  being  readie  to  ioyne, 
and  the  Vantguard  committed  to  my  charge,  inforces  me  90 

to  end  abruptly. 

Your  Highneffe  humble  Seruant, 

Gafpero. 

Readie  to  ioyne,  By  this,  then  I  am  nothing, 
Or  my  Eftate  fecure. 

Marc.  My  Lord. 

Sf.  To  doubt,  95 

Is  worfe  then  to  haue  loft :  And  to  defpaire, 
Is  but  to  antidate  thofe  miferies, 

C 

I,  3,  72  seated]  CMC,  sated. 

I,  3,  81  Post]  G,  "  Courier  "  throughout. 

I,  3,  84-5  Q«,  This  .  .  .  passion,  one  line.     See  note. 

I,  3,  89  battailes]  C  M,  battle. 

I.  3.  92  Q:  C  M  Gi,  omit  "  humble  ". 

I,  3,  97  those]  Q2,  these. 


66  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

That  muft  fall  on  vs.     All  my  hopes  depending 

Vpon  this  battailes  fortune ;  In  my  Soule 

Me  thinkes  there  fhould  be  that  Imperious  power,  100 

By  fupernaturall,  not  vfuall  meanes, 

T'informe  me  what  I  am.     The  caufe  confider'd, 

Why  fhould  I  feare?     The  French  are  bold  and  ftrong, 

Their  numbers  full,  and  in  their  counfels  wife : 

But  then,  the  haughtie  Spaniard  is  all  Fire,  105 

Hot  in  his  executions ;  Fortunate 

In  his  attempts  ;  Married  to  victorie  : 

I,  there  it  is  that  fhakes  me. 

Franc.  Excellent  Lady: 

This  day  was  dedicated  to  your  Honor : 

One  gale  of  your  fweet  breath  will  eafily  no 

Difperfe  thefe  Clouds :  And,  but  your  felf e,  ther's  none 
That  dare  fpeake  to  him. 

Marc.  I  will  run  the  hazard. 

My  Lord?, 

Sf.  Ha :  Pardon  me  Marcelia,  I  am  troubled ; 

And  ftand  vncertaine,  whether  I  am  Mafter 
Of  ought  that's  worth  the  owning. 

Marc.  I  am  yours  Sir;  115 

And  I  haue  heard  you  fweare,  I  being  fafe, 
There  was  no  loffe  could  moue  you.     This  day  Sir, 
Is  by  your  guif t  made  mine :  Can  you  reuoke 
A  Grant  made  to  Marcelia?    Your  Marcelia? 

For  whofe  loue,  nay,  whofe  honour  (gentle  Sir)  120 

All  deepe  defignes,  and  State  affaires  def er'd : 
Be,  as  you  purpos'd,  merrie. 

Sf.  [Throws  away  the  letter]  Out  of  my  fight, 
And  all  thoughts  that  may  ftrangle  mirth  forfake  me. 
Fall  what  can  fall,  I  dare  the  worft  of  Fate ; 

Though  the  Foundation  of  the  Earth  fhould  fhrinke,  125 

The  glorio[u]s  Eye  of  Heauen  loofe  his  Splendor: 
Supported  thus,  I'le  ftand  vpon  the  ruins, 

I,  3,  104  Qi  omits  "  in  ". 

I,  3,  126  glorions]  Q2  C  M  G;  glorious. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  67 

And  feeke  for  new  life  here.     Why  are  you  fad  ? 

No  other  fports  ?     By  Heauen  he's  not  my  friend, 

That  weares  one  Furrow  in  his  Face.     I  was  told  130 

There  was  a  Mafque. 

Franc.  They  waite  your  Highneffe  pleafure, 

And  when  you  pleafe  to  haue  it. 

Sf.  Bid'em  enter: 

Come,  make  me  happie  once  againe.     I  am  rap't, 
'Tis  not  to  day,  to  morrow,  or  the  next, 

But  all  my  dayes,  and  yeeres  fhall  be  employed  135 

To  doe  thee  honour. 

Marc.  And  my  life  to  ferue  you.     A  Home. 

[Sf.]     Another  Poft?    Goe  hang  him,  hang  him  I  fay, 
I  will  not  interrupt  my  prefent  pleafures, 
Although  his  meffage  fhould  import  my  Head : 
Hang  him  I  fay. 

Marc.  Nay,  good  Sir,  I  am  pleas'd,  140 

To  grant  a  little  intermiffion  to  you ; 
Who  knowes,  but  he  brings  newes,  we  wifh  to  heare, 
To  heighten  our  delights. 

Sf.  As  wife  as  faire. 

Ent[er]  another  Poft. 
From  Gafperof 

Post.  That  was,  my  Lord. 

Sf.  How,  dead? 

Poft.     With  the  deliuery  of  this,  and  prayers,  145 

To  guard  your  Excellencie  from  certaine  dangers, 
He  ceaft  to  be  a  Man. 

Sf.  All  that  my  f eares 

Could  fafhion  to  me,  or  my  enemies  wifh 
Is  falne  vpon  me.     Silence,  that  harfh  muficke, 

'Tis  now  vnfeaf enable  ;  A  tolling  Bell,  150 

As  a  fad  Harbinger  to  tell  me,  that, 
This  pamper'd  lumpe  of  Flefh,  muft  feaft  the  Wormes. 
'Tis  fitter  for  me,  I  am  fick. 

Marc.  My  Lord. 

C2 

I,  3,  137  Franc.]  Q2  C  M  G,  Sf. 

I,  3,  146  Excellencie]  Q2,  Excellence. 

I,  3,  153  'Tis  fitter]  M  G,  Is  fitter. 


68  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Sf.     Sick  to  the  death,  Marcelia,  Remoue 

Thefe  fignes  of  mirth,  they  were  ominous,  and  but  vfherd  155 

Sorrow  and  ruine. 

Marc.  Bleffe  vs  Heauen  ! 

Ifab.  My  Sonne. 

Marc.     What  fuddaine  change  is  this  ? 

Sf.  All  leaue  the  roome ; 

He  beare  alone  the  burthen  of  my  griefe, 
And  muft  admit  no  partner.     I  am  yet 

Your  Prince,  wher's  your  obedience?     Stay  Marcelia:  160 

I  cannot  be  fo  greedie  of  a  forrow, 
In  which  you  muft  not  fhare. 

[Exeunt  Tiberio,  Stephana,  Francisco,  Isabella, 

Mariana,  two  Posts,  and  Attendants.] 

Marc.  And  cheare fully, 

I  will  fuftaine  my  part.     Why  looke  you  pale? 
Where  is  that  wonted  conftancie,  and  courage, 

That  dar'd  the  worft  of  Fortune?    Where  is  Sforza?  165 

To  whom  'all  dangers  that  fright  common  men, 
Appear'd  but  Panicque  terrors  ?     Why  doe  you  eye  me 
With  fuch  fix'd  lookes  ?     Loue,  counfell,  dutie,  feruice, 
May  flow  from  me,  not  danger. 

Sf.  O  Marcelia! 

It  is  for  thee  I  feare :  For  thee,  thy  Sforza  170 

Shakes  like  a  coward ;  For  my  felfe,  vnmou'd : 
I  could  haue  heard  my  troupes  were  cut  in  peeces, 
My  Generall  flaine ;  And  he,  on  whom  my  hopes 
Of  Rule,  of  State,  of  Life,  had  their  dependance  ; 

The  King  of  France,  my  greateft  friend,  made  prifoner  175 

To  fo  proud  enemies. 

Marc.  Then  you  haue  iuft  caufe 

To  fhow  you  are  a  Man. 

Sf.  All  this  were  nothing, 

Though  I  ad  to  it,  that  I  am  affur'd 
For  giuing  ayd  to  this  vnfortunate  King, 

The  Emperour  incenc'd,  layes  his  command  180 

On  his  victorious  Army,  flefh'd  with  fpoyle, 

I,  3,  154  to  the  death]  C  M,  to  death. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  69 

And  bold  of  conqueft,  to  march  vp  againft  me, 

And  feafe  on  my  Eftates :  Suppofe  that  done  too, 

The  Citie  tane,  the  Kennels  running  blood, 

The  ranfack'd  Temples,  falling  on  their  Saints :  185 

My  Mother  in  my  fight,  tofs'd  on  their  Pikes, 

And  Sifter  rauifh'd :  And  my  felf e  bound  faft  . 

In  Chaines,  to  grace  their  Triumph :  Or  what  elfe, 

An  Enemies  infolence  could  load  me  with, 

I  would  be  Sforza  ftill ;  But  when  I  thinke,  190 

That  my  Marcelia  (to  whom,  all  thefe 

Are  but  as  Atomes  to  the  greateft  Hill) 

Muft  fuffer  in  my  caufe :  And  for  me  fuffer 

All  Earthly  torments ;  Nay,  euen  thofe  the  damn'd 

Houl  for  in  Hell,  are  gentle  ftrokes,  compar'd  195 

To  what  I  feele  Marcelia. 

Marc.  Good  Sir,  haue  patience: 

I  can  as  well  partake  your  aduerfe  fortune, 
As  I  thus  long  haue  had  an  ample  fhare, 
In  your  profperitie.     Tis  not  in  the  power 

Of  Fate  to  alter  me :  For  while  I  am,  200 

In  fpight  oft,  I  am  yours. 

Sf.  But  fhould  that  will 

To  be  fo  forc'd  Marcelia?    And  I  Hue 
To  fee  thofe  Eyes  I  prize  aboue  mine  owne, 
Dart  fauours  (though  compel'd)  vpon  another? 

Or  thofe  fweet  Lips  (yeelding  Immortall  Nectar)  205 

Be  gently  touch'd  by  any  but  my  felfe? 
Thinke,  thinke  Marcelia,  what  a  curfed  thing 
I  were,  beyond  expreffion. 

Marc.  Doe  not  feed 

Thofe  iealous  thoughts ;  The  only  bleffing  that 

Heauen  hath  beftow'd  on  vs,  more  then  on  beafts,  210 

Is,  that  'tis  in  our  pleafure  when  to  dye. 
Befides,  were  I  now  in  anothers  power, 
There  are  fo  many  wayes  to  let  out  life, 

C, 

I,  3,  193  M  G,  suffer !  All. 
I,  3,  201-2.     See  note. 
I»  3,  203  mine]  M  G,  my. 


70  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I  would  not  Hue,  for  one  fhort  minute,  his ; 

I  was  borne  only  yours,  and  I  will  dye  fo.  215 

Sf.  Angels  reward  the  goodneffe  of  this  Woman : 

All  I  can  pay  is  nothing.   [Ent(er)  Francif(co).]   Why  vncall'd  f or  ? 

Franc.     It  is  of  waight,  Sir,  that  makes  me  thus  preffe 
Vpon  your  priuacies.     Your  conftant  friend 

The  Marquiffe  of  Pefcara,  tyr'd  with  haft,  220 

Hath  bufineffe  that  concernes  your  life  and  fortunes, 
And  with  fpeed  to  impart. 

Sf.  Waite  on  him  hether ;        Ex[it]  Franc[isco]. 

And  deereft  to  thy  Clofet :  Let  thy  prayers 
Affift  my  counfels. 

Marc.  To  fpare  imprecations 

Againft  my  felfe;  without  you  I  am  nothing.      Ex[it]  Marc[elia].  225 

Sf.     The  Marquiffe  of  Pefcara ;  A  great  Souldior : 
And  though  he  feru'd  vpon  the  aduerfe  partie, 
Euer  my  conftant  friend. 

Enter  Francifco,  Pefcara. 

Franc.  Yonder  he  walkes, 

Full  of  fad  thoughts. 

Pefc.  Blame  him  not  good  Francifco, 

He  hath  much  caufe  to  grieue :  Would  I  might  end  fo,  230 

And  not  ad  this,  to  feare. 

Sf.  My  deere  Pefcara: 

A  miracle  in  thefe  times,  a  friend  and  happie, 
Cleaues  to  a  falling  fortune. 

Pefc.  If  it  were 

As  well  in  my  weake  power,  in  act  to  raife  it, 

As  'tis  to  beare  a  part  of  forrow  with  you ;  235 

You  then  mould  haue  iuft  caufe  to  fay,  Pefcara 
Look'd  not  vpon  your  State,  but  on  your  Vertues, 
When  he  made  fuit  to  be  writ  in  the  Lift 
Of  thofe  you  fauord.     But  my  haft  forbids 

All  complement.     Thus  then,  Sir,  to  the  purpofe.  240 

The  caufe  that  vnattended  brought  me  hether, 

I,  3,  226  Pescara ;]  C  M,  Pescara?;  G,  Pescara! 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  71 

Was  not  to  tell  you  of  your  loffe,  or  danger; 

For  Fame  hath  many  Wings  to  bring  ill  tidings, 

And  I  prefume  you  haue  heard  it :  But  to  giue  you 

Such  friendly  counfell,  as  perhaps  may  make  245 

Your  fad  difafter,  leffe. 

Sf.  You  are  all  goodneffe, 

And  I  giue  vp  my  felfe  to  be  difpos'd  of, 
As  in  your  wifedome  you  thinke  fit. 

Pefc.  Thus  then,  Sir. 

To  hope  you  can  hold  out  againft  the  Emperor, 

Were  flatterie  in  your  felfe,  to  your  vndooing ;  250 

Therefore,  the  fafeft  courfe  that  you  can  take, 
Is,  to  giue  vp  your  felfe  to  his  difcretion, 
Before  you  be  compeld.     For  reft  affur'd, 
A  voluntarie  yeelding  may  find  grace, 

And  will  admit  defence,  at  leaft  excufe :  255 

But  fhould  you  linger  doubtfull,  till  his  Powers 
Haue  feas'd  your  Perfon,  and  Eftates  perforce, 
You  muft  expect  extreames. 

Sf.  I  vnderftand  you, 

And  I  will  put  your  counfell  into  act, 

And  fpeedilie ;  I  only  will  take  order  260 

For  fome  Domefticall  affaires,  that  doe 
Concerne  me  neerely,  and  with  the  next  Sun 
Ride  with  you ;  In  the  meane  time,  my  beft  friend, 
Pray  take  your  reft. 

Pefc.  Indeed,  I  haue  trauaild  hard, 

And  will  embrace  your  counfell.  £;r[f£]  Pefcara. 

Sf.  With  all  care,  265 

Attend  my  Noble  friend.  Stay  you,  Francifco, 
You  fee  how  things  ftand  with  me? 

Franc.  To  my  grief e : 

And  if  the  loffe  of  my  poore  life  could  be 
A  Sacrifife,  to  reftore  them,  as  they  were, 
I  willingly  would  lay  it  downe. 

I,  3,  244-5  you  such,   1  „  A/r  „         . 

c     u  r  •      ,,  >C  M  G,  omit  first  such.     See  note. 

Such  friendly  J 

I,  3,  248  Pesc.]  Q2,  Sf. 

I,  3,  240  flatterie  in]  C  M,  flatt'ring. 


72  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Sf.  I  thinke  fo :  270 

For  I  haue  euer  found  you  true,  and  thankful, 
Which  makes  me  loue  the  building  I  haue  rays'd, 
In  your  aduancement :  And  repent  no  grace, 
I  haue  conf erd  vpon  you :  And  beleeue  me, 

Though  now  I  fhould  repeate  my  fauours  to  you,  275 

The  Titles  I  haue  giuen  you,  and  the  meanes 
Sutable  to  your  Honours,  that  I  thought  you 
Worthy  my  Sifter,  and  my  Family, 
And  in  my  Dukedome  made  you  next  my  felfe : 

It  is  not  to  vpbraid  you :  But  to  tell  you  280 

I  find  you  are  worthy  of  them  in  your  loue, 
And  feruice  to  me. 

Franc.  Sir,  I  am  your  Creature : 

And  any  fhape,  that  you  would  haue  me  weare, 
I  gladly  will  put  on. 

Sf.  Thus,  then  Francifco; 

I  now  arn  to  deliuer  to  your  truft,  285 

A  weightie  fecret :  Of  fo  ftrange  a  nature, 
And  'twill  I  know  appeare  fo  monftrous  to  you, 
That  you  will  tremble  in  the  execution, 
As  much  as  I  am  tortur'd,  to  command  it : 

For  'tis  a  deed  fo  horrid,  that  but  to  heare  it,  290 

Would  ftrike  into  a  Ruffian  flefh'd  in  murthers, 
Or  an  obdurate  Hang-man,  foft  compaffion ; 
And  yet  Francifco  (of  all  Men  the  deereft, 
And  from  me  moft  deferuing)  fuch  my  ftate, 

And  ftrange  condition  is,  that  thou  alone,  295 

Muft  know  the  fatall  feruice,  and  performe  it. 

Franc.     Thefe  preparations,  Sir,  to  worke  a  ftranger, 
Or  to  one,  vnacquainted  with  your  bounties, 
Might  appeare  vfefull :  But  to  me,  they  are 

Needleffe  impertinances :  For,  I  dare  doe,  300 

What  e're  you  dare  command. 

Sf-  But  thou  muft  fweare  it, 

I,  3,  300  impertinances]  CMC,  Impertinencies. 
I,  3,  301  thou]  G,  you. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  73 

And  put  into  thy  Oath,  all  ioyes,  or  torments 

That  fright  the  wicked,  or  confirme  the  good : 

Not  to  conceale  it  only,  that  is  nothing ; 

But  whenfoe're  my  will  fhall  fpeake,  ftrike  now :  305 

To  fall  vpon't  like  Thunder. 

Franc.  Minifter 

The  Oath,  in  any  way,  or  forme  you  pleafe, 
I  ftand  refolu'd  to  take  it. 

Sf.  Thou  muft  doe  then, 

What  no  maleuolent  Star  will  dare  to  looke  on, 

It  is  fo  wicked :  For  which,  Men  will  curfe  thee,  310 

For  being  the  Inftrument :  And  the  bleft  Angels, 
Forfake  me  at  my  need,  for  being  the  Author : 
For  'tis  a  deed  of  Night,  of  Night  Francifco, 
In  which  the  memorie  of  all  good  Actions, 

We  can  pretend  too,  fhall  be  buried  quick ;  315 

Or  if  we  be  remembred,  it  fhall  be 
To  fright  pofteritie,  by  our  example : 
That  haue  out-gone  all  prefidents  of  Villaines, 
That  were  before  vs :  And  fuch  as  fucceed, 

Though  taught  in  hels  black  fchoole,  fhal  ne're  com  nere  vs.  320 

Art  thou  not  fhaken  yet  ? 

Franc.  I  grant  you  moue  me  : 

But  to  a  Man  confirm'd ; 

Sf.  He  try  your  temper : 

What  thinke  you  of  my  Wife  ? 

Franc.  As  a  thing  Sacred : 

To  whofe  faire  Name,  and  memorie,  I  pay  gladly 
Thefe  fignes  of  dutie. 

Sf.  Is  fhe  not  the  abftract  325 

Of  all  that's  rare,  or  to  be  wifh't  in  Woman  ? 

Franc.     It  were  a  kind  of  blafphemy  to  difpute  it : 
But  to  the  purpofe  Sir. 

Sf.  Ad  to  her  goodneffe, 

Her  tenderneffe  of  me,  Her  care  to  pleafe  me, 

D 

I,  3,  302  or]  Q?,  all. 

I,  3,  328  ad  to  her]  G,  add  too,  her. 


74  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Her  vnfufpected  chaftity,  nere  equall'd :  330 

Her  Innocence,  her  honor :  O  I  am  loft 

In  the  Ocean  of  her  vertues,  and  her  graces, 

When  I  thinke  of  them. 

Fran.  Now  I  finde  the  end 

Of  all  your  coniurations :  there's  fome  feruice 

To  be  done  for  this  fweet  Lady;  If  fhe  haue  enemies  335 

That  fhe  would  haue  remou'd  ? 

Sf.  Alas  Francifco, 

Her  greateft  enemy  is  her  greateft  louer, 
Yet  in  that  hatred,  her  Idolater. 
One  fmile  of  hers  would  make  a  fauage  tame ; 

One  accent  of  that  tongue  would  calme  the  Seas,  340 

Though  all  the  windes  at  once  ftroue  there  for  Empire. 
Yet  I,  for  whom  fhe  thinks  all  this  too  little, 
Should  I  mifcarry  in  this  prefent  iourney, 
(From  whence  it  is  all  number  to  a  cypher, 

I  ner'e  returne  with  honor)  by  thy  hand  345 

Muft  haue  her  murthered. 

Fra.  Murther'd?     Shee  that  loues  fo, 

And  fo  deferues  to  be  belou'd  againe  ? 
And  I,  (who  fometimes  you  were  pleas'd  to  fauor) 
Pick'd  out  the  inftrument  ? 

Sf.  Doe  not  flye  off : 

What  is  decreed,  can  neuer  be  recal'd ;  350 

'Tis  more  than  loue  to -her,  that  markes  her  out, 
A  wifh'd  companion  to  me,  in  both  fortunes : 
And  ftrong  affurance  of  thy  zealous  faith, 
That  giues  vp  to  thy  truft  a  fecret,  that 

Racks  fhould  not  haue  forc'd  from  me.     O  Francifco:  355 

There  is  no  heauen  without  her ;  nor  a  hell, 
Where  fhe  recides.     I  aske  from  her  but  iuftice, 
And  what  I  would  haue  payd  to  her :  had  fickeneffe, 
Or  any  other  accident  diuorc'd, 
Her  purer  foule,  from  [her]  vnfpotted  body.  360 

I,  3,  339  sauage]  Q2  salvage. 

I.  3.  343  Qa  omits  I. 

I,  3,  360  his]  C  M  N  G,  her.    d,  his. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  75 

The  flauifh  Indian  Princes  when  they  dye 

Are  cheerefully  attended  to  the  fire, 

By  the  wife,  and  flaue,  that  lining  they  lou'd  beft, 

To  doe  them  feruice  in  another  world : 

Nor  will  I  be  leffe  honor'd,  that  loue  more.  365 

And  therefore  trifle  not,  but  in  thy  lookes, 

Expreffe  a  ready  purpofe  to  performe, 

What  I  command,  or  by  Marcelias  foule, 

This  is  thy  lateft  minute. 

Fran.  'Tis  not  feare 

Of  death,  but  loue  to  you,  makes  me  embrace  it ;  370 

But  for  mine  owne  fecurity  when  'tis  done, 
What  warrant  haue  I  ?     If  you  pleafe  to  figne  one, 
I  fhall,  though  with  vnwillingneffe  and  horror, 
Perform  your  dreadfull  charge. 

Sf.  I  will  Francifco; 

But  ftill  remember,  that  a  Princes  fecrets  375 

Are  balme,  conceal'd :  but  poyfon,  if  difcouer'd. 
I  may  come  backe ;  then  this  is  but  a  tryall, 
To  purchafe  thee,  if  it  were  poffible, 
A  neerer  place  in  my  affection ;  but 
I  know  thee  honeft. 

Fran.  Tis  a  Character  380 

I  will  not  part  with. 

Sf.  I  may  Hue  to  reward  it.  Exe[u]nt. 


Actus  Secun[di,]  Scaefna]  Prima. 
Tiberio  Stephana. 

Ste.     How?    left  the  Court? 

Tib.  Without  guard  or  retinue 

Fitting  a  Prince. 

Ste.  No  enemy  neere,  to  force  him? 

To  leaue  his  owne  ftrengths,  yet  deliuer  vp 

D2 


76  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Himfelfe,  as  'twere  in  bonds,  to  the  difcretion 

Of  him  that  hates  him  ?     Tis  beyond  example :  5 

You  neuer  heard  the  motiues  that  induc't  him, 

To  this  ftrange  courfe  ? 

Tib.  No,  thofe  are  Cabinet  councels, 

And  not  to  be  communicated,  but 
To  fuch  as  are  his  owne,  and  fure ;  Alas, 

We  fill  vp  emptie  places,  and  in  publique,  10 

Are  taught  to  giue  our  fuff  rages  to  that, 
Which  was  before  determin'd  :  And  are  faf e  fo ; 
Signiour  Francifco  (vpon  whom  alone 
His  abfolute  power  is  with  al  ftrength  confer'd, 

During  his  abfence)  can  with  eafe  refolue  you.  15 

To  me,  they  are  Riddles. 

Steph.  Well,  he  fhall  not  be, 

My  Oedipus,  He  rather  dwell  in  darkeneffe. 
But  my  good  Lord  Tiberio,  This  Francifco, 
Is,  on  the  fuddaine,  ftrangely  rays'd. 

Tib.  O  Sir, 

He  tooke  the  thryuing  courfe :  He  had  a  Sifter,  20 

A  faire  one  too;  With  whom  (as  it  is  rumor 'd) 
The  Duke  was  too  familiar  ;  But  fhe  caft  off, 
(What  promifes  foeuer  paft  betweene  them) 
Vpon  the  fight  of  this,  forfooke  the  Court, 

And  fince  was  neuer  feene ;  To  fmother  this,  25 

(As  Honors  neuer  faile  to  purchafe  filence) 
Francifco  firft  was  grac'd,  and  ftep  by  ftep, 
Is  rais'd  vp  to  this  height. 

Steph.  But  how  is  his  abfence  borne? 

Tib.  Sadly,  it  feemes 

By  the  Dutches :  For  fince  he  left  the  Court,  30 

For  the  moft  part,  fhe  hath  kept  her  priuate  Chamber, 
No  vifitants  admitted ;  In  the  Church, 
She  hath  been  feene  to  pay  her  pure  deuotions, 
Seafon'd  with  teares :  And  fure  her  forrow's  t[r]ue, 

II,  i,  29-30  G,  rearranges.     See  note. 
II,  i,  34,  ttue]  Q-.CU  G,  true. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  77 

Or  deepely  counterfeited ;  Pompe,  and  State,  35 

And  brauerie  caft  off :  And  fhe  that  lately 

Riuald  Poppcca  in  her  varied  fhapes, 

Or  the  ^Egyptian  Queene :  Now,  widow-like, 

In  Sable  coluors  (as,  her  Hufbands  dangers, 

Strangled  in  her,  the  vfe  of  any  pleafure)  40 

Mournes  for  his  abfence. 

Steph.  It  becomes  her  Vertue, 

And  does  confirme,  what  was  reported  of  her. 

Tib.     You  take  it  right ;  But  on  the  other  fide, 
The  darling  of  his  Mother,  Mariana, 

As  there  were  an  Antipathy  betweene  45 

Her,  and  the  Dutches  paffions :  And  as 
Sh'ad  no  dependance  on  her  brothers  fortune, 
She  ne're  appear'd  fo  full  of  mirth. 

Steph.  Tis  ftrange. 

Ent[er]  Graccho  with  fidlers. 
But  fee,  her  fauorite :  &  accompani'd, 
To  your  report. 

Grac.  You  fhall  fcrape,  and  He  fing,  50 

A  fcuruie  Dittie,  to  a  fcuruie  tune, 
Repine  who  dares. 

Fidl.  But  if  we  fhould  offend, 

The  Dutches  hauing  filenc't  vs :  &  thefe  Lords, 
Stand  by  to  heare  vs. 

Grac.  They,  in  Name  are  Lords, 

But  I  am  one  in  Power :  And  for  the  Dutches,  55 

But  yefter-day  we  were  merrie  for  her  pleafure, 
We  now'l  be  for  my  Ladies. 

Tib.  Signiour  Graccho. 

Gr^    A  poore  Man,  Sir,  a  Seruant  to  the  Princes : 
But  you,  great  Lords,  and  Councellors  of  State, 
Whom  I  ftand  bound  to  reuerence. 

Tib.    '  Come,  we  know  60 

You  are  a  Man  in  grace. 

Grac.  Fye,  no:  I  grant, 

D3 

II,  I,  36  brauerie]  C  M,  bravery's. 
II,  I,  59  you  great]  M,  you're  great. 


78  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I  beare  my  fortunes  patiently :  Serue  the  Princeffe, 

And  haue  [ac]ceffe  at  all  times,  to  her  clofet, 

Such  is  my  impudence :  When  your  graue  Lordfhips 

Are  mafters  of  the  modefty,  to  attend  65 

Three  houres,  nay  fometimes  f oure ;  and  then  bid  waite 

Vpon  her  the  next  morning. 

Ste.  He  derides  vs. 

Tib.     Pray  you,  what  newes  is  ftirring?    you  know  all. 

Grac.     Who,  I  ?     alas,  I  haue  no  intelligence 

At  home,  nor  abroad :  I  onely  fometimes  gueffe  70 

The  change  of  the  times ;  I  fhould  ask  of  your  Lordfhips 
Who  are  to  keepe  their  Honors,  who  to  loofe'em ; 
Who  the  Ducheffe  fmil'd  on  laft,  or  on  whom  f  rown'd, 
You  onely  can  refolue  me :  we  poore  waiters 

Deale  (as  you  fee)  in  mirth,  and  f oolifh  fyddles :  75 

It  is  our  element ;  and  could  you  tell  me, 
What  point  of  State  'tis,  that  I  am  commanded 
To  mufter  vp  this  muficke :  on  mine  honefty, 
You  fhould  much  befriend  me. 

Ste.  Sirra,  you  grow  fawcie.  i 

Tib.     And  would  be  layd  by  the  heeles. 

Grac.  Not  by  your  Lordfhips,     80 

Without  a  fpeciall  warrant ;  looke  to  your  owne  f  takes'; 
Were  I  committed,  here  come  thofe  would  baile  me : 
Perhaps  we  might  change  places  too. 

Etit[er]  Isabella,  Mariana. 

Tib.     [aside]  The  Princeffe; 

We  muft  be  patient. 

Ste.     [aside]     There's  no  contending. 

Tib.     [aside]     See,  the  informing  rogue. 

Ste.     [aside]  That  we  fhould  ftoope     85 

To  fuch  a  Mufhrome. 

Mari..     [aside  to  Graccho]     Thou  doft  miftake;  they  durft  not 
Vfe  the  leaft  word  of  fcorne,  although  prouok'd, 
To  any  thing  of  mine.     [To  Tib.  and  Steph.]     Goe,  get  you  home, 
And  to  your  feruants,  friends,  and  flatterers,  number 

II,  I,  63  successe]  CMC,  access. 
II,  i,  71  of  the  times]  Q2  omits  the. 
II,  I,  79  should]  M,  would. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  79 

How  many  difcents  you  are  noble ;  Look  to  your  wiues  too,  90 

The  fmooth-chin'd  Courtiers  are  abroad. 
Tib.     No  way,  to  be  a  Free-man  ? 

Ex[eunt}  Tib[erio  and}  Steph[ano]. 

Grac.     Your  Excellence,  hath  the  beft  guift  to  dif patch, 
Thefe  Arras  pictures  of  Nobilitie, 
I  euer  read  of. 

Marl.  I  can  fpeake  fometimes.  95 

Grac.     And  couer  fo  your  bitter  Pills,  with  fweetneffe 
Of  Princely  language  to  forbid  reply, 
They  are  greedily  fwallowed. 

Ifab.  But,  the  purpofe  Daughter, 

That  brings  vs  hither?     Is  it  to  beftow 

A  vif it  on  this  Woman  ?     That,  becaufe  100 

She  only  would  be  thoght  truly  to  grieue, 
The  abfence,  and  the  dangers  of  my  Son, 
Proclaimes  a  generall  fadneffe  ? 

Marl.  If  to  vexe  her, 

May  be  interpreted  to  doe  her  Honor, 

She  fhall  haue  many  of  'em  ?     He  make  vfe  105 

Of  my  fhort  Raigne :  my  Lord,  now  gouernes  all : 
And  fhe  fhall  know,  that  her  Idolater, 
My  Brother,  being  not  by,  now  to  protect  her, 
I  am  her  equall. 

Grac.     [aside]     Of  a  little  thing, 

It  is  fo  full  of  Gall :  A  Diuell  of  this  fize,  no 

Should  they  run  for  a  wager  to  be  fpitefull, 
Gets  not  a  Horf-head  of  her. 

Mori.  On  her  Birth-day, 

We  were  f orc'd  to  be  merrie :  &  now  fhe's  mufty 
We  muft  be  fad,  on  paine  of  her  difpleafure ; 

We  will,  we  will.     This  is  her  priuate  Chamber,  115 

Where  like  an  Hypocrite,  not  a  true  Turtle, 
She  feemes  to  mourne  her  abfent  Mate,  her  Seruants 
Attending  her  like  Mutes :  But  He  fpeake  to  her 
And  in  a  high  Key  too,  [to  fiddlers]  play  anything 

II,  i,  98  the  purpose]  C  M  d,  to  the  purpose. 


80  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

That's  light  and  loud  enough  but  to  torment  her,  120 

And  we  will  haue  rare  fport.     Song.     Marcelia  abone  in  blacke. 

Ifab.  She  frownes,  as  if 

Her  lookes  could  fright  vs. 

Man.  May  it  pleafe  your  greatneffe, 

We  heard  that  your  late  Phyficke  hath  not  work'd, 
And  that  breeds  Melancholy,  as  your  Doctor  tells  vs : 
To  purge  which,  we  that  are  born  your  Highneffe  Vaffals,  125 

And  are  to  play  the  fooles  to  doe  you  feruice, 
Prefent  you  with  a  fit  of  mirth :  what  thinke  you 
Of  a  new  Anticke? 

Ifab.  'Twould  fhow  rare  in  Ladies. 

Marl.     Being  intended  for  fo  fweet  a  creature, 
Were  fhe  but  pleas'd  to  grace  it. 

Ifab.  Fye,  fhe  will,  130 

Be  it  nere  fo  meane :  fhee's  made  of  courtefie; 

Mart.     The  Miftreffe  of  all  hearts ;  one  fmile  I  pray  you 
On  your  poore  feruants,  or  a  Fidlers  fee  : 
Comming  from  thofe  faire  hands,  though  but  a  Ducat, 
We  will  infhrine  it  as  a  holy  relique.  135 

Ifab.     'Tis  Wormewood,  and  it  workes. 

Marc.  If  I  lay  by 

My  feares,  and  grief es  (in  which  you  fhould  be  fharers) 
If  doting  age  could  let  you  but  remember, 
You  haue  a  fonne  ;  or  f rontleffe  impudence, 

You  are  a  fifter ;  and  in  making  anfwere,  140 

To  what  was  moft  vnfit  for  you  to  fpeake, 
Or  me  to  heare :  borrow  of  my  iuft  anger. 

Ifab.     A  fet  fpeech  on  my  life. 

Mari.  Pen'd  by  her  Chaplaine. 

Marce.     Yes,  it  can  fpeake,  without  inftruction  fpeake ; 
And  tell  your  want  of  manners,  that  y'are  rude,  145 

And  fawcily  rude,  too. 

Grac.  Now  the  game  begins. 

Marce.     You  durft  not  elfe  on  any  hire  or  hope, 

II,  i,  126  fooles]  M  G,  fool. 
II,  i,  144  it]  C  M,  I. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  81 

(Remembring  what  I  am,  and  whofe  I  am) 
Put  on  the  defperate  boldneffe,  to  difturbe 
The  leaft  of  my  retirements. 

Mari.  Note  her  now.  .150 

Marc.     For  both  fhal  vnderftand ;  though  th'one  prefume 
Vpon  the  priuiledge  due  to  a  Mother, 
The  Duke  ftands  now  on  his  owne  legs,  and  needs 
No  nurfe  to  leade  him. 

I  fab.  How,  a  Nurfe? 

Marce.  A  dry  one, 

And  vfeleffe  too :  But  I  am  mercifull,  155 

And  dotage  fignes  your  pardon. 

Ifab.  I  dene  thee, 

Thee,  and  thy  pardons,  proud  one. 

Marc.  For  you,  Puppet. 

Mari.     What,  of  me?     Pine-tree. 

Marc.  Little  you  are,  I  grant, 

And  haue  as  little  worth,  but  much  leffe  wit, 

You  durft  not  elfe,  the  Duke  being  wholly  mine,  160 

His  power  and  honour  mine,  and  the  alleageance, 
You  owe  him,  as  a  Subiect,  due  to  me. 

Mari.     To  you? 

Marc.  To  me :  And  therefore  as  a  Vaffal, 

From  this  houre  learne  to  ferue  me,  or,  you'l  feele, 
I  muft  make  vfe  of  my  authoritie,  165 

And  as  a  Princeffe  punifh  it. 

Ifab.  A  Princeffe? 

Mari.     I  had  rather  be  a  Slaue  vnto  a  Moore, 
Than  know  thee  for  my  equall. 

Ifab.  Scornefull  thing, 

Proud  of  a  white  Face. 

Mari.  Let  her  but  remember 

The  Iffue  in  her  Legge : 

Ifab.  The  charge,  fhe  puts  170 

The  State  too,  for  Perfumes. 


82  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Mari.  And,  howfoe're 

She  feemes,  when  (he's  made  vp :  As  fhe's  her  felfe, 
She  ftinkes  aboue  ground.     O  that  I  could  reach  you, 
The  little  one  you  fcorne  fo,  with  her  nayles, 

Would  teare  your  painted  Face,  &  f cratch  thofe  Eyes  out.  175 

Doe  but  come  downe. 

Marc.  Were  there  no  other  way, 

But  leaping  on  thy  Neck,  to  breake  mine  owne, 
Rather  than  be  outbrau'd  thus. 

[Exit  above.} 

Grac.     [aside]  Fourtie  Ducats 

Vpon  the  little  Hen :  She's  of  the  kind, 
And  will  not  leaue  the  Pit. 

Mari.  That  it  were  law  full  180 

To  meete  her  with  a  Ponyard,  and  a  Piftoll ; 
But  thefe  weake  hands  fhall  fhew  my  fpleene. 
Enter  Marc[elia\  below. 

Marc.     Where  are  you?     You  Modicum,  you  Dwarf e. 

Mari.     Here,  Gianteffe,  here. 

Ent[er]  Francifco,  Tib[erio,}  Steph[ano  and  Guards.] 

Franc.  A  tumult  in  the  Court? 

Mari.     Let  her  come  on. 

Franc.  What  winde  hath  rais'd  this  tempeft  ?     185 

Seuer  'em,  I  command  you.     What's  the  caufe  ? 
Speake  Mariana. 

Mari.  I  am  out  of  breath ; 

But  we  fhall  meete,  we  fhall.     And  doe  you  heare,  Sir, 
Or  right  me  on  this  Monfter  (fhe's  three  foote 

Too  high  for  a  Woman)  or  ne're  looke  to  haue,  190 

A  quiet  houre  with  me. 

I  fab.  If  my  Sonne  were  here, 

And  would  endure  this ;  May  a  Mothers  curfe 
Perfue,  and  ouertake  him. 

Franc.  O  forbeare, 

In  me  he's  prefent,  both  in  power,  and  will ; 

And  Madam,  I  much  grieue,  that  in  his  abfence,  195 

There  fhould  arife  the  leaft  diftafte  to  moue  you : 
It  being  his  principall,  nay  only  charge, 

II,  I,  173  above  ground]  G,  above  the  ground. 
II,  i,  189  foote]  M  G,  feet. 


83 

To  haue  you  in  his  abfence  feru'd,  and  honour'd, 
As  when  himfelfe  perform'd  the  willing  Office. 

Marl.     This  is  fine,  yfaith. 

Grac.  I  would  I  were  well  off.  200 

Franc.     And  therefore,  I  befeech  you  Madam,  frowne  not 
(Till  moft  vn  wittingly  he  hath  deferu'd  it) 
On  your  poore  Seruant  ;  To  your  Excellence, 
I  euer  was,  and  will  be  fuch  :  And  lay, 

The  Dukes  authoritie,  trufted  to  me,  205 

With  willingneffe  at  your  feet. 

Mari.  O  bafe. 

Ifab.  We  are  like 

To  haue  an  equall  Judge. 

Franc.  But  fhould  I  finde 

That  you  are  touc[h]'d  in  any  point  of  Honor, 
Or  that  the  leaft  neglect  is  falne  vpon  you, 
I  then  ftand  vp  a  Prince. 

Fidl.     [to  Graccho]     Without  reward,  210 

Pray  you  difmiffe  vs. 

Grac.     Would  I  were  fiue  Leagues  hence. 

Franc.     I  will  be  partial  to  none,  not  to  my  felfe, 
Be  you  but  pleas'd  to  fhew  me  my  offence, 
Or  if  you  hold  me  in  your  good  opinion, 
Name  thofe  that  haue  offended  you. 

Ifab.  I  am  one,  215 

And  I  will  iuftifie  it. 

Mari.  Thou  art  a  bafe  Fellow, 

To  take  her  part. 

Franc.  Remember,  fhe's  the  Dutcheffe. 

Marc.     But  vs'd  with  more  contempt,  than  if  I  were 
A  Peafants  Daughter  :  Bayted,  and  hooted  at 

Like  to  a  common  Strumpet  :  With  lowd  noyfes,  220 

Forc'd  from  my  prayers  :  And  my  priuate  Chamber 
(Which  with  all  willingneffe  I  would  make  my  Prifon 
During  the  abfence  of  my  Lord)  deni'd  me. 
But  if  he  e're  returne. 


II,  i,  208  touc'd]  Q,  C  M  G,  touch'd. 
II,  I,  212  G,  rearranges.     See  note. 


84  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Franc.  Were  you  an  Actor, 

In  this  lewd  Comedie  ? 

Mari.  I  marrie  was  I,  225 

And  will  be  one  againe. 

I  fab.  I'le  ioyne  with  her, 

Though  you  repine  at  it. 

Franc.  Thinke  not  then,  I  fpeake 

(For  I  ftand  bound  to  honour,  and  to  ferue  you) 
But  that  the  Duke,  that  Hues  in  this  great  Lady, 

For  the  contempt  of  him,  in  her,  commands  you  230 

To  be  clofe  Prifoners. 

I  fab.  Mari.  Prifoners? 

Franc.  Beare  them  hence. 

This  is  your  charge  my  Lord  Tiberio, 
And  Stephana,  this  is  yours. 

Marce.  I  am  not  cruell, 

But  pleas'd  they  may  haue  libertie. 

Ifab.  Pleas'd,  with  a  mifchiefe. 

Mari.     I'le  rather  Hue  in  any  loathfome  Dungeon,  235 

Than  in  a  Paradice,  at  her  intreatie : 
And,  for  you  vpstart. 

Steph.  There  is  no  contending. 

Tib.     What  fhall  become  of  thefe  ? 

Franc.  See  them  well  whip'd, 

As  you  will  anfwere  it. 

Tib.  Now  Signiour  Graccho, 

What  thinke  you  of  your  greatneffe? 

Grac.  I  preach  patience,  240 

And  muft  endure  my  fortune. 

Fidl.  I  was  neuer  yet 

At  fuch  a  huntf-vp,  nor  was  fo  rewarded. 

Exe[unt]  omnes,  preter  Fra[ncifco]  &  Marcel[ia]. 
Fr.     Let  them  firft  know  themfelues,  &  how  you  are 
To  be  feru'd,  and  honour'd :  WThich,  when  they  confeffe, 
You  may  againe  receiue  them  to  your  f auour :  245 


II,  i,  240  What  thinke  you]  Q2  C  M,  What's  become. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  85 

And  then  it  will  fhew  nobly. 

Marce.  With  my  thankes, 

TheDuke  fhall  pay  you  his,  If  he  returne 
To  bleffe  vs  with  his  prefence. 

Franc.  There  is  nothing 

That  can  be  added  to  your  f aire  acceptance : 

That  is  the  prize,  indeed :  All  elfe,  are  blankes,  250 

And  of  no  value.     As  in  vertuous  actions, 
The  vndertaker  finds  a  full  reward, 
Although  conf  er'd  vpon  vnthankef ull  Men ; 
So,  any  feruice  done  to  fo  much  fweetneffe, 

(Howeuer  dangerous,  and  fubiect  to  255 

An  ill  conftruction)  in  your  fauour  finds 
A  wifh'd,  and  glorious  end. 

Marce.  From  you,  I  take  this 

As  loyall  dutie,  but  in  any*  other, 
It  would  appeare  groffe  flatterie. 

Franc.  Flatterie,  Madam? 

You  are  fo  rare,  and  excellent  in  all  things,  260 

And  rais'd  fo  high  vpon  a  Rock  of  goodneffe, 
As  that  vice  cannot  reach  you :  who,  but  looks  on 
This  Temple  built  by  Nature  to  Perfection, 
But  muft  bow  to  it :  and  out  of  that  zeale, 
Not  only  learne  to  adore  it,  but  to  loue  it.  265 

Marce.     [aside}     Whither  will  this  fellow  ? 

Franc.  Pardon  therefore  Madam, 

If  an  exceffe  in  me  of  humble  dutie, 
Teach  me  to  hope  (and  though  it  be  not  in 
The  power  of  Man  to  merit  fuch  a  bleffing) 

My  pietie  (for  it  is  more  than  loue)  270 

May  find  reward. 

Marce.  You  haue  it  in  my  thankes : 

And  on  my  hand,  I  am  pleas'd,  that  you  fhal  take 
A  full  poffeffion  of  it.     But  take  heed, 
That  you  fix  here,  &  feed  no  hope  beyond  this ; 

E3 

II,  i,  261-2.     See  note. 
II,  i,  268-71  G,  omits  brackets. 
II,  i,  274  this]  G,  it. 


86  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

If  you  doe,  'twill  proue  fatall. 

Franc.  Be  it  death,  275 

And  death  with  torments,  Tyrants  neuer  found  out : 
Yet  I  muft  fay  I  loue  you. 

Marce.  As  a  Subiect, 

And  'twill  become  you. 

Franc.  Farewell  circumftance : 

And  fince  you  are  not  pleas'd  to  vnderftand  me, 

But  by  a  plaine,  and  vfuall  forme  of  fpeech :  280 

All  fuperftitious  reuerence  lay'd  by, 
I  loue  you  as  a  Man,  and  as  a  Man 
I  would  enioy  you.     Why  do  you  ftart,  and  flye  me  ? 
I  am  no  Monfter,  and  you  but  a  Woman : 

A  Woman  made  to  yeeld,  and  by  example  285 

Told  it  is  lawfull ;  Fauours  of  this  nature, 
Are,  in  our  age,  no  miracles  in  the  greateft : 
And  therefore  Lady — 

Marce.  Keepe  of.     O  you  Powers! 

Libidinous  Beaft,  and  ad  to  that  vnthankfull 

(A  crime,  which  Creatures  wanting  reafon,  flye  from)  290 

Are  all  the  Princely  bounties,  fauours,  honours, 
Which  (with  fome  preiudice  to  his  owne  wifedome) 
Thy  Lord,  and  Rayfer  hath  confer'd  vpon  thee, 
In  three  dayes  abfence  buried  ?     Hath  he  made  thee 
(A  thing  obfcure,  almost  without  a  name)  295 

The  enuie  of  great  Fortunes  ?     Haue  I  grac'd  thee, 
Beyond  thy  rancke?     And  entertain'd  thee,  as 
A  Friend,  and  not  a  Seruant?     And  is  this, 
This  impudent  attempt  to  taint  mine  Honour, 
The  f aire  returne  of  both  our  ventur'd  fauours  ?  300 

Franc.     Heare  my  excufe. 

Marce.  The  Diuell  may  plead  mercie, 

And  with  as  much  affurance,  as  thou  yeeld  one. 
Burnes  Luft  f o  hot  in  thee  ?     Or,  is  thy  pride 
Growne  vp  to  fuch  a  height,  that,  but  a  Princeffe, 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  87 

No  Woman  can  content  thee  ?     And  ad  to  that,  305 

His  Wife,  and  Princeffe,  to  whom  thou  art  ti'de 

In  all  the  bonds  of  Dutie  ?     Reade  my  life, 

And  finde  one  act  of  mine  fo  loofely  carried, 

That  could  inuite  a  moft  felfe-louing-Foole, 

Set  of,  with  all  that  fortune  could  throw  on  him,  310 

To  the  leaft  hope  to  find  way  to  my  f auour : 

And  (what's  the  worft  mine  enemies  could  wifh  me) 

I'le  be  thy  Strumpet. 

Franc.  'Tis  acknowledg'd  Madam, 

That  your  whole  courfe  of  life  hath  been  a  patterne 
For  chaft,  and  vertuous  Women;  In  your  beautie  315 

(Which  I  firft  faw,  and  lou'd)  as  a  faire  Criftall, 
I  read  your  heauenly  mind,  cleere  and  vntainted  ; 
And  while  the  Duke  did  prize  you  to  your  valew 
(Could  it  haue  been  in  Man  to  pay  that  dutie) 

I  well  might  enuie  him,  but  durft  not  hope  320 

To  ftop  you,  in  your  full  carreer  of  goodneffe : 
But  now  I  find,  that  he's  falne  from  his  fortune, 
And  (howfoeuer  he  would  appeare  doting) 
Growne  cold  in  his  affection :  I  prefume, 

From  his  moft  barbarous  neglect  of  you,  325 

To  offer  my  true  feruice :  Nor  ftand  I  bound, 
To  looke  back  on  the  curtefies  of  him, 
That,  of  all  liuing  Men,  is  moft  vnthankfull. 

Marce.     Vnheard-of  impudence ! 

Franc.  You'l  fay  I  am  modeft, 

When  I  haue  told  the  Storie.     Can  he  taxe  me  330 

(That  haue  receiu'd  fome  worldly  trifles  from  him) 
For  being  ingratefull?     When,  he  that  firft  tafted, 
And  hath  fo  long  enioy'd  your  fweet  embraces 
(In  which,  all  bleffings  that  our  fraile  condition 

Is  capable  of,  is  wholy  comprehended)  335 

As  cloy'd  with  happineffe,  contemnes  the  giuer 
Of  his  f elicitie  ?     And,  as  he  reach'd  not, 

II,  i,  305  that]  G,  it. 

II,  I,  332  ingratefull]  CMC,  ungratefull. 

II,  i,  335  is]  M  G,  are. 

'      7 


88  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

The  mafter-peice  of  mifchiefe,  which  he  aymes  at, 

Vnleffe  he  pay  thofe  f auours  he  ftands  bound  to, 

With  fell  and  deadly  hate  ?     You  thinke  he  loues  you,  340 

With  vnexampled  f eruor :  Nay,  dotes  on  you, 

As  there  were  fomething  in  you  more  than  Woman : 

When  on  my  knowledge,  he  long  fince  hath  wifh'd, 

You  were  among  the  dead :  And  I,  you  fcorne  fo, 

Perhaps,  am  your  preferuer. 

Marce.  Bleffe  me  good  Angels,  345 

Or  I  am  blafted.     Lyes  fo  falfe,  and  wicked, 
And  fafhion'd  to  fo  damnable  a  purpofe, 
Cannot  be  fpoken  by  a  humane  tongue. 
My  Husband,  hate  me?     Giue  thy  felfe  the  Lye, 

Falfe,  and  accurs'd;  Thy  Soule  (if  thou  haft  any)  350 

Can  witneffe,  neuer  Lady  ftood  fo  bound, 
To  the  vnfained  affection  of  her  Lord, 
As  I  doe,  to" my  Sforsa.     If  thou  would'ft  worke 
Vpon  my  weake  credulitie,  Tell  me  rather, 

That  the  Earth  moues  ;  The  Sunne,  and  Starres,  ftand  ftill ;  355 

The  Ocean  keeps  nor  Floods,  nor  Ebbes ;  Or  that, 
Ther's  peace  betweene  the  Lyon,  and  the  Lambe ; 
Or  that,  the  rauenous  Eagle,  and  the  Doue, 
Keepe  in  one  Ayery,  and  bring  vp  their  yong : 

Or  any  thing  that  is  auerfe  to  Nature  :  360 

And  I  will  fooner  credit  it,  than  that 
My  Lord  can  thinke  of  me,  but  as  a  lewell, 
He  loues  more  than  himfelfe,  and  all  the  World. 

Franc.     O  Innocence,  abus'd  !     Simplicitie  coufen'd  ! 
It  were  a  finne,  for  which  we  haue  no  name,  365 

To  keepe  you  longer  in  this  wilfull  errour. 

Reade  his  affection  here;  [Gives  her  a  paper.]     And  then  obferue 
How  deere  he  holds  you ;  'Tis  his  Character, 
Which  cunning  yet,  could  neuer  counterfeit. 

Marce.     'Tis  his  hand,  I  am  refolu'd  oft.  370 

I'le  try  what  the  Infcription  is. 

II.  I.  343  Q=  omits  since. 

II,  I,  350  "  accurs'd ;  Thy  Soule  .  .  can  "  "  accurs'd  thy  Soul  "  Mason. 

II.  i>  359  ayery]  M,  aviary. 

II,  i,  370-1  G,  rearranges.     See  note. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  89 

Fran.  Pray  you  doe  fo. 

Marc,    [reads]   You  know  my  pleafure,  &thehoure  of  Marcelias 
death,  which  faile  not  to  execute,  as  you  will  anfwere  the 
contrarie,  not  with  your  Head  alone,  but  with  the  ruine  of 
your  whole  Famely.     And  this  written  with  mine  owne  375 

Hand,  and  Signed  with  my  priuie  Signet,  fhall  be  your  fuf- 
ficient  Warrant.  Lodouico  Sforza. 

I  doe  obey  it,  euerie  word's  a  Poynard, 
And  reaches  to  my  Heart.  She  fwones. 

Fran.  What  haue  I  done? 

Madam,  for  Heauens  fake,  Madam.     O  my  Fate  !  380 

I'le  bend  her  body :  This  is  yet  fome  pleafure, 
I'le  kiffe  her  into  a  new  life.     Deare  Lady : 
She  ftirs :  For  the  Dukes  fake,  for  Sforza' s  fake. 

Marc.     Sforzas?     Stand  off:  Though  dead,  I  will  be  his, 
And  euen  my  Afhes  fhall  abhorre  the  touch  385 

Of  any  other.     O  vnkind,  and  cruell. 
Learne  Women,  learne  to  truft  in  one  another ; 
There  is  no  faith  in  Man :  Sforza  is  falfe, 
Falfe  to  Marcelia. 

Franc.  But  I  am  true, 

And  Hue  to  make  you  happie.     All  the  Pompe ;  390 

State,  and  obferuance  you  had  being  his, 
Compar'd  to  what  you  fhall  enioy  when  mine, 
Shall  be  no  more  remembred.     Loofe  his  memory, 
And  looke  with  chearef ull  beames  on  your  new  Creature : 
And  know  what  he  hath  plotted  for  your  good,  395 

Fate  cannot  alter.     If  the  Emperour, 
Take  not  his  life,  at  his  returne  he  dyes, 
And  by  my  Hand :  My  Wife,  that  is  his  Heire, 
Shall  quickly  follow ;  Then  we  Raigne  alone, 

For  with  this  Arme  I'le  fwim  through  Seas  of  blood,  400 

Or  make  a  Bridge,  arch'd  with  the  bones  of  Men, 
But  I  will  grafpe  my  aymes  in  you  my  deereft, 
Deereft,  and  beft  of  Women. 

F 

II,  I,  387  Q2  omits  "  in  ". 
II,  I,  397  G,  "  dies.     And  ". 
II,  i,  402  graspe  my  aymes]  C,  grasp  my  arms  ;  M,  grasp  you  in  my  arms. 


90  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Marc.  Thou  art  a  Villaine? 

All  attributes  of  Arch-Villaines  made  into  one, 

Cannot  expreffe  thee.     I  preferre  the  hate  405 

Of  Sforza,  though  it  marke  me  for  the  Graue, 
Before  thy  bafe  affection.     I  am  yet 
Pure,  and  vnfpotted,  in  my  true  loue  to  him ; 
Nor  fhall  it  be  corrupted,  though  he's  tainted ; 

Nor  will  I  part  with  Innocence,  becaufe  410 

He  is  found  guiltie.  For  thy  felfe,  thou  art 
A  thing,  that  equall  with  the  Diuell  himfelfe, 
I  doe  deteft,  and  fcorne. 

Franc.  Thou  then  art  nothing : 

Thy  life  is  in  my  power,  difdainef ull  Woman : 
Thinke  on't,  and  tremble. 

Marc.  No,  though  thou  wert  now  415 

To  play  thy  hangmans  part.     Thou  well  may'ft  be 
My  Executioner,  and  art  only  fit 
For  fuch  employment ;  But  ne're  hope  to  haue, 
The  leaft  grace  from  me.     I  will  neuer  fee  thee, 

But  as  the  fhame  of  Men :  So,  with  my  curfes  420 

Of  horror  to  thy  Confcience  in  this  life ; 
And  paines  in  Hell  hereafter :  I  fpit  at  thee, 
And  making  haft  to  make  my  peace  with  heauen, 
Expect  thee  as  my  Hangman.  Ex[it]  Marc[elia]. 

Franc.  I  am  loft, 

In  the  difcouerie  of  this  fatall  fecret.  425 

Curs'd  hope  that  flatter'd  me,  that  wrongs  could  make  her 
A  ftranger  to  her  goodneffe ;  All  my  plots 
Turne  back  vpon  my  felfe ;  But  I  am  in, 
And  muft  goe  on ;  And  fince  I  haue  put  off 

From  the  Shoare  of  Innocence,  guilt  be  now  my  Pilot.  430 

Reuenge  firft  wrought  me,  Murther's  his  Twin-brother, 
One  deadly  fin  then  helpe  to  cure  another.  [Exit  Francisco.} 

II,  i,  430  now]  Q2,  thou. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  91 

Actus  Ter[tii,]  Scaefna]  Prima. 
Enter  Medina,  Hernando,  Alphonfo. 

Med.     The  fpoyle,  the  fpoyle,  'tis  that  the  foldior  fights  for ; 
Our  victorie  as  yet  affords  vs  nothing, 
But  wounds,  and  emptie  honor.     We  haue  paft 
The  hazard  of  a  dreadfull  day,  and  forc'd 

A  paffage  with  our  Swords,  through  all  the  dangers,  5 

That  Page-like  waite  on  the  fucceffe  of  warre ; 
And  now  expect  reward. 

Hern.  Hell  put  it  in 

The  Enemies  mind  to  be  defperate,  and  hold  out : 
Yeeldings,  and  compofitions  will  vndoe  vs ; 

And  what  is  that  way  giuen,  for  the  moft  part,  10 

Comes  to  the  Emperours  Coffers,  to  defray 
The  charge  of  the  great  action  (as  'tis  rumor'd) 
When  vfually,  fome  Thing  in  Grace  (that  ne're  heard 
The  Canons  roring  tongue,  but  at  a  Triumph) 

Puts  in,  and  for  his  interceffion  fhares,  15 

All  that  we  fought  for :  The  poore  Soldior  left 
To  ftarue,  or  fill  vp  Hofpitalls. 

Alph.  But  when 

We  enter  Townes  by  force,  and  carue  our  felues, 
Pleafure  with  pillage,  and  the  richeft  Wines, 

Open  our  fhrunke-vp  vaines,  and  poure  into  'em  20 

New  blood,  and  f  eruor. 

Med.  I  long  to  be  at  it ; 

To  fee  thefe  Chuffes,  that  euerie  day  may  fpend 
A  Soldiers  entertainement  for  a  yeere, 
Yet  make  a  third  meale  of  a  bunch  of  Rayfons ; 

Thefe  Spunges,  that  fuck  vp  a  Kingdomes  fat  25 

(Batning  like  Scarabes  in  the  dung  of  Peace) 
To  be  fquees'd  out  by  the  rough  hand  of  warre ; 
And  all  that  their  whole  Hues  haue  heap'd  together, 

F2 

III,  I,  7  And  now  expect]  Q2,  And  now  we  expect. 
Ill,  I,  12  the  great]  M,  that  great. 
Ill,  I,  22  chuffes]  M,  choughs. 
Ill,  I,  24  third]  M,  thin. 


92  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

By  cous'nage,  periurie,  or  fordid  thrift, 
With  one  gripe  to  be  rauifh'd. 

Her.  I  would  be  towfing  30 

Their  faire  Madona's,  that  in  little  Dogges, 
Monkeis,  and  Paraquito's  confume  thoufands ; 
Yet  for  the  aduancement  of  a  noble  action, 
Repine  to  part  with  a  poore  Peice  of  Eight : 

Warres  plagues  vpon  'em :  I  haue  feene  'em  ftop  35 

Their  fcornefull  nofes  firft,  then  feeme  to  fwone 
At  fight  of  a  buffe  lerkin,  if  it  were  not 
Perfum'd,  and  hid  with  Gold ;  Yet  thefe  nice  wantons, 
(Spurd  on  by  Luft,  couer'd  in  fome  difguife, 

To  meete  fome  rough  Court  Stalion,  and  be  leap'd)  40 

Durft  enter  into  any  common  Brothell, 
Though  all  varieties  of  ftinke  contend  there ; 
Yet  prayfe  the  entertainment. 

Med.  I  may  Hue, 

To  fee  the  tatteredft  Raskals  of  my  troupe, 

Drag  'em  out  of  their  Clofets,  with  a  vengeance:  '45 

When  neither  threatning,  flattering,  kneeling,  howling, 
Can  ranfome  one  poore  lewell,  or  redeeme 
Themfelues,  from  their  blunt  woing. 

Her.  My  maine  hope  is, 

To  begin  the  fport  at  Millaine :  Ther's  enough, 

And  of  all  kinds  of  pleafure  we  can  wifh  for,  50 

To  fatisfie  the  moft  couetous. 

Alph.  Euerie  day 

We  looke  for  a  remoue. 

Med.  For  Lodowick  Sforza 

The  Duke  of  Millaine,  I,  on  mine  owne  knowledge, 
Can  fay  thus  much ;  He  is  too  much  a  Soldior, 

Too  confident  of  his  owne  worth,  too  rich  to ;  55 

And  vnderftands  too  well,  the  Emperor  hates  him, 
To  hope  for  compofition. 

Alph.  On  my  life, 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  93 

We  need  not  feere  his  comming  in. 

Her.  On  mine, 

I  doe  not  wifh  it :  I  had  rather  that 

To  fhew  his  valor,  he'd  put  vs  to  the  trouble  60 

To  fetch  him  in  by  the  Eares. 

Med.  The  Emperor. 

Enter  Charles  the  Emperor,  Pefcara,  &c.  Attendants. 

Charl.     You  make  me  wonder.     (Nay  it  is  no  councell, 
You  may  pertake  it  Gentlemen)  who  would  haue  thought, 
That  he  that  fcorn'd  our  proffer'd  amitie, 

When  he  was  fued  to ;  fhould,  ere  he  be  fummond,  65 

(Whither  perf waded  to  it  by  bafe  feare, 
Or  flatter 'd  by  falfe  hope,  which,  'tis  vncertaine) 
Firft  kneele  for  mercie  ? 

Med.  When  your  Maieftie, 

Shall  pleafe  to  inftruct  vs,  who  it  is,  we  may 
Admire  it  with  you. 

Charl.  Who,  but  the  Duke  of  Millaine,  70 

The  right  Hand  of  the  French :  Of  all  that  ftand 
In  our  difpleafure,  whom  neceffitie 
Compels  to  feeke  our  fauour,  I  would  haue  fworne 
Sforza  had  been  the  laft. 

Her.  And  fhould  be  writ  fo, 

In  the  lift  of  thofe  you  pardon.     Would  his  Citie  75 

Had  rather  held  vs  out  a  Seidge  like  Troy, 
Then  by  a  fein'd  fubmiffion,  he  fhould  cheate  you 
Of  a  iuft  reuenge :  Or  vs,  of  thofe  faire  glories 
We  haue  fweat  blood  to  purchafe. 

Med.  With  your  honour 

You  cannot  heare  him. 

Alph.  The  fack  alone  of  Millaine  80 

Will  pay  the  Armie. 

Charl.  I  am  not  fo  weake, 

To  be  wrought  on  as  you  feare ;  Nor  ignorant, 
That  Money  is  the  finew  of  the  Warre ; 


94  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

And  [on]  what  termes  foeuer  he  feeke  peace, 

Tis  in  our  power  to  grant  it,  or  denie  it.  85 

Yet  for  our  glorie,  and  to  fhew  him  that 

We  haue  brought  him  on  his  knees ;  It  is  refolu'd 

To  heare  him  as  a  Supplyant.     Bring  him  in ; 

But  let  him  fee  the  effects  of  our  iuft  anger, 

In  the  Guard  that  you  make  for  him.  Ex[it]  Pifcara 

Hern.  I  am  now  90 

Familiar  with  the  iffue  (all  plagues  on  it) 
He  will  appeare  in  fome  deiected  habit, 
His  countenance  futable  ;  And  for  his  order, 
A  Rope  about  his  neck ;  Then  kneele,  and  tell 

Old  Stories,  what  a  worthy  thing  it  is  95 

To  haue  power,  and  not  to  vfe  it ;  Then  ad  to  that 
A  Tale  of  King  Tigranes,  and  great  Pompey, 
Who  faid  (forfooth,  and  wifely)  'Twas  more -honor 
To  make  a  King,  then  kill  one :  Which,  applyed 

To  the  Emperor,  and  himfelfe,  a  Pardons  granted  100 

To  him,  an  Enemie ;  and  we  his  Seruants, 
Condemn'd  to  beggerie. 

En[ter]   Sforza 

Med.  Yonder  he  comes, 

But  not  as  you  expected. 

Alph.  "  He  lookes,  as  if 

He  would  out-face  his  dangers. 

Hern.  I  am  coufen'd  : 

A  fuitor  in  the  Diuels  name. 

Med.  Heare  him  fpeake.  105, 

Sf.     I  come  not  (Emperor)  to  inuade  thy  mercie, 
By  fawning  on  thy  fortune ;  Nor  bring  with  me 
Excufes,  or  denials.     I  profeffe 

(And  with  a, good  Mans  confidence,  euen  this  inftant, 
That  I  am  in  thy  power)  I  was  thine  enemie ;  no 

Thy  deadly  and  vow'd  enemie ;  One  that  wifh'd 
Conf ufion  to  thy  Perfon  and  Eftates ; 
And  with  my  vtmoft  powers,  and  deepeft  counfels 

III,  I,  84  and  what]  CMC,  and  on  what. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  95 

(Had  they  been  truely  followed)  further'd  it; 

Nor  will  I  now,  although  my  neck  were  vnder  115 

The  Hang-mans  Axe,  with  one  poore  fillable 

Confeffe,  but  that  I  honor'd  the  French  King, 

More  then  thy  felfe,  and  all  Men. 

Med.  By  Saint  laques, 

This  is  no  flatterie. 

Her.  There  is  fire,  and  Spirit  in't ; 

But  not  long  liu'd,  I  hope. 

Sf.  Now  giue  me  leaue,  120 

(My  hate  againft  thy  felfe,  and  loue  to  him 
Freely  acknowledg'd)  to  giue  vp  the  reafons  / 

That  made  me  fo  affected.     In  my  wants 
I  euer  found  him  faithf  ull ;  Had  fupplyes 

Of  Men  and  Moneys  from  him ;  And  my  hopes  125 

Quite  funke,  were  by  his  Grace,  bouy'd  vp  againe : 
He  was  indeed  to  me,  as  my  good  Angell, 
To  guard  me  from  all  dangers.     I  dare  fpeake 
(Nay  muft  and  will)  his  prayfe  now,  in  as  high 

And  lowd  a  key,  as  when  he  was  thy  equall.  130 

The  benefits  he  fow'd  in  me,  met  not 
Vnthankefull  ground,  but  yeelded  him  his  owne 
With  faire  encreafe,  and  I  ftill  glorie  in  it. 
And  though  my  fortunes  (poore,  compar'd  to  his, 

And  Millaine  waigh'd  with  France,  appeare  as  nothing)  135 

Are  in  thy  f urie  burnt :  Let  it  be  mentioned, 
They  feru'd  but  as  fmall  Tapers  to  attend 
The  folemne  flame  at  this  great  Funerall : 
And  with  them  I  will  gladly  waft  my  felfe, 

Rather  then  vndergoe  the  imputation,  140 

Of  being  bafe,  or  vnthankefull. 

Alph.  Nobly  fpoken. 

Her.     I  doe  begin,  I  know  not  why,  to  hate  him 
Leffe  then  I  did. 

Sf.  If  that  then  to  be  gratefull 

III,  I,  135  appeare]  Q2  appears. 
Ill,  i,  138  this]  M,  his. 


96  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

For  curtefies  receiu'd ;  Or  not  to  leaue 

A  friend  in  his  neceffities,  be  a  crime  145 

Amongft  you  Spaniards  (which  other  Nations 

That  like  [you]  aym'd  at  Empire,  lou'd,  and  cherifh'd 

Where  e're  they  found  it)  Sforza  brings  his  Head 

To  pay  the  forfeit ;  Nor  come  I  as  a  Slaue, 

Piniond  and  fetterd,  in  a  fquallid  weed,  150 

Falling  before  thy  Feet,  kneeling  and  howling, 

For  a  f orftal'd  remiffion ;  That  were  poore, 

And  would  but  fhame  thy  victorie :  For  conqueft 

Ouer  bafe  foes,  is  a  captiuitie, 

And  not  a  triumph.     I  ne're  fear'd  to  dye,  155 

More  then  I  wifh'd  to  Hue.     When  I  had  reach'd 

My  ends  in  being  a  Duke,  I  wore  thefe  Robes, 

This  Crowne  vpon  my  Head,  and  to  my  fide 

This  Sword  was  girt ;  And  witneffe  truth,  that  now 

Tis  in  another*  power  when  I  fhall  part  160 

With  them  and  life  together,  I  am  the  fame, 

My  Veines  then  did  not  fwell  with  pride ;  nor  now, 

They  fhrinke  for  f eare :  Know  Sir,  that  Sforza  ftands 

Prepar'd  for  either  fortune. 

Her.  As  I  Hue, 

I  doe  begin  ftrangely  to  loue  this  fellow ;  165 

And  could  part  with  three  quarters  of  my  fhare 
In  the  promis'd  fpoyle,  to  faue  him. 

Sf.  But  if  example 

Of  my  fidelitie  to  the  French  (whofe  honours, 
Titles,  and  glories,  are  now  mixt  with  yours ; 

As  Brookes  deuowr'd  by  Riuers,  loofe  their  names)  170 

Has  power  to  inuite  you  to  make  him  a  friend, 
That  hath  giuen  euident  proofe,  he  knowes  to  loue, 
And  to  be  thankef ull ;  This  my  Crowne,  now  yours, 
You  may  reftore  me :  And  in  me  inftruct 

Thefe  braue  Commanders  (fhould  your  fortune  change,  175 

Which  now  I  wifh  not)  what  they  may  expect, 

III,  i,  147  your]  CMC,  you. 

Ill,  I,  163  They  shrinke]  M  G,  Shrink  they. 

Ill,  i,  166  C  M  G,  " share  in     . 

The  promised  ." 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  97 

From  noble  enemies  for  being  faithfull. 

The  charges  of  the  warre  I  will  defray, 

And  what  you  may  (not  without  hazard)  force, 

Bring  freely  to  you:  I'le  preuent  the  cryes  180 

Of  murther'd  Infants,  and  of  rauifh'd  Mayds, 

Which  in  a  Citie  fack'd  call  on  Heauens  iuftice, 

And  ftop  the  courfe  of  glorious  victories. 

And  when  I  know  the  Captaines  and  the  Soldiers, 

That  haue  in  the  late  battle,  done  beft  feruice,  185 

And  are  to  be  rewarded ;  I,  my  felfe 

(According  to  their  quallitie  and  merrits) 

Will  fee  them  largely  recompenc'd.     I  haue  faid, 

And  now  expect  my  fentence. 

Alph.  By  this  light, 

'Tis  a  braue  Gentleman. 

Med.  How  like  a  block  190 

The  Emperor  fits  ? 

Her.  He  hath  deliuer'd  reafons, 

Efpecially  in  his  purpose  to  enrich 
Such  as  fought  brauely  (I  my  felfe  am  one, 
I  care  not  who  knowes  it)  as,  I  wonder,  that 

He  can  be  fo  ftupid.     Now  he  begins  to  ftirre,  195 

Mercie  an't  be  thy  will. 

Chart.  Thou  haft  fo  farre 

Outgone  my  expectation,  noble  Sforza 
(For  fuch  I  hold  thee)  And  true  conftancie, 
Rais'd  on  a  braue  foundation,  beares  fuch  palme, 

And  priuiledge  with  it ;  That  where  we  behold  it,  200 

Though  in  an  enemie,  it  does  command  vs 
To  loue  and  honour  it.     By  my  future  hopes, 
I  am  glad,  for  thy  fake,  that  in  feeking  fauour, 
Thou  did'ft  not  borrow  of  vice  her  indirect, 

Crooked,  and  abiect  meanes :  And  for  mine  owne,  205 

(That  fince  my  purpofes  muft  now  be  chang'd 
Touching  thy  life  and  fortunes)  the  world  cannot 

G 

III,  i,  191  reasons]  M,  reason. 
Ill,  i,  194-5.    See  note. 


98  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Taxe  me  of  leuitie,  in  my  fetled  councels ; 

I  being  neither  wrought  by  tempting  bribes, 

Nor  feruile  flatterie;  but  forc'd  vnto  it,  210 

By  a  faire  warre  of  vertue. 

Hern.  This  founds  well. 

Charl.     All  former  paffages  of  hate  be  buried; 
For  thus  with  open  armes  I  meete  thy  loue, 
And  as  a  friend  embrace  it :  And  fo  f arre 

I  am  from  robbing  thee  of  the  leaft  honor,  215 

That  with  my  hands,  to  make  it  fit  the  f  after, 
I  fet  thy  Crowne  once  more  vpon  thy  head : 
And  does  not  only  ftile  thee,  Duke  of  Millaine, 
But  vow  to  keepe  thee  fo :  Yet  not  to  take 

From  others  to  giue  only  to  my  felfe,  220 

I  will  not  hinder  your  magnificence 
To  my  Commanders,  neither  will  I  vrge  it, 
But  in  that,  as-  in  all  things  elfe  I  leaue  you 
To  be  your  owne  difpofer.  Florish.     Ex[it]  Charlies  &c.} 

Sf.  May  I  Hue 

To  feale  my  loyaltie,  though  with  loffe  of  life  225 

In  fome  braue  feruice  worthy  Caefars  f  [a]uor, 
And  I  fhall  dye  moft  happy.     Gentlemen, 
Receiue  me  to  your  loues,  and  if  henceforth 
There  can  arife  a  difference  betweene  vs, 

It  fhall  be  in  a  Noble  emulation,  230 

Who  hath  the  faireft  Sword,  or  dare  go  fartheft, 
To  fight  for  Charles  the  Emperor  ? 

Hern.  We  embrace  you, 

As  one  well  read  in  all  the  points  of  honor, 
And  there  we  are  your  Schollers. 

Sf.  True,  but  fuch 

As  farre  out-ftrip  the  Mafter ;  we'le  contend  235 

In  loue  hereafter,  in  the  meane  time  pray  you, 
Let  me  difcharge  my  debt,  and  as  in  earneft 
Of  what's  to  come,  deuide  this  Cabnet : 
In  the  fmall  body  of  it  there  are  lewels, 

III,  I,  210  unto]  G,  into. 
Ill,  I,  220  my  selfe]  C  M,  thyself. 
Ill,  i,  226  fovor]  Q2  C  M  G,  favour. 
Ill,  I,  237  in]  G,  an. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  99 

Will  yeeld  a  hundred  thoufand  Piftolets,  240 

Which  honor  me  to  receiue. 

Med.  You  bind  vs  to  you. 

Sf.     And  when  great  Charles  comands  me  to  his  prefence, 
If  you  will  pleafe  to  excufe  my  abrupt  departure, 
Designes  that  moft  concerne  me  next  this  mercie, 

Calling  me  home,  I  fhall  hereafter  meete  you,  245 

And  gratifie  the  fauor. 

Her.  In  this  and  all  things, 

We  are  your  Seruants. 

Sf.  A  name  I  euer  owe  you. 

Ex[eunt]  Mcd[ina]  Her[nando  and]  Alph[onso]. 

Pefc.     So  Sir,  this  tempeft  is  well  ouerblowne, 
And  all  things  fall  out  to  our  wifhes.     But 

In  my  opinion,  this  quicke  returne,  250 

Before  you  haue  made  a  partie  in  the  Court 
Among  the  great  ones  (for  thefe  needy  Captains 
Haue  little  power  in  peace)  may  beget  danger, 
At  leaft  fufpition. 

Sf.  Where  true  honor  Hues, 

Doubt  hath  no  being,  I  defire  no  pawne  255 

Beyond  an  Emperors  word  for  my  affsurance : 
Befides,  Pefcara,  to  thy  felfe  of  all  men 
I  will  confeffe  my  weakeneffe,  though  my  State 
And  Crown's  reftored  me,  though  I  am  in  grace 

And  that  a  little  ftay  might  be  a  ftep  260 

To  greater  honors,  I  muft  hence.     Alas, 
I  hue  not  here,  my  wife,  my  wife  Pefcara, 
Being  abfent  I  am  dead.     Prethe  excufe, 
And  do  not  chide  for  freindfhip  fake  my  f ondnes 

But  ride  along  with  me,  I'le  giue  you  reafons,  265 

And  ftrong  ones,  to  plead  for  me. 

Pefc.  Vfe  your  owne  pleafure, 

I'le  bere  you  companie. 

Sf.  Farewell  griefe,  I  am  ftor'd  with 

Two  bleffings  moft  defir'd  in  humaine  life, 
A  conftant  friend,  an  vnfufpected  wife.  [Exeunt.} 

Gz 

III,  i,  246-7  Rearranged  with  C  M  G.     See  note. 
Ill,  I,  262  M  omits  second  "my  wife". 
Ill,  I,  264  freindship]  G,  friendship's. 
Ill,  i,  269  an]  M,  and. 


100  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Actus  Ter[tii,]  Scae[na]  Secunda. 
Enter  Graccho,  [in  charge  of  an]  Officer. 

Offic.     What  I  did,  I  had  warrant  for ;  you  haue  tafted 
My  Office  gently,  and  for  thofe  foft  ftrokes, 
Flea  bitings  to  the  lerks  I  could  haue  lent  you, 
There  does  belong  a  feeling. 

Grac.  Muft  I  pay 

For  being  tormented  and  difhonor'd  ? 

Off.  Fye  no,  5 

Your  honour[']s  not  empar'd  in't :  What's  the  letting  out 
Of  a  little  corrupt  blood,  and  the  next  way  too  ? 
There  is  no  Chirurgion  like  me  to  take  off 
A  Courtiers  Itch  that's  rampant  at  great  Ladies, 

Or  turnes  knaue  for  preferment,  or  growes  proud  10 

Of  their  rich  Clokes,  and  Sutes,  though  got  by  brokage, 
And  fo  f orgejs  his  betters. 

Grac.  Verie  good  Sir, 

But  am  I  the  firft  man  of  qualitie, 
That  e're  came  vnder  your  fingers  ? 

Off.  Not  by  a  thoufand, 

And  they  haue  faid  I  haue  a  luckie  hand  to,  15 

Both  men  and  women  of  all  forts  haue  bow'd 
Vnder  this  fcepter.     I  haue  had  a  fellow 
That  could  indite  forfootti,  and  make  fine  meeters 
To  tinckle  in  the  eares  of  ignorant  Madams, 

That  for  defaming  of  great  Men,  was  fent  me  20 

Thredbare  and  lowfie,  and  in  three  dayes  after 
Difcharged  by  another  that  fet  him  on,  I  haue  feene  him 
Cap  a  pe  gallant,  and  his  ftripes  wafh'd  of 
With  oyle  of  Angels. 

Grac.  'Twas  a  foueraigne  cure, 

Off.     There  was  a  [Sectarie]  to,  that  would  not  be  25 

Conformable  to  the  Orders  of  the  Church, 

III,  2,  7  corrupt]  C  M,  corrupted. 
Ill,  2,  8  chirurgion]  G,  surgeon. 
Ill,  2,  ii  and]  Qz,  or. 
Ill,  2,  ii  their]  G,  his. 
Ill,  2,  13  am  I]  Qz,  I  am. 
Ill,  2,  18  meeters]  Q2,  meeter. 
Ill,  2,  25  Secretarie]  N  G,  Sectary. 
Ill,  2,  26  To  the  orders]  Q?,  To  orders. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  101 

Nor  yeeld  to  any  argument  or  reafon, 

But  ftill  rayle  at  authoritie,  brought  to  me, 

When  I  had  worm'd  his  tongue,  and  truffed  his  hanches, 

Grew  a  fine  Pulpet  man,  and  was  benefic'd.  30 

Had  he  not  caufe  to  thanke  me  ? 

Grac.  There  was  phificke 

Was  to  the  purpose. 

Off.  Now  for  women, 

For  your  more  confolation,  I  could  tell  you 
Twentie  fine  ftories,  but  Fie  end  in  one, 
And  'tis  the  laft  that's  memorable. 

Grac.  Prethe  doe,  35 

For  I  grow  wearie  of  thee. 

Off.  There  was  lately 

A  fine  fhe  waiter  in  the  Court,  that  doted 
Extreamely  of  a  Gentleman,  that  had 
His  maine  dependance  on  a  Signiors  fauor 

(I  will  not  name)  but  could  not  compaffe  him  40 

On  any  tearmes.     This  wanton  at  dead  midnight 
Was  found  at  the  exercife  behind  the  Arras 
With  the  'forefaid  Signior ;  he  got  cleare  off,  • 
But  me  was  feis'd  on,  and  to  faue  his  honor, 

Indur'd  the  lafh ;  And  though  I  made  her  often  45 

Curuet  and  caper,  fhe  would  neuer  tell, 
Who  play'd  at  pufh-pin  with  her.     ' 

Grac.  But  what  follow'd? 

Prethe  be  briefe. 

Off.  Why  this  Sir,  fhe  deliuered, 

Had  ftore  of  Crownes  affign'd  her  by  her  patron, 
Who  forc'd  the  Gentleman t,]  to  faue  her  credit,  50 

To  marie  her,  and  fay  he  was  the  partie 
Found  in  Lobs  pound.     So,  fhe  that  before  gladly 
Would  haue  been  his  whore,  raignes  o're  him  as  his  wife, 
Nor  dares  he  grumble  at  it.     Speake  but  truth  then, 
Is  not  my  Office  luckie  ? 

G3 

III,  2,  27  or]  Q2  C  M  G,  of. 

Ill,  2,  31  he  not]  Q2,  not  he. 

Ill,  2,  32  G  adds  "  sir  "  after  "  women  ". 

Ill,  2,  47-8  C  M,  arrange  as  one  line  "  But  .  .  .  briefe  ". 


102  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Grac.  Goe,  ther's  for  thee,  55 

But  what  will  be  my  fortune  ? 

Off.  If  you  thriue  not 

After  that  foft  correction,  come  againe. 

Grac.     I  thanke  you  knaue. 

Off.  And  then  knaue,  I  will  fit  you. 

Ex[it]  Officer. 

Grac.     Whipt  like  a  rogue?  no  lighter  punifhment  [ferve] 
To  ballance  with  a  little  mirth :  Tis  well,  60 

My  credit  funke  for  euer,  I  am  now 
Fit  companie,  only  for  Pages  and  for  foot  boyes, 
That  haue  perufed  the  Porters  Lodge.  Enter  two  Gentlemen. 

1.  Gentlem.  See  lulio, 
Yonder  the  proud  flaue  is,  how  he  lookes  now 
After  his  caftigation  ? 

2.  Gentlem.  As  he  came  65 
From  a  clofe  fight  at  Sea  vnder  the  Hatches, 

With  a  fhe  Dunckerke,  that  was  fhot  before 

Betweene  winde  and  [water],  And  he  hath  fprung  a  leake  too, 

Or  I'me  coufen'd. 

1.  Gentlem.     Lets  be  merie  with  him. 

Grac.     How  they  ftare  at  me  ?  am  I  turn'd  to  an  Owle  ?  70 

The  wonder  Gentlemen  ? 

2.  Gentlem.  I  read  this  morning 
Strange  ftories  of  the  paffiue  fortitude 

Of  men  in  former  ages,  which  I  thought 

Impoffible,  and  not  to  be  beleeued. 

But  now  I  looke  on  you,  my  wonder  ceafes.  75 

Grac.     The  reafon  Sir? 

2.  Gentlem.  Why  Sir  you  haue  been  whip'd 

Whip'd  fignior  Graccho.     And  the  whip  I  take  it, 
Is  to  a  Gentleman,  the  greateft  tryall 
That  may  be  of  his  patience. 

Grac.  Sir,  I'le  call  you 

To  a  ftrickt  account  for  this. 

2.  Gentlem.  I'le  not  deale  with  you,  80 

[Vnleffe  I  haue  a  Beadle  for  my  fecond.] 

Ill,  2.,  59  strive]  M  G,  serve. 

Ill,  2,  63  two  Gentlemen]  G  alters  to  Julio  and  Giovanni  throughout. 
See  note. 

Ill,  2,  68-9  Rearranged  with  G.     See  note. 

Ill,  2,  68  weather]  G,  water. 

Ill,  2,  81.     See  Introduction,  Early  Editions,  note  I. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  103 

And  then  I'le  anfwere  you. 

i.Gentlem.     Farewell  poore  Graccho.     Ex\eunt]  Gentlem[en]. 

Grac.     Better  and  better  ftill,  If  euer  wrongs 
Could  teach  a  wretch  to  find  the  way  to  vengence, 
Enter  Franc[ifco]  &  Seruant. 

Hell  now  infpire  me.     How,  the  Lord  Protector !  85 

My  ludge  I  thank  him.     Whether  thus  in  priuate, 
I  will  not  fee  him.     [Stands  aside} 

Franc.  If  I  am  fought  for, 

Say  I  am  indifpos'd,  and  will  not  heare, 
Or  fuits,  or  futors. 

Seru.  But  Sir,  if  the  Princes 

Enquire,  what  fhall  I  anfwere? 

Franc.  Say,  I  am  rid  90 

Abrode  to  take  the  ayre,  but  by  no  meanes 
Let  her  know  I  am  in  Court. 

Seru.  So  I  fhall  tell  her.     Ex  [it]  fernant. 

Franc.     Within  there,  Ladies.     Ent[er]   a  Gentlewoman 

Gentlew.  My  good  Lord,  your  pleafure? 

Franc.     Prethe  let  me  begge  thy  fauor  for  acceffe 
To  the  Dutches. 

Gentlew.  In  good  footh  my  Lord  I  dare  not,  95 

She's  verie  priuate. 

Franc.  Come  ther's  gold  to  buy  thee 

A  new  gowne,  and  a  rich  one. 

Gentlew.     [This  will  tempt  me]     I  once  fwore 
If  e're  I  loft  my  maiden-head,  it  fhould  be 
With  a  great  Lord  as  you  are,  and  I  know  not  how, 
I  feele  a  yeelding  inclination  in  me,  100 

If  you  haue  appitite. 

Franc.  Poxe  on  thy  maiden-head, 

Where  is  thy  Lady  ? 

Gentlew.  If  you  venter  on  her, 

She's  walking  in  the  Gallerie,  perhaps 
You  will  find  her  leffe  tractable. 

Franc.  Bring  me  to  her. 

Ill,  2,  90  rid]  C  M,  rode. 
Ill,  2,  97.    See  note. 


104  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Gentlew.     I  feare  you'l  haue  cold  entertainment,  when  105 

You  are  at  your  iourneys  end,  and  'twere  difcretion 
To  take  a  f natch  by  the  way. 

Franc.  Prethe  leaue  fooling, 

My  page  waites  in  the  lobbie,  giue  him  fweet  meats, 
He  is  trayn'd  vp  for  his  Mafters  eafe, 
And  he  will  coole  thee.  Ex[eunt~\  Franc[isco]  &  Gentl[e]iv[onian]. 

Grac.     [comes  forward]     A  braue  difcouerie  beyond  my  hope,      no 
A  plot  euen  offer'd  to  my  hand  to  worke  on, 
If  I  am  dull  now,  may  I  Hue  and  dye 
The  fcorne  of  wormes  &  flaues,  let  me  confider, 
My  Lady  and  her  Mother  firft  committed 

In  the  fauor  of  the  Dutches,  and  I  whip'd,  115 

That  with  an  Iron  pen  is  writ  in  braffe 
On  my  tough  hart,  now  growne  a  harder  mettal, 
And  all  his  brib'd  approches  to  the  Dutches 
To  be  conceal'd,  good,  good,  This  to  my  Lady, 

Deliuer'd  as  I'le  order  it,  runs  her  mad.  120 

But  this  may  proue  but  courtfhip,  let  it  be 
I  care  not  fo  it  feed  her  lealoufie.     Ex\_it~\. 

Actus  Ter[tii,]  Scaefna]  Terftia]. 
Enter  Marcelia,  Francifco. 

Marc.     Beleeue  thy  teares  or  oathes  ?     Can  it  be  hop'd, 
After  a  practice  fo  abhor'd  and  horred, 
Repentance  e're  can  find  thee? 

Franc.  Deere  Lady, 

Great  in  your  fortune,  greater  in  your  goodnes, 

Make  a  fuperlatiue  of  excellence,  5 

In  being  greateft  in  your  fauing  mercie. 
I  doe  confeffe,  humbly  confeffe  my  fault, 
To  be  beyond  all  pittie ;  my  attempt, 
So  barberoufly  rude,  that  it  would  turne 
A  faint-like  patience,  into  fauage  furie  :  10 

III,  3,  3  Deere]  G,  Dearest. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  105 

But  you  that  are  all  innocence  and  vertue, 

No  fpleane  or  anger  in  you  of  a  woman, 

But  when  a  holy  zeale  to  pietie  fires  you, 

May,  if  you  pleafe,  impute  the  fault  to  loue, 

Or  call  it  beaftly  luft,  for  'tis  no  better,  15 

A  finne,  a  monftrous  finne,  yet  with  it,  many 

That  did  proue  good  men  after,  haue  bin  tepted, 

And  thogh  I  am  croked  now,  'tis  in  your  powre 

To  make  me  ftraight  againe. 

Marc,     [aside]  Is't  poffible 

This  can  be  cunning? 

Franc.  But  if  no  fubmiffion,  20 

Nor  prayers  can  appeafe  you,  that  you  may  know, 
'Tis  not  the  feare  of  death  that  makes  me  fue  thus, 
But  a  loathed  deteftation  of  my  madneffe, 
Which  makes  me  wifh  to  Hue  to  haue  your  pardon  [ ;] 
I  will  not  waite  the  fentence  of  the  Duke  25 

(Since  his  returne  is  doubtfull)  but  I  my  felfe 
Will  doe  a  fearefull  iuftice  on  my  felfe, 
No  witneffe  by  but  you,  there  being  no  more 
When  I  offended :  yet  before  I  doe  it, 

For  I  perceiue  in  you  no  fignes  of  mercie,  30 

I  will  difclofe  a  fecret,  which  dying  with  me, 
May  proue  your  ruine. 

Marc.  Speake  it,  it  will  take  from 

The  burthen  of  thy  confcience. 

Franc.  Thus  then  Madam, 

The  warrant  by  my  Lord  fign'd  for 'your  death, 

Was  but  conditionall,  but  you  muft  fweare  35 

By  your  vnfpotted  truth,  not  to  reueale  it, 
Or  I  end  here  abruptly. 

Marc.  By  my  hopes 

Of  ioyes  hereafter,  on. 

Franc.  Nor  was  it  hate 

That  forc'd  him  to  it,  but  exceffe  of  loue 

H 

III,  3.  12  or]  Q2,  nor. 
Ill,  3,  22  Q2  omits  "  thai  ". 


106  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

And  if  I  [ne're]  returne,  fo  faid  great  Sforza,  40 

No  liuing  man  deferuing  to  enioy 

My  beft  Marcelia[,  w]ith  the  firft  newes 

That  I  am  dead,  for  no  man  after  me 

[Muft]  e're  enioy  her,  [fjaile  not  to  kill  her[.] 

But  till  certaine  proofe  45 

Affure  thee  I  am  loft  (thefe  were  his  words) 

Obferue  and  honor  her  as  if  the  [foule] 

Of  womans  goodneffe  only  dwelt  in  hers. 

This  truft  I  haue  abus'd  and  bafely  wrong'd, 

And  if  the  excelling  pittie  of  your  mind  50 

Cannot  forgiue  it,  as  I  dare  not  hope  it, 

Rather  then  looke  on  my  offended  Lord, 

I  ftand  refolu'd  to  punifh  it.     [Draws  sword.] 

Marc.  Hold,  'tis  forgiuen, 

And  by  me  freely  pardned.     In  thy  faire  life 

Hereafter  ftudie  to  deferue  this  bountie  55 

[Which]  thy^true  penitence  (fuch  I  beleeue  it) 
Againft  my  refolution  hath'  forc'd  from  me, 
But  that  my  Lord,  my  Sforza  fhould  efteeme, 
My  life  fit  only  as  a  page,  to  waite  on 

The  various  courfe  of  his  vncertaine  fortunes,  60 

Or  cherifh  in  himfelfe  that  fenfuall  hope 
In  death  to  know  me  as  a  wife,  afflicts  me, 
Nor  does  his  enuie  leffe  deferue  my  anger, 
Which  though  fuch  is  my  loue,  I  would  not  nourifh, 
Will  flack  the  ardor  that  I  had  to  fee  him  65 

Returne  in  fafetie. 

Franc.  But  if  your  entertainment 

Should  giue  the  leaft  ground  to  his  iealoufie, 
To  raife  vp  an  opinion  I  am  falfe, 
You  then  diftroy  your  mercie.     Therfore  Madam 
(Though  I  fhall  euer  looke  on  you  as  on  70 

My  Hues  preferuer,  and  the  miracle 
Of  human  pitty)  would  you  but  vouchfafe, 
In  companie  to  doe  me  thofe  faire  graces 

III,  3,  40  e're]  C  M  G,  ne'er. 
Ill,  3,  44  Might]  G,  Must. 
Ill,  3,  44-5.     See  notes. 
Ill,  3,  47  scale]  N  G,  soul. 
Ill,  3,  48  hers]  C  M,  her. 
Ill,  3,  56  With]  CMC,  Which. 
Ill,  3,  63  my]  Q2  C  M  G,  mine. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  107 

And  fauors  which  your  innocencie  and  honor 

May  fafely  warrant,  it  would  to  the  Duke  75 

(I  being  to  your  beft  felfe  alone  known  guiltie) 

Make  me  appeare  moft  innocent. 

Marc.  Haue  your  wifhes, 

And  fome  thing  I  may  doe  to  try  his  temper, 
At  leaft  to  make  him  know  a  conftant  wife, 

Is  not  io  flau'd  to  her  hufbands  doting  humors,  80 

But  that  fhe  may  deferue  to  Hue  a  widow, 
Her  fate  appointing  it. 

Franc,     [aside]  It  is  enough, 

Nay  all  I  could  defire,  and  will  make  way 
To  my  reuenge,  which  fhall  difperfe  it  felfe 
On  him,  on  her,  and  all.     [EjaY.]     Shout,  and  Flour[i]fh. 

Marc.  What  fhout  is  that  ?  85 

Ent[er]  Tiberio  &  Stephana 

Tib.     All  happines  to  the  Dutches,  that  may  flow 
From  the  Dukes  new  and  wifh'd  returne. 

Marc.  He's  welcome. 

Steph.     How  coldly  fhe  receiues  it. 

Tib.  Obferue  their  encounter. 

Flourish.     Ent[er]   Sforza,  Pefcaria,  Ifabella, 
Mariana,  Graccho,  &  the  reft. 

Mar.     What  you  haue  told  me  Graccho  is  beleeu'd, 
And  I'le  find  time  to  ftur  in't. 

Grac.  As  you  fee  caufe,  90 

I  will  not  doe  ill  offices. 

Sf.  I  haue  ftood 

Silent  thus  long  Marcelia,  expecting 
When  with  more  then  a  greedie  haft  thou  would'ft 
Haue  flowne  into  my  armes,  and  on  my  lippes 

Haue  printed  a  deepe  welcome.     My  defire  95 

To  glaze  my  felfe  in  thefe  faire  eyes,  haue  borne  me 
With  more  then  human  fpeede.     Nor  durft  I  ftay 
In  any  Temple,  or  to  any  faint 
To  pay  my  vowes  and  thankes  for  my  returne, 
Till  I  had  feene  thee. 

H, 

III,  3,  74  innocencie]  C  M  G,  innocence. 

Ill,  3,  88  their]  G,  the. 

Ill,  3,  95  desire]  G,  desires. 

Ill,  3,  96  haue]  Q2,  hath. 


108  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Marc.  Sir,  I  am  moft  happie  100 

To  looke  vpon  you  fafe,  and  would  expreffe 
My  loue  and  duty  in  a  modeft  fafhion, 
Such  as  might  fute  with  the  behauior 
Of  one  that  knowes  her  felfe  a  wife,  and  how 

To  temper  her  defires,  not  like  a  wanton  105 

Fierd  with  hot  appetite,  nor  can  it  wrong  me 
To  loue  difcreetly. 

Sf.  How,  why  can  there  be 

A  meane  in  your  affections  to  Sforza? 
Or  any  act  though  neare  fo  loofe  that  may 

Inuite  or  heighten  appetite,  appeare  no 

Immodeft  or  vncomly.     Doe  not  moue  me, 
My  paffions  to  you  are  in  extreames, 
And  know  no  bounds,  come  kiffe  me. 

Marc.  I  obey  you. 

Sf.     By  all  the  ioyes  of  loue,  fhe  does  falute  me 
As  if  I  were  her  grand-father.     What  witch,  115 

With  curfed  fpels  hath  quench'd  the  amorous  heat 
That  liued  vpon  thefe  lips  ?     Tell  me  Marcellia, 
And  truly  tell  me,  is't  a  fault  of  mine 
That  hath  begot  this  coldneffe,  or  neglect 
Of  others  in  my  abfence? 

Marc.  Neither  Sir,  120 

I  ftand  indebted  to  your  fubftitute, 
Noble  and  good  Francifco  for  his  care, 
And  f aire  obferuance  of  me :  There  was  nothing 
With  which  you  being  prefent  could  fupply  me, 
That  I  dare  fay  I  wanted. 

Sf.  How! 

Marc.  The  pleafures  125 

That  facred  Hymen  warrants  vs  excepted, 
Of  which  in  troth  you  are  too  great  a  doter, 
And  there  is  more  of  beaft  in  it  then  man. 
Let  vs  loue  temperatly,  things  violent  laft  not, 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  109 

And  too  much  dotage  rather  argues  folly  130 

Then  true  affection. 

Grac.     [aside  to  Mariana}     Obferue  but  this, 
And  how  fhe  prays'd  my  Lords  care  and  obferuance, 
And  then  iudge  Madam  if  my  intelligence 
Haue  any  ground  of  truth. 

Marl,     [aside  to  Graccho]     No  more,  I  marke  it. 

Steph.     [aside  to  Tiberio]     How  the  Duke  ftands? 

Tib.     [aside  to  Stephana]  As  he  were  routed  there,  135 

And  had  no  motion. 

Pefc.  My  Lord,  from  whence 

Crowes  this  amazement? 

Sf.  It  is  more[,]  deare  my  friend, 

For  I  am  doubtfull  whether  I  haue  a  being, 
But  certaine  that  my  lifes  a  burthen  to  me, 

Take  me  ba[c]ke  good  Pefcara,  fhow  me  to  Caefar,  140 

In  all  his  rage  and  furie  I  [difclaime] 
His  mercie,  to  Hue  now  which  is  his  guift, 
Is  worfe  then  death,  and  with  all  ftudied  torments. 
Marcellia  is  vnkind,  nay  worfe,  growne  cold 

In  her  affection,  my  exceffe  of  feruor,  145 

Which  [yet]  was  neuer  equal'd,  growne  diftaftfull. 
But  haue  thy  wifhes  woman,  thou  fhalt  know 
That  I  can  be  my  felfe,  and  thus  fhake  off 
The-  fetters  of  fond  dotage.     From  my  fight 

Without  reply,  for  I  am  apt  to  doe  150 

Something  I  may  repent.     [Exit  Marcelia]     O,  who  would  place 
His  happineffe  in  moft  accurfed  woman, 
In  whom  obfequioufneffe  ingenders  pride, 
And  harfhneffe  deadly  [hatred].     From  this  howre 
I'le  labour  to  forget  there  are  fuch  creatures ;  155 

True  friends  be  now  my  miftriffes.     Cleere  your  browes, 
And  though  my  heart-ftrings  cracke  for't,  I  will  be 
To  all,  a  free  example  of  delight : 
We  will  haue  fports  of  all  kinds,  and  propound 

H3 

III,  3,  140  bake]  Q»  C  M  G,  back. 
Ill,  3,  141  discliame]  Q2  C  M  G,  disclaim. 
Ill,  3,  145  excesse]  Q2,  access. 
Ill,  3,  146  it]  C  M  G,  yet. 
Ill,  3,  154  deadly]  N  G,  deadly  hatred. 


110  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Rewards  to  fuch  as  can  produce  vs  new.  160 

[Vnfatisfied]  though  we  furfeit  in  their  ftore. 

And  neuer  thinke  of  curs'd  Marcelia  more.     Ex\_eunf\. 

Actus  Quart  [i,]   Scae[na]   Prim  [a], 
Enter  Francifco,  Graccho 

Franc.     And  is  it  poffible  thou  fhould'ft  forget 
A  wrong  of  fuch  a  nature,  and  then  ftudie 
My  fafetie  and  content? 

Grac.  Sir,  but  allow  me 

Only  to  haue  read  the  elements  of  Courtfhip 

(Not  the  abftruce  &  hidden  [arts]  to  thriue  there)  5 

And  you  may  pleafe  to  grant  me  fo  much  knowledge, 
That  iniuries  from  one  in  grace,  like  you, 
Are  noble  fauours.     Is  it  not  growne  common 
In  euerie  feet",  for  thofe  that  want,  to  fuffer 

From  fuch  as  haue  to  giue  ?    Your  Captaine  caft  10 

If  poore,though  not  thought  daring,  but  approu'd  fO[,] 
To  raife  a  coward  into  name,  that's  rich, 
Suffers  difgraces  publiquely,  but  receiues 
Rewards  for  them  in  priuate. 

Franc.  Well  obferu'd. 

Put  on,  we'le  be  familiar,  and  difcourfe  15 

A  little  of  this  argument.     That  day, 
In  which  it  was  firft  rumour'd,  then  connrm'd, 
Great  Sforza  thought  me  worthy  of  his  fauor,    . 
I  found  my  felfe  to  be  another  thing, 

Not  what  I  was  before.     I  paffed  then  20 

For  a  prittie  fellow,  and  of  prittie  parts  too, 
And  was  perhaps  receiu'd  fo :  but  once  rais'd, 
The  liberall  Courtier  made  me  Mafter  of 
Thofe  vertues,  which  I  ne're  knew  in  my  felfe. 

If  I  pretended  to  a  ieft,  'twas  made  one  25 

By  their  interpretation.     If  I  offer'd 
To  reafon  of  Philofophy,  though  abfurdly, 

III,  3,  161  unsatisfiz'd]  Q2  C  M  G,  unsatisfied. 

IV,  i,  5  acts]  CMC,  arts. 
IV,  i,  27  Q2  omits  "  of  ". 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  111 

They  had  helps  to  faue  me,  and  without  a  blufh 

Would  fweare,  that  I  by  nature  had  more  knowledge, 

Then  others  could  acquire  by  any  labor.  30 

Nay  all  I  did  indeed,  which  in  another 

Was  not  remarkeable,  in  me  fhew'd  rarely. 

Grac.     But  then  they  tafted  of  your  bountie. 

Franc.  True, 

They  gaue  me  thofe  good  parts  I  was  not  borne  too, 
And  by  my  interceffion  they  got  that,  35 

Which  (had  I  crofs'd  them)  they  durft  not  haue  hop'd  for. 

Grac.     All  this  is  Oracle.     And  fhall  I  then, 
For  a  foolifh  whipping  leaue  to  honour  him, 
That  holds  the  wheele  of  Fortune  ?     No,  that  fauors 
Too  much  of  th'antient  freedome.:  Since  great  men  40 

Receiue  difgraces,  and  giue  thankes,  poore  knaues 
Muft  haue  nor  fpleene,  nor  anger.     Though  I  loue 
My  limbes  afwell  as  any  man,  if  you  had  now 
A  humor  to  kick  me  lame  into  an  office, 

Where  I  might  fit  in  State,  and  vndoe  others,  45 

Stood  I  not  bound  to  kiffe  the  foot  that  did  it  ? 
Though  it  feeme  ftrange  there  haue  been  fuch  things  feene 
In  the  memorie  of  man. 

Franc.  But  to  the  purpofe, 

And  then,  that  feruice  done,  make  thine  owne  fortunes. 
My  wife,  thou  fay'ft,  is  iealous,  I  am  too  50 

Familiar  with  the  Dutches. 

Grac.  And  incens'd 

F6r  her  commitment  in  her  brothers  abfence, 
And  by  her  Mothers  anger  is  fpur'd  on 
To  make  difcouerie  of  it.     This  her  purpofe 

Was  trufted  to  my  charge,  which  I  declin'd  55 

As  much  as  in  me  lay,  but  finding  her 
Determinately  bent  to  vndertake  it, 
Though  breaking  my  faith  to  her  may  deftroy 
My  credit  with  your  Lordfhip,  I  yet  thought, 
Though  at  my  peril,  I  ftood  bound  to  reueale  it.  60 

IV,  i,  34  They]  Q2,  the. 
IV,  i,  47  haue]  Q2,  hath. 


112  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Franc.     I  thanke  thy  care,  and  will  deferue  this  fecret, 
In  making  thee  acquainted  with  a  greater, 
And  of  more  moment.     Come  into  my  bofome, 
And  take  it  from  me.     Canft  thou  thinke,  dull  Graccho, 
My  power,  and  honours,  were  confer'd  vpon  me,  65 

And  ad  to  them  this  forme,  to  haue  my  pleafures 
Confin'd  and  limited?     I  delight  in  change, 
And  fweet  varietie,  that's  my  heauen  on  earth, 
For  which  I  loue  life  only.     I  confeffe, 

My  wife  pleas'd  me  a  day,  the  Dutches,  two,  70 

(And  yet  I  muft  not  fay,  I  haue  enioy'd  her) 
But  now  I  care  for  neither.     Therefore  Graccho, 
So  farre  I  am  from  ftopping  Mariana 
In  making  her  complaint,  that  I  defire  thee 
To  vrge  her  to  it. 

Grac.  That  may  proue  your  ruine,  75 

The  Duke  alreadie  being,  as  'tis  reported, 
Doubt  full  fhe  hath  play'd  falfe. 

Franc.  There  thou  art  cofen'd, 

His  dotage  like  an  ague  keeps  his  courfe, 
And  now  'tis  ftrongly  on  him.     But  I  loofe  time, 

And  therefore  know,  whether  thou  wilt  or  no,  80 

Thou  art  to  be  my  inftrument,  and  in  fpite 
Of  the  old  fawe,  that  fayes,  it  is  not  fafe 
On  any  termes  to  truft  a  man  that's  wrong'd, 
I  dare  thee  to  be  falfe. 

Grac.  This  is  a  language 

My  Lord,  I  vnderftand  not. 

Franc.  •  You  thought,  firra,  85 

To  put  a  trick  on  me  for  the  relation 
Of  what  I  knew  before,  and  hauing  woon 
Some  weightie  fecret  from  me,  in  reuenge 
To  play  the  traytor.     Know  thou  wretched  thing, 
By  my  command  thou  wert  whip'd,  &  euery  day  90 

I'le  haue  thee  frefhly  tortur'd,  if  thou  miffe 
In  the  left  charge  that  I  impofe  vpon  thee, 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  113 

Though  what  I  fpeake,  for  the  moft  part  is  true, 

Nay,  grant  thou  had'ft  a  thoufand  witneffes 

To  be  depos'd  they  heard  it,  'tis  in  me  95 

With  one  word  (fuch  is  Sforza's  confidence 

Of  my  fidelitie  not  to  be  fhaken) 

To  make  all  void,  and  ruine  my  accufers. 

Therefore  looke  to't,  bring  my  wife  hotly  on 

T'accufe  me  to  the  Duke  (I  haue  an  end  in't)  100 

Or  thinke,  what  'tis  makes  man  moft  miferable, 

And  that  fhall  fall  vpon  thee.     Thou  wert  a  f  oole 

To  hope  by  being  acquainted  with  my  courfes 

To  curbe  and  awe  me,  or  that  I  fhould  Hue 

Thy  flaue,  as  thou  did'ft  fawcily  diuine.  105 

For  prying  in  my  councels,  ftill  Hue  mine. 

Ex[it]  Franc[ifco]. 

Grac.     I  am  caught  on  both  fides.     This  'tis  for  a  punie 
In  Policies  Protean  Schoole,  to  try  conclufions 
With  one  that  hath  commenc'd  &  gon  out  doctor. 

If  I  difcouer,  what  but  now  he  bragg'd  of,  no 

I  fhall  not  be  beleeu'd.     If  I  fall  off 
From  him,  his  threats  and  actions  go  togeither. 
And  ther's  no  hope  of  fafetie,  till  I  get 
A  plummet,  that  may  found  his  deepeft  counfels. 

I  muft  obey  and  ferue  him.     Want  of  fkill  115 

Now  makes  me  play  the  rogue  againft  my  will. 

]  Grac[cho]. 


Actus  Quart  [i,]  Scae[na]  Secundfa]. 
Enter  Marcclia,  Tiberio,  Stephana,  Gentlewoman. 

Marc.     Command  me  from  his  fight,  &  with  fuch  fcorne 
As  he  would  rate  his  flaue. 

Tib.  'Twas  in  his  furie. 

Steph.     And  he  repents  it  Madame. 

Marc.  Was  I  borne 

To'bferue  his  humors,  or,  becaufe  he  dotes, 
Muft  I  run  mad  ? 

I 

IV,  i,  107  punie]  G,  puisne. 

IV,  i,  112-15  Gifford  alters  the  construction  by  placing  a  comma  after 
"  together  ",  a  period  after  "  safety  ",  a  comma  after  "  counsels  ",  and  a 
colon  after  "  him  ". 


114  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Tib.  If  that  your  Excellence  5 

Would  pleafe  but  to  receiue  a  feeling  knowledge 
Of  what  he  fuffers,  and  how  deepe  the  leaft 
Vnkindneffe  wounds  from  you,  you  would  excufe 
His  haftie  language. 

Steph.  He  hath  payed  the  forfeit 

Of  his  offence,  I'me  fure,  with  fuch  a  forrow,  10 

As,  if  it  had  been  greater  would  deferue 
A  full  remiffion. 

Marc.  Why,  perhaps  he  hath  it, 

And  I  ftand  more  afflicted  for  his  abfence, 
Then  he  can  be  for  mine  ?     So  pray  you,  tell  him. 
But  till  I  haue  digefted  fome  fad  thoughts,  15 

And  reconcil'd  paffions  that  are  at  warre 
Within  my  felfe,  I  purpofe  to  be  priuate. 
And  haue  you  care,  vnleffe  it  be  Francifco, 
That  no  man  be  admitted. 

[To  Gentlewoman  who  goes  out.] 

Tib.     [aside  to  Stephano]     How  Francifco! 

[Miftreffes,     20 

Steph.     [aside  to  Tiberio]     He,that  at  euerie  ftage  keeps  liuerie 
The  ftallion  of  the  State  ! 

Tib.     [aside  to  Stephano]     They  are  things  aboue  vs, 
And  fo  no  way  concerne  vs. 

Steph.     [aside  to  Tiberio]     If  I  were 
The  Duke  (I  freely  muft  confeffe  my  weakeneffe) 

Ent[er]  Fra[ncifco]. 
I  mould  weare  yellow  breeches.     Here  he  comes. 

Tib.     Nay  fpare  your  labour,  Lady,  we  know  our  exit,  25 

And  quit  the  roome. 

Steph.  Is  this  her  priuacie? 

Though  with  the  hazard  of  a  check,  perhaps, 
This  may  goe  to  the  Duke.     [Exeunt  Tiberio  and  Stephano.] 

Marc.  Your  face  is  full 

Of  f eares  and  doubts.     The  reafon  ? 

Franc.  O  beft  Madam, 

They  are  not  counterfeit.     I  your  poore  conuert,  30 

That  only  wifh  to  Hue  in  fad  repentance, 

IV,  2,  25  exit]  CMC,  Duty. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  115 

To  mourne  my  defperate  attempt  of  you, 

That  haue  no  ends,  nor  aymes,  but  that  your  goodneffe 

Might  be  a  witneffe  of  my  penitence, 

Which  feene  would  teach  you,  how  to  loue  your  mercie,  .    35 

Am  robb'd  of  that  laft  hope.     The  Duke,  the  Duke, 

I  more  then  feare,  hath  found,  that  I  am  guiltie. 

Marc.     By  my  vnfpotted  honor,  not  from  me, 
Nor  haue  I  with  him  chang'd  one  fillable 
Since  his  returne,  but  what  you  heard. 

Franc.  Yet,  malice  40 

Is  Eagle-ey'd,  and  would  fee  that  which  is  not. 
And  lealoufie's  too  apt  to  build  vpon 
Vnfure  foundations. 

Marc.  lealoufie  ? 

Franc,     [aside]  It  takes. 

Marc.     Who  dares  but  only  thinke,  I  can  be  tainted  ? 
But  for  him,  though  almoft  on  certaine  proofe,  45 

To  giue  it  hearing,  not  beleefe,  deferues 
My  hate  for  euer. 

Franc.  Whether  grounded  on 

Your  noble,  yet  chaft  fauors  fhowne  vnto  me, 
Or  her  imprifonment,  for  her  contempt 

To  you,  by  my  command,  my  frantique  wife  50 

Hath  put  it  in  his  head. 

Marc.  Haue  I  then  liu'd 

So  long,  now  to  be  doubted?     Are  my  fauors 
The  theames  of  her  difcourfe?     Or  what  I  doe, 
That  neuer  trode  in  a  fufpected  path, 

Subiect  to  bafe  conftruction  ?     Be  vndanted,  55 

For  now,  as  of  a  creature  that  is  mine, 
I  rife  vp  your  [protectreffe].     All  the  grace 
I  hither  to  haue  done  you,  was  beftowed 
With  a  fhut  hand.     It  fhall  be  now  more  free, 

Open,  and  liberall.     But  let  it  not,  60 

Though  counterfeited  to  the  life,  teach  you 

Ii 

IV,  2,  57  Protrectresse]  Q2  C  M  G,  protectresse. 


116  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

To  nourifh  fawcie  hopes. 

Franc.  May  I  be  blafted 

When  I  proue  fuch  a  monfter. 

Marc.  I  will  ftand,  then, 

Betweene  you,  and  all  danger.     He  fhall  know, 

Sufpition  o're-turnes,  what  confidence  builds,  65 

And  he  that  dares  but  doubt,  when  ther's  no  ground, 
Is  neither  to  himfelfe.  nor  others  found. 

Ex  [it]  Marc[elia]. 

Franc.     So,  let  it  worke,  her  goodneffe,  that  deny'd, 
My  feruice  branded  with  the  name  of  Luft, 

Shall  now  deftroy  it  felfe.     And  fhe  fhall  finde,  70 

When  he's  a  futor,  that  brings  Cunning  arm'd 
With  power  to  be  his  aduocates,  the  denyall 
Is  a  difeafe  as  killing  as  the  plague, 
And  chaftitie  a  clew,  that  leads  to  death. 

Hold  but  thy  nature,  Duke,  and  be  but  rafh,  75 

And  violent  enough,  and  then  at  leafure 
Repent.     I  care  not. 

And  let  my  plots  produce  this  long'd-for  birth, 
In  my  reuenge  I  haue  my  heauen  on  earth. 

Ex  [it]  Franc[ifco]. 

Act  [us]  Quart  [i,]  Scaefna]  Tert[ia]. 
Enter  Sforza,  Pejcara,  three  Gentlemen. 

Pefc.     You  promis'd  to  be  merrie. 

1.  Gentlem.  There  are  pleafures 
And  of  all  kinds  to  entertaine  the  time. 

2.  Gentlem.     Your  excellence  vouchsafing  to  make  choice 
Of  that,  which  beft  affects  you. 

Sf.  Hold  your  prating. 

Learne  manners  too,  you  are  rude. 

J.  Gentlem.     [aside]  I  haue  my  anfwere,  5 

Before  I  ask  the  queftion. 

Pefc.  I  muft  borrow 

The  priuiledge  of  a  friend,  and  will,  or  elfe 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  117 

I  am,  like  thefe,  a  feruant,  or  what's  worfe, 
A  parafite  to  the  forrow,  Sforza  worfhips 
In  fpite  of  reafon. 

Sf.  Pray  you  vfe  your  freedome,  10 

And  fo  farre,  if  you  pleafe,  allow  me  mine, 
To  heare  you  only,  not  to  be  compel'd 
To  take  your  morall  potions.     I  am  a  man, 
And  thogh  philofophy  your  miftriffe  rage  for't, 

Now  I  haue  caufe  to  grieue,  I  muft  be  fad,  15 

And  I  dare  fhew  it. 

Pefc.  Would  it  were  beftow'd 

Vpon  a  worthier  fubiect. 

Sf.  Take  heed,  friend. 

You  rub  a  fore,  whofe  paine  will  make  me  mad, 
And  I  fhall  then  forget  my  felfe  and  you. 
Lance  it  no  further. 

Pefc.  Haue  you  ftood  the  fhock  20 

Of  thoufand  enemies,  and  out-fac'd  the  anger 
Of  a  great  Emperor,  that  vowed  your  ruine, 
Though  by  a  defperate,  a  glorious  way, 
That  had  no  prefident?     Are  you  return'd  with  honor, 
Lou'd  by  your  fubiects  ?     Does  your  fortune  court  you,  25 

Or  rather  fay,  your  courage  does  command  it? 
Haue  you  giu'n  proof e  to  this  houre  of  your  life, 
Prof  per  itie  (that  fearches  the  beft  temper) 
Could  neuer  puffe  you  vp  nor  aduerfe  fate 

Deiect  your  valor?     Shall^  I  fay,  thefe  vertues,  30 

So  many  and  fo  various  trials  of 
Your  conftant  mind,  be  buried  in  the  frowne 
(To  pleafe  you  I  will  fay  fo)  of  a  faire  woman? 
Yet  I  haue  feene  her  equals. 

Sf.  Good  Pefcara, 

This  language  in  another  were  prophane,  35 

In  you  it  is  vnmannerly.     Her  equall? 
I  tell  you  as  a  friend,  and  tell  you  plainly 


118  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

(To  all  men  elfe,  my  Sword  fhould  make  reply [)] 

Her  goodneffe  does  difdaine  comparifon, 

And  but  her  felfe  admits  no  paralell.  40 

But  you  will  fay  (he's  croffe,  'tis  fit  fhe  fhould  be 

When  I  am  foolifh,  for  fhe's  wife,  Pefcara, 

And  knows  how  farre  fhe  may  difpofe  her  bounties, 

Her  honour  faf e :  or  if  fhe  were  auerfe, 

'Twas  a  preuention  of  a  greater  finne  45 

Readie  to  fall  vpon  me,  for  fhe's  not  ignorant 

But  truly  vnderftands  how  much  I  loue  her, 

And  that  her  rare  parts  doe  deferue  all  honour, 

Her  excellence  increafing  with  her  yeeres  to, 

I  might  haue  falne  into  Idolatry,  50 

And  from  the  admiration  of  her  worth, 

Bin  taught  to  think  there  is  no  power  aboue  her, 

And  yet  I  doe  beleeue,  had  Angels  fexes, 

The  moft  would  be  fuch  women,  and  affume 

No  other  fhape,  when  they  were  to  appeare  55 

In  their  full  glorie. 

Pefc.  Well  Sir,  I'le  not  croffe  you, 

Nor  labour  to  diminifh  your  efteeme 
Hereafter  of  her,  fince  your  happineffe 
(As  you  will  haue  it)  has  alone  dependance 

Vpon  her  fauour,  from' my  Soule,  I  wifh  you  60 

A  faire  attonement. 

Ent[er]  Tib[erio]  &  Steph[ano]. 

Sf.  Time,  and  my  fubmiffion 

May  worke  her  to  it.     O  !  you  are  well  return'd, 
Say,  am  I  bleft?  hath  fhe  vouchfaf'd  to  heare  you? 
Is  there  hope  left  that  fhe  may  be  appeas'd? 

Let  her  propound,  and  gladly  I'le  fubfcribe  65 

To  her  conditions. 

Tib.  She  Sir,  yet  is  froward, 

And  defires  refpite,  and  fome  priuacie. 

Steph.     She  was  harfh  at  firft,  but  ere  we  parted,  feem'd  not 
Implacable. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  H9 

Sf.     Ther's  comfort  yet,  Fie  ply  her 

Each  houre  with  new  Embaffadors  of  more  honors,  70 

Titles,  and  eminence.     My  fecond  felfe 
Francifco,  fhall  folicit  her. 

Steph.     [mutters  aside}     That  a  wife  man, 
And  what  is  more,  a  Prince,  that  may  command, 
Should  fue  thus  poorely,  and  treat  with  his  wife, 

As  fhe  were  a  victorious  enemie,  75 

At  whofe  proud  feet,  himfelfe,  his  State,  and  Countrey, 
Bafely  beg'd  mercie. 

Sf.  What  is  that  you  mutter? 

Fie  haue  thy  thoughts. 

Steph.  You  fhall,  you  are  too  fond, 

And  feed  a  pride  that's  fwolne  too  bigge  alreadie. 
And  furfeits  with  obferuance. 

Sf.  O  my  patience !  80 

My  vaffall  fpeake  thus? 

Steph.  Let  my  head  anfwere  it 

If  I  offend.     She  that  you  thinke  a  Saint, 
I  feare  may  play  the  Diuel. 

Pefc.     [aside]  Well  faid  old  fellow. 

Steph.     And  he  that  hath  fo  long  ingrofs'd  your  fauours, 
Though  to  be  nam'd  with  reuerence,  Lord  Francifco,  85 

Who  as  you  purpofe,  fhall  follicite  for  you, 
I  think's  too  neere  her. 

[S 'for 'za  draws  his  sword.] 

Pefc.  Hold  Sir,  this  is  madneffe. 

Steph.     It  may  be  thy  conferre  of  [ioining]  Lordfhips, 
I'me  fure  he's  priuate  with  her. 

Sf.  Let  me  goe, 

I  fcorne  to  touch  him,  he  deferues  my  pittie,  90 

And  not  my  anger,  dotard,  and  to  be  one 
Is  thy  protection,  els  thou  durft  not  thinke 
That  loue  to  my  Marcella  hath  left  roome 
In  my  full  heart  for  any  lealous  thought, 
That  idle  paffion  dwell  with  thick-skind  Tradef-men,  95 

IV,  3,  88  winning]  N  G,  joining. 

IV,  3,  95  thick-skind]  C  M,  thick-scull'd. 

9 


120 

The  vndeferuing  Lord,  or  the  vnable, 

Lock  vp  thy  owne  wife  foole,  that  muft  take  phyficke 

From  her  young  Doctor  [phyficke]  vpon  her  backe 

Becaufe  thou  haft  the  palfey  in  that  part 

That  makes  her  actiue,  I  could  fmile  to  thinke  100 

What  wretched  things  they  are  that  dare  be  iealous, 

Were  I  match'd  to  another  Meff aline, 

While  I  found  merit  in  my  felfe  to  pleafe  her : 

I  fhould  beleeue  her  chaft,  and  would  not  feeke 

To  find  out  my  owne  torment,  but  alas,  105 

Inioying  one  that  but  to  me's  a  Di[a]n, 

I'me  too  fecure. 

Tib.     [aside]     This  is  a  confidence 
Beyond  example. 

Ent[er]  Grac[cho,]  Ifab[ella,]  Mar[iana]. 

Grac.     There  he  is,  now  fpeake, 
Or  be  for  ejier  filent. 

Sf.  If  you  come 

To  bring  me  comfort,  fay,  that  you  haue  made  no 

My  peace  "with  my  Marcelia. 

Ifab.  I  had  rather 

Waite  on  you  to  your  funerall. 

Sf.  You  are  my  mother, 

Or  by  her  life  you  were  dead  elfe. 

Mar.  Would  you  were, 

To  your  difhonor,  and  fince  dotage  makes  you 

Wilfully  blind,  borrow  of  me  my  eyes,  115 

Or  fome  part  of  my  fpirit.     Are  you  all  flefh? 
A  [lumpe]  of  patience  only?     No  fire  in  you? 
But  doe  your  pleafure,  here  your  Mother  was 
Committed  by  your  feruant  (for  I  fcorne 

To  call  him  hufband)  and  my  felfe  your  fifter,  120 

If  that  you  dare  remember  fuch  a  name, 
Mew'd  vp  to  make  the  way  open  and  free 
For  the  Adultreffe,  I  am  vnwilling 
To  fay  a  part  of  Sforza. 

IV,  3,  98  Doctor vpon]  C  M,  supply  "and",  N  G,  supply  "phy- 

sicke  ". 

IV,  3,  106  Dion]  Q2  C  M  G,  Dian. 
IV,  3,  117  limbe]  N  G,  lump. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  121 

Sf.  Take  her  head  off, 

She  hath  blafphem'd,  and  by  our  Law  muft  dye.  125 

I  fab.     Blafphem'd,  for  calling  of  a  whore,  a  whore  ? 

Sf.     O  hell,  what  doe  I  fuffer? 

Mar.  Or  is  it  treafon 

For  me  that  am  a  fubiect,  to  endeuour 
To  faue  the  honour  of  the  Duke,  and  that 

He  fhould  not  be  a  Wittall  on  record.  130 

For  by  pofteri[ti]e  'twill  be  beleeu'd 
As  certainly  as  now  it  can  be  prou'd, 
Francifco  the  grea[t]  Minion,  that  fwayes  all, 
To  meet  the  chaft  embraces  of  the  Dutches, 
Hath  leap'd  into  her  bed. 

Sf.  Some  proofs  vile  creature,  135 

Or  thou  haft  fpoke  thy  laft. 

Mar.  The  publique  fame, 

Their  hourely  priuate  meetings,  and  euen  now 
When  vnder  a  pretence  of  griefe  or  anger, 
You  are  deny'd  the  ioyes  due  to  a  husband, 

And  made  a  ftranger  to  her,  at  all  times  140 

The  dore  ftands  open  to  him.     To  a  Dutchman 
This  were  enough,  but  to  a  right  Italian, 
A  hundred  thoufand  witneffes. 

Ifab.  Would  you 

Haue  vs  to  be  her  bawdes  ? 

Sf.  O  the  mallice 

And  enuie  of  bafe  women,  that  with  horror  145 

Knowing  their  owne  defects  and  inward  guilt, 
Dare  lye,  and  fweare,  and  damne,  for  what's  moft  falfe, 
To  caft  afperfions  vpon  one  vntainted, 
Y'are  in  your  natures  deuils,  and  your  ends 

Knowing  your  reputation  funke  for  euer,  150 

And  not  to  be  recouer'd,  to  haue  all, 
Weare  your  blacke  liuerie.     Wretches,  you  haue  rays'd 
A  Monumentall  trophy  to  her  pureneffe, 

K 

IV,  3,  131  posterie]  Q2  C  M  G,  posterity. 
IV,  3,  133  grear]  Q:  C  M  G,  great. 
IV,  3,  150  reputation]  C  M,  reputations. 


122  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

In  this  your  ftudied  purpofe  to  depraue  her, 

And  all  the  (hot  made  by  your  foule  detraction  155 

Falling  vpon  her  fure-arm'd  Innocence, 

Return's  vpon  your  felues,  and  if  my  loue 

Could  fuffer  an  addition,  I'me  fo  farre 

From  giuing  credit  to  you,  this  would  teach  me 

More  to  admire  &  ferue  her,  you  are  not  worthy  160 

To  fall  as  facrifices  to  appeafe  her, 

And  therefore  Hue  till  your  own  enuy  burft  you. 

Ifab.     All  is  in  vaine,  he  is  not  to  be  mou'd. 

Mar.     She  has  bewitcht  him. 

Pefc.  'Tis  fo  paft  beliefe, 

To  me  it  fhewes  a  fable. 

Ent[er]  Fran[cifco]  &  a  seruant. 

Franc.  On  thy  life  165 

Prouide  my  horfes,  and  without  the  Port 
With  care  attend  me. 

Seru.  I  fhall  my  Lord. 

£^r[if]  seru[ant.] 

Grac.     [aside]  He's  come. 

What  [gimjcracke  haue  we  next? 

Franc.  Great  Sir. 

Sf.  Francifco, 

Though  all  the  ioyes  in  woman  are  fled  from  me 

In  thee  I  doe  embrace  the  full  delight  170 

That  I  can  hope  from  man. 

Franc.  I  would  impart, 

Pleafe  you  to  lend  your  eare,  a  waightie  fecret, 
I  am  in  labour  to  deliuer  to  you. 

Sf.     All  leaue  the  roome, 

[Exeunt  Isabella,  Mariana,  and  Graccho.] 
[to  Pefcara]  excufe  me  good  Pefc[ara]. 
Ere  long  I  will  waite  on  you. 

Pefc.  You  fpeake  Sir  175 

The  language  I  fhould  vfe.  [Exit.] 

Sf.     [to  Tiberio  and  Stephano.]     Be  within  call, 
Perhaps  we  may  haue  vfe  of  you. 

Tib.  We  fhall  Sir. 

[Exeunt  Tiberio  and  Stephano.] 

Sf.     Say  on  my  comfort. 

IV,  3,  168  What  —     —  cracke]  C  M  N  G,  insert  "  gim  ". 

IV,  3,  169  woman]  C,  women. 

IV,  3,  174  Pesc.]  Q2  C  M  G,  Pescara. 


THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN  123 

Franc.  Comfort?     No,  your  torment, 

For  fo  my  fate  appoints  me,  I  could  curfe 
The  houre  that  gaue  me  being. 

Sf.  What  new  monfters  180 

Of  miferie  ftand  readie  to  deuoure  me? 
Let  them  at  once  difpatch  me. 

Franc.  Draw  your  fword  then, 

And  as  you  wifh  your  own  peace,  quickly  kil  me, 
Confider  not,  but  doe  it. 

Sf.  Art  thou  mad? 

Franc.     Or  if  to  take  my  life  be  too  much  mercy,  185 

As  death  indeed  concludes  all  human  forrowes, 
Cut  off  my  nofe  and  eares,  pull  out  an  eye, 
The  other  only  left  to  lend  me  light 
To  fee  my  owne  deformities :  Why  was  I  borne 

Without  fome  mulct  impos'd  on  me  by  nature?  190 

Would  from  my  youth  a  lothfome  leprofie 
Had  runne  vpon  this  face,  or  that  my  breath 
Had  been  infectious,  and  fo  made  me  fhun'd 
Of  all  focieties  :  curs'd  be  he  that  taught  me 

Difcource  or  manners,  or  lent  any  grace  195 

That  makes  the  owner  pleafing  in  the  eye 
Of  wanton  women,  fince  thofe  parts  which  others 
Value  as  bleffings,  are  to  me  afflictions, 
Such  my  condition  is. 

Sf.  I  am  on  the  racke, 

Diffolue  this  doubtfull  riddle. 

Franc.  That  I  alone  200 

Of  all  mankind  that  ftand  moft  bound  to  loue  you, 
And  ftudie  your  content  fhould  be  appointed, 
Not  by  my  will,  but  forc'd  by  cruell  fate 
To  be  your  greateft  enemie,  not  to  hold  you 

In  this  amazement  longer,  in  a  word,  205. 

Your  Dutches  loues  me. 

Sf.  Loues  thee  ? 

K2 


124 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 


Is  mad  for  me, 


And  from  hence  grew 


Franc. 
Purfues  me  hourely. 

Sf.  Oh ! 

Franc. 
Her  late  neglect  of  you. 

Sf.  O  women !  women ! 

Franc.     I  labour'd,  to  diuert  her  by  perfwafion, 
Then  vrg'd  your  much  loue  to  her,  &  the  danger, 
Denyd  her,  and  with  fcorne. 

Sf.  'Twas  like  thy  felfe. 

Franc.     But  when  I  faw  her  fmile,  then  heard  her  fay, 
Your  loue  and  extreme  dotage  as  a  Cloke 
Should  couer  our  embraces,  and  your  power 
Fright  others  from  fufpition,  and  all  fauours 
That  fhould  preferue  her  in  her  innocence, 
By  luft  inuerted  to  be  vs'd  as  bawdes, 
I  could  not  bnt  in  dutie  (though  I  know 
That  the  relation  kils  in  you  all  hope 
Of  peace  hereafter,  and  in  me  'twill  fhew 
Both  bafe  and  poore  to  rife  vp  her  accufer) 
Freely  difcouer  it. 

Sf.  Eternall  plagues 

Purfue  and  ouertake  her,  for  her  fake 
To  all  pofteritie  may  he  proue  a  Cuckold, 
And  like  to  me  a  thing  fo  miferable 
As  words  may  not  expreffe  him,  that  giues  truft 
To  all  deceiuing  women,  or  fince  it  is 
The  will  of  Heauen  to  preferue  mankind, 
That  we  muft  know,  &  couple  with  thefe  ferpents, 
No  wifeman  euer  taught  by  my  example 
Hereafter  vfe  his  wife  with  more  refpect 
Then  he  would  doe  his  Horfe  that  do's  him  feruice, 
Bafe  woman  being  in  her  creation  made 
A  flaue  to  man,  but  like  a  village  nurfe 
Stand  I  now  curfing,  and  confidering  when 


210 


215 


220 


225 


230 


235 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  125 

The  tameft  foole  would  doe?     Within  there,  Stephana, 
Tiberio,  and  the  reft,  I  will  be  fuddaine, 
And  fhe  fhall  know  and  feele  loue  in  extreames, 
Abus'd  knowes  no  degree  in  hate. 

Ent[er]  Tib[erio]  Step[hano  and]  Guard. 

Tib.  My  Lord. 

Sf.     Goe  to  the  Chamber  of  that  wicked  woman.  240 

Steph.     What  wicked  woman,  Sir? 

Sf.  The  deuill  my  wife. 

Force  a  rude  entry,  and  if  fhe*  refufe 
To  follow  you,  drag  her  hither  by  the  hayre 
And  know  no  pittie,  any  gentle  vfage 

To  her  will  call  on  cruelty  from  me  245 

To  fuch  as  fhew  it,  Stand  you  ftaring !  Goe, 
And  put  my  will  in  act. 

Steph.  Ther's  no  difputing. 

Tib.     But  'tis  a  tempeft  on  the  fuddaine  rays'd, 
Who  durft  haue  dreamt  of  ? 

Ex[eunt]  Tib[erio]  Steph[ano  and  Guards.} 

Sf.  Nay,  fince  fhe  dares  damnation, 

1'le  be  a  furie  to  her. 

Franc.  Yet  great  Sir,  250 

Exceed  not  in  your  furie,  fhe's  yet  guiltie 
Only  in  her  intent. 

Sf.  Intent  Francifco? 

It  does  include  all  fact,  and  I  might  fooner 
Be  won  to  pardon  treafon  to  my  Crowne, 
Or  one  that  kil'd  my  Father. 

Franc.  You  are  wife,  255 

And  know  what's  beft  to  doe,  yet  if  you  pleafe 
To  proue  her  temper  to  the  height,  fay  only 
That  I  am  dead,  and  then  obferue  how  farre 
She'le  be  tranfported.     I'le  remoue  a  little, 

But  be  within  your  call:  now  to  the  vpfhot,  260 

How  e're  I'le  fhift  for  one.  E.v[it]  Franc[ifco}. 

Enter  Tiberio,  Stephana,  Marcelia,  Guard. 

Marc,     [as  she  comes  in]     Where  is  this  Monfter? 

IV,  3,  239  in]  Q?  C  M,  of. 

K, 


126  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 


This  walking  tree  of  lealoufie,  this  dreamer, 

This  horned  beaft  that  would  be  ?     O  are  you  here  Sir  ? 

Is  it  by  your  commandement  or  allowance, 

I  am  thus  bafely  vs'd?     Which  of  my  vertues,  265 

My  labours,  feruices,  and  cares  to  pleafe  you 

(For  to  a  man  fufpitious  and  vnthankefull, 

Without  a  blufh  I  may  be  mine  owne  trumpet) 

Inuites  this  barbarous  courfe  ?     Dare  you  looke  on  me 

Without  a  feale  of  fhame  ? 

Sf.  Impuderfce,  270 

How  vgly  thou  appear'ft  now  ?     Thy  intent 
To  be  a  whore,  leaues  thee  not  blood  enough 
To  make  an  honeft  blufh,  what  had  the  act  done? 

Marc.     Return'd  thee  the  difhonor  thou  deferueft 
Though  willingly  I  had  giuen  vp  my  felfe  275 

To  euerie  common  letcher. 

Sf.  .  Your  chiefe  minion, 

Your  chofen  fauourite,  your  woo'd  Francifco, 
Has  deerely  pay'd  for't,  for  wretch,  know  he's  dead, 
And  by  my  hand. 

Marc.  The  bloodyer  villaine  thou, 

But  'tis  not  to  be  wonder'd  at,  thy  loue  280 

Do's  know  no  other  obiect,  thou  haft  kil'd  then 
A  man  I  doe  prof effe  I  lou'd,  a  man 
For  whom  a  thoufand  Queenes  might  well  be  riuals, 
But  he  (I  fpeake  it  to  thy  teeth)  that  dares  be 

A  lealous  foole,  dares  be  a  murtherer,  285 

And  knowes  no  end  in  mifchiefe. 

Sf.  I  begin  now  ftabs  her. 

In  this  my  luftice. 

Marc.  Oh,  I  haue  fool'd  my  felfe 

Into  my  graue,  and  only  grieue  for  that 
Which  when  you  know,  you  haue  flaine  an  Innocent 
You  needs  muft  fufrer. 

Sf.  An  Innocent?     Let  one  290 

IV,  3,  266  cares]  Q-,  care. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  127 

Call  in  Francifco,  [Ex(it]  Steph(ano)]   for  he  Hues  (vile  creature) 
To  iuftifie  thy  falfhood,  and  how  often 
With  whorifh  flatteries  thou  haft  tempted  him, 
I  being  only  fit  to  Hue  a  ftale, 

A  bawd  and  propertie  to  your  wantonneffe.  295 

Ent[er]  Steph[ano~\. 

Steph.     Signior  Francifco  Sir,  but  euen  now 
Tooke  horse  without  the  Ports. 

Marc.  We  are  both  abus'd, 

And  both  by  him  vndone,  ftayt,]  death  t>]  a  little 
Till  I  haue  cleer'd  me  to  my  Lord,  and  then 

I  willingly  obey  thee.     O  my  Sforza,  300 

Francifco  was  not  tempted,  but  the  Tempter, 
And  as  he  thought  to  win  me  fhew'd  the  warrant 
That  you  fign'd  for  my  death. 

Sf.  Then  I  beleeue  thee, 

Beleeue  thee  innocent  too. 

Marc.  But  being  contemn'd, 

Vpon  his  knees  with  teares  he  did  befeech  me  305 

Not  to  reueale  it,  I  fof t-hearted  f oole 
Judging  his  penitence  true,  was  won  vnto  it. 
Indeed  the  vnkindneffe  to  be  fentenc'd  by  you 
Before  that  I  was  guiltie  in  a  thought, 

Made  me  put  on  a  feeming  anger  towards  you,  310 

And  now  behold  the  iffue ;  as  I  do, 
May  heauen  forgiue  you.  dyes. 

Tib.  Her  fweet  foule  has  left 

Her  beauteous  prifon. 

Steph.  Looke  to  the  Duke,  he  ftands 

As  if  he  wanted  motion. 

Tib.  Grief e  hath  ftopt 

The  organ  of  his  fpeech. 

Steph.  Take  vp  this  body  315 

And  call  for  his  Phyfitians. 

Sf.  O  my  heart-ftrings. 

[Exeunt  omnes  with  body] 

IV,  3,  299  me  to]  Q2  C  M,  my  self  unto. 


128  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Actus  Quint [i]  Scae[na  Prima]. 
Enter  Francifco,  [and]  Eugenia  [in  male  attire]. 

Franc.     Why  could'ft  thou  thinke  Eugenia  that  rewards, 
Graces,  or  fauours  though  ftrew'd  thick  vpon  me 
Could  euer  bribe  me  to  forget  mine  honour? 
Or  that  I  tamely  would  fit  downe,  before 

I  had  dry'd  thefe  eyes  ftill  wet  with  fhowers  of  teares  5 

By  the  fire  of  my  reuenge  ?     Looke  vp  my  deereft 
For  that  proud-faire  that  thiefe-like  ftep'd  betweene 
Thy  promis'd  hopes,  and  rob'd  thee  of  a  fortune 
Almoft  in  thy  poffeffion,  hath  found 

With  horrid  proofe,  his  loue  fhe  thought  her  glorie  10 

And  affurance  of  all  happineffe, 
But  haft'ned  her  fad  ruine. 

Eug.  Doe  not  flatter 

A  griefe  that  is  beneath  it,  for  how  euer 
The  credulous  Duke  to  me  proued  falfe  &  cruel, 

It  is  impofible  he  could  be  wrought  15 

To  looke  on  her,  but  with  the  eyes  of  dotage, 
And  fo  to  ferue  her. 

Franc.  Such  indeed  I  grant 

The  ftreame  of  his  affection  was,  and  ran 
A  conftant  courfe,  till  I  with  cunning  malice 

(And  yet  I  wrong  my  act,  for  it  was  luftice)  20 

Made  it  turne  back-wards,  and  hate  in  extreames    • 
Loue  banifh'd  from  his  heart  to  fill  the  roome, 
In  a  word,  know  the  faire  Marcelia's  dead. 

Eug.     Dead ! 

Franc.     And  by  Sforza's  hand,  do's  it  not  moue  you  ? 
How  coldly  you  receiue  it  ?     I  expected  25 

The  meere  relation  of  fo  great  a  bleffing 
Borne  proudly  on  the  wings  of  fweet  reuenge 
Would  haue  cal'd  on  a  facrifice  of  thankes, 

V,  I,  Heading,  Prim.]  Q2,  Quint. 

V,  I,  II  and  assurance]  CMC,  and  an  assurance. 

V,  I,  21  back-wards]  CMC,  backward. 

V,  i,  23  C  M,  omit  "  the  ". 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  129 

And  ioy  not  be  bounded  or  conceal'd 

You  entertaine  it  with  a  looke,  as  if  30 

You  wifh'd  it  were  vndone ! 

Eug.  Indeed  I  doe, 

For  if  my  forrowes  could  receiue  addition, 
Her  fad  fate  would  encreafe,  not  leffen  'em. 
She  neuer  iniur'd  me,  but  entertain'd 

A  fortune  humbly  offer'd  to  her  hand,  35 

Which  a  wife  Lady  gladly  would  haue  kneel'd  for. 
Vnleffe  you  would  impute  it  as  a  crime, 
She  was  more  faire  then  I,  and  had  difcretion 
Not  to  deliuer  vp  her  virgin  fort 

(Though  ftraight  befieg'd  with  flatteries,  vowes,  &  teares)  40 

Vntill  the  Church  had  made  it  fafe  &  lawfull. 
And  had  I  been  the  miftris  of  her  Judgement 
And  conftant  temper,  skilfull  in  the  knowledge 
Of  mans  malitious  falfhood,  I  had  neuer 

Vpon  his  hell-deepe  oathes  to  marrie  me,  45 

Giuen  vp  my  faire  name,  and  my  mayden  honor 
To  his  foule  luft,  nor  liu'd  now  being  branded 
In  the  forhead  for  his  whore [;]  the  fcorne  &  fhame 
Of  all  good  women. 

Franc.  Haue  you  then  no  gall, 

Anger,  or  fpleene  familiar  to  your  fexe  ?  50 

Or  is  it  poffible  that  you  could  fee 
Another  to  poffeffe  what  was  your  due, 
And  not  growe  pale  with  enuie  ? 

Eug.  Yes  of  him 

That  did  deceiue  me.     Ther's  no  paffion  that 

A  maid  fo  iniur'd  euer  could  partake  of  55 

But  I  haue  deerely  fuffer'd.     Thefe  three  yeeres 
In  my  defire,  and  labour  of  reuenge, 
Trufted  to  you,  I  haue  indur'd  the  throes 
Of  teeming  women,  and  will  hazard  all 
Fate  can  inflict  on  me  but  I  will  reache  60 


130  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Thy  heart  falfe  Sforsa.     You  haue  trifled  with  me 

And  not  proceeded  with  that  fiery  zeale 

I  look'd  for  from  a  brother  of  your  fpirit. 

Sorrow  forfake  me,  and  all  fignes  of  griefe 

Farewell  for  euer  ;  Vengeance  arm'd  with  f urie  65 

Poffeffe  me  wholy  now. 

Franc.  The  reafon  fifter 

Of  this  ftrange  metamorphofis  ? 

Eng.  Aske  thy  feares, 

Thy  bafe  vnmanly  feares,  thy  poore  delayes, 
Thy  dull  forget fullneffe  equall  with  death, 

My  wrong  elfe,  and  the  fcandall  which  can  neuer  70 

Be  wafh'd  off  from  our  houfe  but  in  his  blood, 
Would  haue  ftirr'd  vp  a  coward  to  a  deed 
In  which,  though  he  had  f  alne,  the  braue  intent 
Had  crown'd  it  felfe  with  a  faire  monument 

Of  noble  refo-lution.     In  this  fhape  75 

I  hope  to  get  acceffe,  and  then  with  fhame 
Hearing  my  fodaine  execution,  iudge 
What  honor  thou  haft  loft  in  being  tranfcended 
By  a  weake  woman. 

Franc.  Still  mine  owne,  and  dearer, 

And  yet  in  this  you  but  poure  oyle  on  fire,  80 

And  offer  your  affiftance  where  it  needs  not, 
And  that  you  may  perceiue  I  lay  not  fallow, 
But  had  your  wrongs  ftamp'd  deeply  on  my  hart 
By  the  Yron  pen  of  vengeance,  I  attempted 

By  whoring  her  to  cuckold  him,  that  failing  85 

I  did  begin  his  tragedie  in  her  death, 
To  which  it  feru'd  as  Prologue,  and  will  make 
A  memorable  ftorie  of  your  fortunes 
In  my  affur'd  reuenge,  only  beft  fifter 

Let  vs  not  loofe  our  felues  in  the  performance,  90 

By  your  rafh  vndertaking,  we  will  be 
As  fuddaine  as  you  could  wifh. 

V,  I,  62  and  not]  M,  and  nor. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  131 

Eug.  Vpon  thofe  termes 

I  yeeld  my  felfe  and  caufe  to  be  difpos'd  of 
As  you  thinke  fit.  Ent[er  a]  feruant 

Franc.  Thy  purpofe? 

Seru.  Ther's  one  Graccho 

That  follow'd  you  it  feemes  vpon  the  tract,  95 

Since  you  left  Millaine,  that's  importunate 
To  haue  acceffe,  and  will  not  be  deni'd, 
His  haft  he  faies  concernes  you. 

Franc.  Bring  him  tome,    Ex[it]feruant 

Though  he  hath  lay'd  an  ambufh  for  my  life, 

Or  apprehenfion,  yet  I  will  preuent  him  100 

And  worke  mine  own  ends  out.  Ent[er]  Grac[cho]. 

Grac.     [aside]  Now  for  my  whipping, 

And  if  I  now  out-ftrip  him  not,  and  catch  him, 
And  by  a  new  and  ftrange  way  to,  hereafter 
I'le  fweare  there  are  wormes  in  my  braines. 

Franc.  Now  my  good  Graccho, 

We  meet  as  'twere  by  miracle. 

Grac.  Loue,  and  dutie,  105 

And  vigilance  in  me  for  my  Lords  fafetie, 
Firft  taught  me  to  imagine  you  were  here, 
And  then  to  follow  you.     Al's  come  forth  my  Lord 
That  you  could  wifh  conceal'd.     The  Dutcheffe  wound 
In  the  Dukes  rage  put  home,  yet  gaue  her  leaue  no 

To  acquaint  him  with  your  practifes,  which  your  flight 
Did  eafily  confirme. 

Franc.  This  I  expected, 

But  fure  you  come  prouided  of  good  counfaile 
To  helpe  in  my  extreames. 

Grac.  I  would  not  hurt  you. 

Franc.     How?  hurt  me?     Such  another  word's  thy  death,          115 
Why  dar'ft  thou  thinke  it  can  fall  in  thy  will, 
T'outliue  what  I  determine  ? 

Grac.     [aside]  How  he  awes  me? 


132  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Franc.     Be  brief e,  what  brought  thee  hither? 

Grac.  Care  to  informe  you, 

You  are  a  condemn'd  man,  purfu'd,  and  fought  for, 
And  your  head  rated  at  ten  thoufand  Ducates  120 

To  him  that  brings  it. 

Franc.  Very  good. 

Grac.  All  paffages 

Are  intercepted,  and  choyce  troopes  of  horfe 
Secure  o're  the  neighbour  plaines,  your  picture  fent 
To  euerie  State  confederate  with  Millaine, 

That  though  I  grieue  to  fpeake  it,  in  my  iudgement  125 

So  thicke  your  dangers  meet,  and  run  vpon  you, 
It  is  impoffible  you  fhould  efcape 
Their  curious  fearch. 

Eug.  Why  let  vs  then  turne  Romanes, 

And  falling  by  our  owne  hands,  mocke  their  threats, 
And  dreadfull  preparations. 

Franc.  'Twould  fhow  nobly,  130 

But  that  the  honour  of  our  full  reuenge 
Were  loft  in  the  rafh  action :  No  Eugenia, 
Graccho  is  wife,  my  friend  to,  not  my  feruant, 
And  I  dare  truft  him  with  my  lateft  fecret. 

We  would  (and  thou  muft  helpe  vs  to  performe  it)  135 

Firft  kill  the  Duke,  then  fall  what  can  vpon  vs, 
For  iniuries  are  writ  in  braffe,  kind  Graccho, 
And  not  to  be  forgotten. 

Grac.  He  inftructs  me 

What  I  fhould  doe. 

Franc.  What's  that  ? 

Grac.  I  labour  with 

A  ftrong  defire  t'affift  you  with  my  feruice,  140 

And  now  I  am  deliuer'd  oft. 

Franc,     [aside  to  Eugenia}       I  tould  you. 
Speake  my  oraculous  Graccho. 

Grac.  I  haue  heard  Sir, 

V,  I,  128  Q2  omits  then. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  133 

Of  men  in  debt,  that  layd  for  by  their  creditors 

(In  all  fuch  places  where  it  could  be  thought 

They  would  take  fhelter)  chofe  for  fanctuarie,  145 

Their  lodgings  vnderneath  their  creditors  nofes, 

Or  neere  that  prifon  to  which  they  were  defign'd 

If  apprehended,  confident  that  there 

They  neuer  fhould  be  fought  for. 

Eug.  Tis  a  ftrange  one! 

Franc.     But  what  inferre  you  from  it? 

Grac.  This  my  Lord,  150 

That  fince  all  wayes  of  your  efcape  are  ftop'd, 
In  Millaine  only,  or  what's  more,  i'the  Court 
(Whether  it  is  prefum'd  you  dare  not  come) 
Conceal'd  in  fome  difguife  you  may  Hue  fafe. 

Franc.     And  not  to  be  difcouered  ? 

Grac.  But  by  my  felfe.  155 

Franc.     By  thee?     Alas  I  know  thee  honeft[,]  Graccho. 
And  I  will  put  thy  counfell  into  act, 
And  fuddainly.     Yet  not  to  be  vngratefull 
For  all  thy  louing  trauell  to  preferue  me, 

What  bloody  end  foe're  my  ftarres  appoint,  160 

Thou  fhalt  be  fafe  good  Graccho.     Who's  within  there? 

Grac.     In  the  deuils  name  what  meanes  he  ? 

Ent[er]  feruants. 

Franc.  Take  my  friend 

Into  your  cuftodie,  and  bind  him  faft, 
I  would  not  part  with  him. 

Grac.  My  good  Lord. 

Franc.  Difpatch, 

'Tis  for  your  good  to  keepe  you  honeftf,]  Graccho,  165 

I  would  not  haue  ten  thoufand  Ducates  tempt  you 
(Being  of  a  foft  and  waxe  like  difpofition) 
To  play  the  traytor,  nor  a  foolifh  itch 
To  be  reueng'd  for  your  late  excellent  whipping 

Giue  you  the  opportunitie  to  offer  170 

My  head  for  fatisfaction.     Why  thou  foole, 

L3 

V,  I,  145  for]  M,  far. 
V,  I,  162  Q2  omits  "  In  the  devils  name". 


134  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I  can  looke  through,  &  through  thee,  thy  intents 

Appeare  to  me  as  written  in  thy  f  orhead 

In  plaine  and  eafie  caracters.     And  but  that 

I  fcorne  a  flaues  bafe  blood  fhould  ruft  that  fword  175 

That  from  a  Prince  expects  a  fcarlet  dye, 

Thou  now  wert  dead,  but  Hue  only  to  pray 

For  good  fucceffe  to  crowne  my  vndertakings, 

And  then  at  my  returne  perhaps  I'le  free  thee 

To  make  me  further  fport.     Away  with  him,  180 

I  will  not  heare  a  fillable. 

Ex[eunt]  feruants  with  Grac[cho]. 
We  muft  truft 

Our  felues  Eugenia,  and  though  we  make  vfe  of 
The  counfaile  of  our  feruants,  that  oyle  fpent, 
Like  fnuffes  that  doe  offend  we  tread  them  out. 

But  now  to  our  laft  Scene,  which  we'le  fo  carry,  185 

That  few  fhajl  vnderftand  how  'twas  begun, 
Till  all  with  halfe  an  eye  may  fee  'tis  don.  Exeunt. 

Actus  Quint [i,]  Scae[na]  Secundfa]. 
Enter  Pefcara,  Tiberio,  Stephana. 

Pefc.     The  like  was  neuer  read  of. 

Steph.  In  my  iudgement 

To  all  that  mail  but  heare  it,  'twill  appeare 
A  moft  impoffible  fable. 

Tib.  For  Francifco, 

My  wonder  is  the  leffe  becaufe  there  are 

Too  many  Prefidents  of  vnthankefull  men  5 

Rays'd  vp  to  greatneffe,  which  haue  after  ftudied 
The  ruine  of  their  makers. 

Steph.  But  that  melancholy, 

Though  ending  in  diftraction,  fhould  worke 
So  farre  vpon  a  man  as  to  compell  him 

To  court  a  thing  that  has  nor  fence,  nor  being,  10 

Is  vnto  me  a  miracle. 

Pefc.  'Troth  I'le  tell  you, 

V,  I,  177  wert]  M,  were. 

V,  2,  I  read]  Q2,  heard. 

V,  2,  10  nor  sence]  C  M,  not  sense. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  135 

And  briefly  as  I  can,  by  what  degrees 

He  fell  into  this  madneffe,  When  by  the  care 

Of  his  Phyfitians  he  was  brought  to  life, 

As  he  had  only  pafs'd  a  fearefull  dreame,  15 

And  had  not  acted  what  I  grieue  to  thinke  on, 

He  call'd  for  faire  Marcelia,  and  being  told 

That  fhe  was  dead,  he  broke  forth  in  extreames, 

(I  would  not  fay  blafphem'd)  &  cri'd  that  heauen 

For  all  th'offences  that  mankind  could  doe,  20 

Would  neuer  be  fo  cruell  as  to  rob  it 

Of  fo  much  fweetneffe,  &  of  fo  much  goodneffe, 

That  not  alone  was  facred  in  her  felfe, 

But  did  preferue  all  others  innocent 

That  had  but  conuerfe  with  her :  Then  it  came  25 

Into  his  fancie  that  fhe  was  accus'd 

By  his  mother  &  his  fifter,  thrice  he  curs'd  'em, 

And  thrice  his  defperate  hand  was  on  his  fword 

To  haue  killd  'em  both,  but  he  reftrayn'd,  &  they 

Shunning  his  furie,  fpite  of  all  preuention  30 

He  would  haue  turn'd  his  rage  vpon  himfelfe, 

When  wifely  his  Phyfitians  looking  on 

The  Dutches  wound,  to  ftay  his  readie  hand, 

Cry'd  out  it  was  not  mortall. 

Tib.  'Twas  well  thought  on. 

Pefc.     He  eafily  beleeuing  what  he  wifh'd,  35 

More  then  a  perpetuitie  of  pleafure 
In  any  obiect  elfe,  flatter'd  by  hope 
Forgetting  his  owne  greatneffe,  he  fell  proftrate 
At  the  doctors  feet,  implor'd  their  ayd,  &  fwore, 

Prouided  they  recouer'd  her,  he  would  Hue  40 

A  priuat  man,  &  they  fhould  fhare  his  dukedom. 
They  feem'd  to  promife  faire,  and  euerie  houre 
Varie  their  Judgements  as  they  find  his  fit 
To  fuffer  intermiffion,  or  extreames. 
For  his  behauiour  fince — 


10 


136  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Sf.      [within]  As  you  haue  pitty  45 

Support  her  gently. 

Pefc.  Now  be  your  owne  witneffes, 

I  am  preuented. 

Enter  Sforza,  Ifab[ella,]   Mari[ana,]   the  body  of 
Marc[elia,]  Doctors,  Seruants. 

Sf.     Carefully  I  befeech  you, 
The  gentleft  touch  torments  her,  &  then  thinke 
What  I  fhall  fuffer.     O  you  earth  [l]y  gods, 

You  fecond  natures,  that  from  your  great  mafter  50 

(Who  ioyn'd  the  limbes  of  torne  Hyppolytus, 
And  drew  vpon  himfelfe  the  Thunderers  enuie) 
Are  taught  thofe  hidden  fecrets  that  reftore 
To  life  death  wounded  men,  You  haue  a  patient 

On  whom  to'xpreffe  the  excellence  of  art,  55 

Will  bind  e'ne  heau'n  your  debtor,  though  It  pleafes 
To  make  your  hands  the  organs  of  a  worke 
The  faints  will  fmile  to  looke  on,  &  good  Angels 
Clap  their  Celeftiall  wings  to  giue  it  plaudits. 

How  pale  and  wan  fhe  lookes  ?     O  pardon  me,  60 

That  I  prefume  dyde  o're  with  bloody  guilt, 
Which  makes  me  I  confeffe,  far,  far  vn worthy 
To  touch  this  fnow- white  hand.     How  cold  \t  is  ? 
This  once  was  Cupids  fire-brand,  and  ftill 

'Tis  fo  to  me.     How  flow  her  pulfes  beat  to?  65 

Yet  in  this  temper  fhe  is  all  perfection, 
And  Miftris  of  a  heat  fo  full  of  fweetneffe, 
The  blood  of  virgins  in  their  pride  of  youth 
Are  balles  of  Snow  or  Ice  compar'd  vnto  her. 

Mar.     [aside  to  Isabella]     Is  not  this  ftrange  ? 

Ifab.     [aside  to  Mariana]        O  croffe  him  not  deere  daughter,     70 
Our  confcience  tells  vs  we  haue  been  abus'd, 
.Wrought  to  accufe  the  innocent,  and  with  him 

Are  guiltie  of  a  fact ! 

Ent[er]  a  fcruant[,  and  ivhifpers  Pefcara.] 

Mar.     [aside  to  Isabella]     'Tis  now  paft  helpe. 

V,  2,  48  gentlest]  Q2,  least. 
V,  2,  49  earthy]  N  G,  earthly. 
V,  2,  54  death]  Q2,  dead. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  137 

Pefc.     [to  servant]  With  me?     What  is  he? 

Ser.  He  has  a  ftrange  afpect, 

A  lew  by  birth,  and  a  Phyfitian  75 

By  his  profeffion  as  he  fayes,  who  hearing 
Of  the  Dukes  phrenfie,  on  the  forfeit  of 
His  life  will  vndertake  to  render  him 
Perfect  in  euery  part.     Prouided  that 

Your  Lordfhips  fauour  gaine  him  free  acceffe,  80 

And  your  power  with  the  Duke  a  fafe  protection, 
Till  the  great  worke  be  ended. 

Pefc.  Bring  me  to  him, 

As  I  find  caufe  Tie  doe. 

Exe[unt]  Pefc[ara]  &  Ser[uant]. 

Sfor.  How  found  fhe  fleepes ! 

Heauen  keepe  her  from  a  lethergie ;  how  long 

(But  anfwere  me  with  comfort  I  befeech  you.)  85 

Do's  your  fure  iudgement  tell  you  that  thefe  lids 
That  couer  richer  iewells  then  themfelues 
Like  enuious  night  will  barre  thefe  glorious  funnes 
From  fhining  on  me? 

/.  Doct.  We  haue  giuen  her  Sir, 

A  fleepy  potion  that  will  hold  her  long,  90 

That  fhe  may  be  leffe  fenfible  of  the  torment, 
The  fearching  of  her  wound  will  put  her  to. 

2.  Doct.     Shee  now  feeles  litle,  but  if  we  fhould  [wake]  her, 
To  heare  her  fpeake  would  fright  both  vs  and  you, 
And  therefore  dare  not  haften  it. 

Sf.  I  am  patient,  95 

You  fee  I  doe  not  rage,  but  waite  your  pleafure. 
What  doe  you  thinke  fhe  dreames  of  now  ?     for  fure 
Although  her  bodies  organs  are  bound  faft, 
Her  fancy  cannot  flumber. 

i.  Doct.  That  Sir,  lookes  on 

Your  forrow  for  your  late  rafh  [act]  with  pitty  IOQ 

Of  what  you  fuffer  for  it,  and  prepares 

To  meet  [the]  free  confeffion  of  your  guilt  , 

M 

V,  2,  93  make]  Qj  C  M  G,  wake. 
V,  2,  100  art]  Q2  C  M  G,  act. 
V,  2,  102  with]  M  G.  the. 


138  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

With  a  glad  pardon. 

[Sf.]  Shee  was  euer  kind 

And  her  difpleafure  though  call'd  on,  fhort  liu'de 
Vpon  the  leaft  fubmiffion.     O  you  powers  105 

That  can  conuey  our  thoughts  to  one  another 
Without  the  [aid]  of  eies,  or  eares,  affift  me, 
Let  her  behold  me  in  a  pleafing  dreame, 
Thus  on  my  knees  before  her  (yet  that  duty 

In  me  is  not  fufficient)  let  her  fee  me  HO 

Compell  my  mother  (from  whom  I  [tooke]  life) 
And  this  my  fifter,  Partner  of  my  being, 
To  bow  thus  low  vnto  her,  let  her  heare  vs 
In  my  acknowledgement  freely  confeffe 

That  we  in  a  degree  as  high  are  guilty,  115 

As  fhe  is  innocent ;  bite  your  tongues,  vile  creatures, 
And  let  your  inward  horror  fright  your  foules 
For  hauing  bejide  that  pureneffe,  to  come  neere  which 
All  women  that  pofterity  can  bring  forth 

Muft  be,  though  ftriuing  to  be  good,  poore  Riualls.  120 

And  for  that  dog  Francifco  (that  feduc'd  me 
In  wounding  her  to  raife  a  temple  built 
To  Chaftitie  and  fweetneffe)  let  her  know 
I'll  follow  him  to  hell,  but  I  will  find  him, 

And  there  Hue  a  fourth  fury  to  torment  him.  125 

Then  for  this  curfed  hand  and  arme  that  guided 
The  wicked  fteele,  I'll  haue  them  ioynt  by  ioynt, 
With  burning  irons  feard  of,  which  I  will  eate. 
I  being  a  vultur  fit  to  taft  fuch  carrion, 
Laftly. 

i.  Doct.     You  are  too  lowd,  Sir,  you  difturbe  130 

Her  fweet  repofe. 

[Sf.]  I  am  hufh'd,  yet  giue  vs  leaue 

Thus  proftrate  at  her  feet,  our  eies  bent  downewards, 
Vnworthy,  and  afham'd  to  looke  vpon  her, 
T'expect  her  gracious  fentence. 

V,  2,  103  Forza]  Q2  C  M  G,  Sfor.     Same  change  for  rest  of  scene  ex 
cept  line  169. 

V,  2,  107  end]  C  M  G,  aid. 

V,  2,  in  looke]  Q2  C  M  G,  took. 

V,  2,  132  downewards]  C  M,  downward. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  139 

2.  Doct.  Hee's  paft  hope. 

i.  Doct.     The  body  to,  will  putrifie,  and  then  135 

We  can  no  longer  couer  the  impofture. 

Tibe.     Which  in  his  death  will  quickly  be  difcouer'df.] 
I  can  but  weepe  his  fortune. 

Steph.  Yet  be  care  full, 

You  loofe  no  minute  to  preferue  him,  time, 
May  leffen  his  diftraction. 

Ent[er]  Pefca[ra,  with]  Fran[cifco,  as  a  Jew  doctor, 

and]  E^^gen[^a]. 

Franc.     I  am  no  God  fir.  140 

To  giue  a  new  life  to  her,  yet  I'le  hazard 
My  head,  I'le  worke  the  fenceleffe  trunke  t'appeare 
To  him  as  it  had  got  a  fecond  being, 
Or  that  the  foule  that's  fled  from't  were  call'd  backe, 
To  gouerne  it  againe,  I  will  preferue  it  145 

In  the  firft  fweetneffe,  and  by  a  ftrange  vaper 
Which  I'le  infufe  into  her  mouth,  create 
A  feeming  breath,  I'le  make  her  vaines  run  high  to 
As  if  they  had  true  motion. 

Pefc.  Doe  but  this, 

Till  we  vfe  meanes  to  win  vpon  his  paffions  150 

T'indure  to  heare  fhee's  dead  with  fome  fmall  patience 
And  make  thine  owne  reward. 

Franc.  The  art  I  vfe 

Admits  no  looker  on,  I  only  aske 
The  fourth  part  of  an  hower  to  perfect  that 
I  boldly  vndertake. 

Pefc.  I  will  procure  it.  155 

2.  Doct.     What  ftranger's  this? 

Pefc.  Sooth  me  in  all  I  fay 

There  is  a  maine  end  in't. 

Franf.  Beware. 

Euge.  I  am  warn'd. 

Pefc.     Looke  vp  Sir  chearefully,  comfort  in  me 
Flowes  ftronglie  to  you. 

[Sf.]  From  whence  came  that  found? 

M2 
V,  2,  137  his]  C  M,  her. 


140  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

Was  it  from  my  Marceliaf  if  it  were  i6c 

I  rife  and  ioy  will  giue  me  wings  to  meet  it. 

Pef.     Nor  fhall  your  expectation  be  deferrd 
But  a  few  minuts,  your  Phyfitians  are 
Meere  voice,  and  no  performance,  I  haue  found 

A  man  that  can  do  wonders,  do  not  hinder  165 

The  Dutches  wifht  recouery  to  inquire, 
Or  what  he  is,  or  to  giue  thankes,  but  leaue  him 
To  worke  this  miracle. 

Sf.  Sure,  'tis  my  good  Angell, 

I  do  obey  in  all  things ;  be  it  death 

For  any  to  difturbe  him,  or  come  neere  170 

Till  he  be  pleafd'  to  call  vs,  6  be  profperous 
And  make  a  Duke  thy  Bondman. 

'Exe[itnt]  all  but  Franc[ifco]  &  Eugenia. 

Franc.  Tis  my  pu[r]pofe 

If  that  to  fall" a  long  wifht  facrifice 
To  my  reuenge  can  be  a  benefit. 
I'll  firft  make  faft  the  dores,  foe. 

Euge.  You  amaze  me  175 

What  followes  now? 

Franc.  A  full  conclufion 

Of  all  thy  wifhes,  looke  on  this,  Eugenia, 
Eu'n  fuch  a  thing,  the  proudeft  faire  on  earth 
(For  whofe  delight  the  elements  are  ranfack'd 

And  art  with  nature  ftudie[d]  to  preferue  her)  180 

Muft  be  when  fhe  is  fummond  to  appeare 
In  the  Court  of  death,  but  I  loofe  time. 

Euge.  What  meane  you? 

Franc.     Difturbe  me  not,  your  Ladifhip  lookes  pale 
But  I,  your  Docter,  haue  a  cerufe  for  you, 

See  my  Eugenia,  how  many  faces  185 

That  are  ador'd  in  Court  borrow  thefe  helpes, 

[Paints  the  cheeks] 

And  paffe  for  excellence,  when  the  bette[r]  part 
Of  them  are  like  to  this,  your  mouth  fmells  foure  to, 
But  here  is  that  fhall  take  away  the  fent, 

[Paints  the  lips] 

V,  2.  172  pupose]  Q=  C  M  G,  purpose. 

V,  2,  180  studies]  G,  studied. 

V,  2,  187  bettet]  Q:  C  M  G,  better. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  141 

A  precious  antidote  old  Ladies  vfe  19x3 

When  they  would  kiffe,  knowing  their  gumtnes  are  rotten : 
Thefe  hands  to,  that  difdaind'  to  take  a  touch 

[Paints  the  hands] 

From  any  lip,  whofe  [owner]  writ  not  Lord 
Are  now  but  as  the  courfeft  earth,  but  I 

Am  at  the  charge,  my  bill  not  to  be  paid  tO[,]  195 

To  giue  them  feeming  beauty,  foe  tis  done 
How  do  you  like  my  workmanfhip? 

Eitgen.  I  tremble 

And  thus  to  tirannize  vpon  the  dead 
Is  moft  inhumane. 

Franc.  Come  we  for  reuenge, 

And  can  we  thinke  on  pitty  ?  now  to  the  vpfhott,  200 

And  as  it  proues  applaud  it.     My  lord  the  Duke 
Enter  with  ioy,  and  fee  the  fuddaine  [change] 
Your  feruants  hand  hath  wrought. 

Ent[er  Sf]orza,  and  the  reft. 

[Sf.}  I  Hue  againe 

In  my  full  confidence  that  Marcelia  may 
Pronounce  my  pardon.     Can  fhe  fpeake  yet  ? 

Franc.  No,  205 

You  muft  not  looke  for  all  your  ioyes  at  once, 
That  will  aske  longer  time. 

Pefca.  Tis  wondrous  ftrange! 

[Sf.]     By  all  the  dues  of  loue  I  haue  had  from  her. 
This  hand  feemes  as  it  was  when  firft  I  kift  it, 

Thefe  lips  inuite  to,  I  could  euer  feed  210 

Vpon  thefe  rofes,  they  ftill  keepe  their  colour 
And  natiue  fweetneffe,  only  the  nectar's  wanting 
That  like  the  morning  dew  in  flowry  May 
Preferu'd  them  in  their  beauty. 

Enter  Graccho 

Grac.  Treafon,  treafon. 

Tiber.     Call  vp  the  guard. 

Franc,     [aside]  Graccho!  then  we  are  loft.  215 

[Enter  Guard] 

Grace.     I  am  got  off,  Sir  lew,  a  bribe  hath  done  it 
For  all  your  ferious  charge ;  ther's  no  difguife  can  keepe 

M3 

V,  2,  193  honour]  N  G,  owner. 

V,  2,  202  chance]  Q2  C  M  G,  change. 


142  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

You  from  my  knowledge, 

[Sf.]  Speake. 

Grace.  I  am  out  of  breath, 

But  thi?  is. 

Franc.     Spare  thy  labor  foole,  [disclosing  himself]  Francifco. 

All.     Monfter  of  Men. 

Franc.  Giue  me  all  attributes  220 

Of  all  you  can  imagine,  yet  I  glory 
To  be  the  thing  I  was  borne,  I  am  Francifco, 
Francifco  that  was  raif'd  by  you,  And  made 
The  Minion  of  the  timef,]  The  fame  Francifco, 

That  would  haue  whor'd  this  trunke  when  it  had  life,  225 

And  after  breath'd  a  iealoufie  vpon  thee 
As  killing  as  thofe  damps  that  belch  out  plagues, 
When  the  foundation  of  the  earth  is  fhaken ; 
I  made  thee  doe  a  deed  heauen  will  not  pardon 
Which  was  to  kill  an  innocent. 

[Sf.]  Call  forth  the  tortures  230 

For  all  that  flefh  can  f  eele. 

Franc.  I  dare  the  worft, 

Only  to  yeeld  fome  reafon  to  the  world 

Why  I  purfud'  this  courfe,  looke  on  this  face  [reveals  Eugenia] 
Made  old  by  thy  bafe  falfhood,  'tis  Eugenia. 

[Sf.]     Eugenia. 

Franc.  Do's  it  ftart  you  Sir?  my  Sifter,  235 

Seduc'd  and  fool'd  by  thee,  but  thou  muft  pay 
The  forfet  of  thy  falfhod,  [aside]  do's  it  not  worke  yet? 
What  ere  becomes  of  me  (which  I  efteeme  not) 
Thou  art  mark'd  for  the  graue,  I  haue  giuen  thee  poifon 
In  this  cup,  now  obferue  me,  [which]  thy  [lust]  240 

Carowfing  deeply  of,  made  thee  forget 
Thy  vow'd,  faith  to  Eugenia. 

Pefc.  O  damn'd  villaine ! 

I  fab.     How  do  you  Sir? 

V,  2,  217-8  CMC,  rearrange.     See  note. 

V,  2,  219  Franc.]  Q2  Sf. 

V,  2,  219  thy]  Q:  your. 

V,  2,  223-4  Rearranged  with  CMC.     See  note. 

V,  2,  240  with]  C  M  N  G,  which. 

V,  2,  240  last]  N  G,  lust. 


THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN  143 

[Sf.]  Like  one, 

That  learnes  to  know  in  death  what  punifhment 

Waites  on  the  [breach]  of  faith,  6  now  I  feele  245 

An  JEtna,  in  my  entrailes,  I  haue  liu'd 
A  Prince,  and  my  laft  breath  fhalbe  commaund 
I  burne,  I  burne,  yet  er'e  life  be  confum'd 
Let  me  pronounce  vpon  this  wretch  all  torture 
That  witty  cruelty  can  inuent. 

Pefc.  Away  with  him.  250 

Tibe.     In  all  things  we  will  ferue  you. 

Franc.  Farewell  fifter, 

Now  I  haue  kept  my  word,  torments  I  fcorne, 
I  leaue  the  world  with  glory,  they  are  men 
And  leaue  behind  them  name  and.  memory, 
That  wrong'd  doe  right  themfelues  before  they  die.  255 

Ste.     A  defperate  wretch.     Exe[unt]  guard  with  Franc[ifco]. 

[Sf.]  I  come  death,  I  obey  thee, 

Yet  I  will  not  die  raging,  for  alas, 
My  whole  life  was  a  phrenfie.     Good  Eugenia 
In  death  forgiue  me,     As  you  loue  me  beare  her 

To  fome  religious  houfe,  there  let  her  fpend  260 

The  remnant  of  her  life,  when  I  am  afhes 
Perhaps  fhee'll  be  appeaf'd,  and  (pare  a  prayer 
For  my  poore  foule.     Bury  me  with  Marcelia 
And  let  our  Epitaph  be —  [Dies] 

Tibe.  His  fpeech  is  ftop'd. 

Steph.     Already  dead. 

Pefc.  It  is  in  vaine  to  labour  265 

To  call  him  backe,  wee'll  giue  him  funerall, 
And  then  determine  of  the  ftate  affaires 
And  learne  from  this  example,  ther's  no  truft 
In  a  foundation  that  is  built  on  luft. 

Exeunt  [omnes  ivith  bodies}. 
FINIS. 

V,  2,  245  breath]  Q2  C  M  G,  breach. 


NOTES 


TITLE  PAGE 

The  title  page  here  given  is  a  representation,  not  a  facsimile.  There 
is  a  misprint  of  "  r  "  for  "  t  "  in  "  Prin[t]ed  ". 

The  title  page  of  the  second  quarto  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  first 
with  the  exception  of  the  printer's  device,  and  the  advertisement  at  the 
foot  of  the  page  which  reads : 

London, 

Printed  by  lohn  Raworth  for  Ed-ward  Blackmorc,  and 

are  to  be  sold  at  his  shop,  at  the  signe  of  the 

Angel  in  Pauls  Churchyard.     1638. 

PREFATORY  VERSES 

My  quarto  hasn't  the  prefatory  verses,  which  I  quote  from  Hazlitt, 
reference  below"? 

Their  authorship  is  a  disputed  question.  Davies  (quoted  by  Gifford) 
says  that  "  'Tis  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Reed,  that  the  initials  W.  B.  stand  for 
William  Brown.  ...  I  see  no  reason  to  think  otherwise."  Gifford  takes 
Davies  to  task  and  thinks  the  verses  may  "  with  some  probability,  be  re 
ferred  to  W.  Basse,  a  minor  poet,  whose  tribute  of  praise  is  placed  at  the 
head  of  the  commendatory  verses  on  Shakespeare :  or  to  W.  Barksted, 
author  of  Myrrha  the  Mother  of  Adonis,  a  poem,  1607.  Barksted  was  an 
actor." 

Yet  Mr.  W.  C.  Hazlitt  prints  these  verses  in  his  edition  of  "  The 
Whole  Works  of  William  Browne,"  II,  p.  359,  saying,  "  I  think  there  can 
be  little  doubt  of  the  pen  from  which  they  proceeded."  Mr.  Bullen  also  in 
his  article  upon  Browne  in  D.  N.  B.  thinks  they  "  may  be  safely  assigned  " 
to  him. 

Now  there  are  also  commendatory  verses  signed  W.  B.  to  the  Bond 
man.  These  two  sets  of  verses  are  evidently  by  the  same  author  because 
of  identity  of  tone  and  thought ;  but  they  are  so  radically  different  in  both 
tone  and  expression  from  the  other  commendatory  verses  written  by 
Browne,  those  to  C.  Brooke  and  those  to  Drayton,  that  I  cannot  accept  the 
attribution  to  Browne  of  either  the  commendatory  verses  to  the  Duke  of 
Milan  or  those  to  the  Bondman. 

Mr.  Gordon  Godwin  prints  these  lines  in  his  edition  of  Browne,  but 
notes  (II,  314)  that  they  have  been  assigned  to  Basse  also.  However, 
Mr.  R.  Warwick  Bond,  in  his  edition  of  "  The  Works  of  William  Basse," 
pp.  119-22,  gives  it  as  his  opinion  concerning  the  verses  to  the  Bondman, 
"  On  grounds  of  style  I  think  they  are  more  probably  by  Basse,  though  in 
this  case  he  has  little  to  gain  from  the  allowance  of  his  claim."  On  the 

144 


NOTES  145 

same  grounds,  if  is  my  belief  that  both  the  verses  to  the  Bondman  and 
those  to  the  Duke  of  Milan  are  to  be  attributed  to  Basse. 

DEDICATION 

Ded.  5-6.  Lady  Katherine  Stanhope.  Katherine,  daughter  of  Francis, 
Lord  Hastings,  married  Philip  Stanhope  in  1605,  to  whom  she  bore  six 
sons.  She  died  Aug.  28,  1636.  Stanhope  was  created  Baron  of  Shelford 
for  the  consideration  of  £10,000,  Nov.  7,  1616  (Court  and  Times  of  James 

I,  I,  426,  436).    He  was  created  Earl  of  Chesterfield  Aug.  4,  1628  (Doyle, 
D.  N.  B.). 

There  is  also  in  existence  a  MS.  copy  of  a  rhymed  letter  (see  Appen 
dix  II)  by  Massinger  to  the  same  lady,  entitled,  "A  Newyeares  Guift  pre 
sented  to  my  Lady  and  Mrs  the  then  Lady  Katherine  Stanhop  now  Coun- 
tesse  of  Chester feild  (Engl.  Stud.,  26,  6-7;  Athenaeum,  1906,  2,  273. 
The  letter,  then,  must  have  been  written  before  Aug  4,  1628,  the  title 
after.  Seemingly  this  poem  was  written  before  the  publication  of  the 
Duke  of  Milan  (1623)  as  he  says  concerning  his  praise  of  her,  "I  haue 
heretofore  been  silent,"  which  would  not  be  true  after  that  date.  It  may 
have  been  written  shortly  before  this  play  was  dedicated  to  her  and  bear 
reference  to  his  intention  in  the  lines : 

"  But  there  may  be  a  tyme  when  I  shall  dare 
To  tell  the  world  and  boldly  what  yu  are." 

Yet  another  and  more  intimate  connection  with  the  play  is  possible. 
The  "  Newyeares  Guift "  may  be  a  copy  of  the  play  itself,  in  which  these 
lines  were  originally  written,  as  were  the  lines  to  Foljambe  in  the  copy  of 
the  same  play  presented  to  him  (Gifford,  IV,  593).  His  statement  of  the 
nature  of  a  work  that  would  live  seems  to  point  'to  a  work  of  this  kind 
rather  than  to  the  letter  itself. 

"...  a  work  that  should  indure 
Must  haue  a  Genius  in  it,  strong,  as  pure  ". 

As  New  Years  day  came  25th  of  March  the  quarto  could  easily  have  been 
printed  since  its  license  over  two  months  before.  However,  this  last  theory 
is  only  a  possibility,  not  a  certainty. 

Ded.  10.  "  workes  .  .  .  hath."  Abbott  calls  this  the  "  Third  person 
plural  in  th  "  (334).  This  form  is  common  and  need  not  be  changed.  Cf. 

II,  I,  334-5,  for  a  somewhat  similar  case. 

Ded.  12.  "  Princesses  of  Italic."  The  second  quarto  prints  "  Princes  " 
followed  by  Coxeter  and  Mason.  The  reading  of  the  first  quarto  is  pref 
erable  here  as  a  lady  is  addressed.  Massinger  uses  the  phrase  "  Italian 
Princes  "  also,  in  his  dedication  to  A  New  Way  to  Pay  Old  Debts  where  a 
man  is  concerned.  In  both  connections  he  is  quoting  authority  for  what  he  is 
doing.  Professor  Parrott  calls  my  attention  to  a  similar  use  by  Chapman 
in  his  dedications  to  the  Widow's  Tears  and  Revenge  of  Bussy.  See  his 
note  on  the  dedication  of  the  Widow's  Tears  (The  Comedies  of  George 
Chapman,  807). 


146  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Ded.  26.  "  Mr.  Malone  had  convinced  himself  that  the  proper  name 
of  our  poet  was  Messenger,  because  it  is  so  spelt  in  the  title-page  of  the 
first  edition  of  the  Duke  of  Milan.  In  this  copy  [quarto  with  Massinger's 
notes],  it  is  corrected  as  we  now  have  it,  and  as  it  stands  at  the  bottom 
of  his  little  address"  (Gifford,  I,  iii.  Note.)-  In  the  copy  which  I  have 
used  the  name  is  spelled  correctly  on  the  title  page  but  incorrectly  in  the 
dedication.  It  is  spelled  "  Massinger  "  in  the  autograph  signature  to  the 
tripartite  letter  (Greg,  Henslowe  Papers,  frontispiece  facsimile). 

ACT  I,  SCENE  i 

The  text  begins  on  B.  There  are  two  leaves  preceding,  the  recto  of 
the  first  being  the  title  page,  verso  blank ;  recto  of  second  bearing  the 
dedication,  verso  list  of  actors.  The  page  lettering  is  often  cut  away  but 
I  have  not  thought  such  omissions  of  sufficient  importance  to  be  noted. 

I,  I.  Scene  direction.  Directions  as  to  scene  I  have  placed  in  the 
notes.  Mason  follows  Coxeter  in  all  stage  directions,  making  only  very 
slight  changes  in  spelling,  etc.  Therefore,  I  shall  quote  only  Coxeter. 
Gifford  disagrees  from  both  wherever  he  is  not  obliged  to  agree. 

In  this  instance,  Coxeter  has,  "Scene,  a  public  Place  in  Pisa";  Gif 
ford  "  Milan.  An  outer  Room  in  the  Castle."  I  would  prefer  "  A  street 
in  Milan."  In  reality,  as  in  the  other  plays  of  the  time,  it  is  doubtful  if 
the  author  definitely  localized  the  scene.  Hence  my  relegation  of  such 
directions  to  the  notes. 

I,  i.  Stage  direction.  "  Enter  louio."  Gifford  says  this  appears  to 
be  a  misprint  for  Julio  because  he  identifies  this  character  with  one  of  the 
two  gentlemen  of  III,  2,  63,  called  "  lulio  "  in  the  text.  The  identification 
is,  I  think,  improbable.  (For  my  reason,  see  note  on  III,  2,  63,  stage  direc 
tion.)  Besides,  the  name  occurs  only  once  there.  Now  in  Believe  As  Ye 
List  Massinger  regularly  wrote  the  names  of  characters  out  in  full  before 
speeches.  If  this  was  his  regular  method,  the  printer  would  have  had  the 
full  name  before  him  five  times  in  this  scene.  I  see  no  reason  therefore 
for  supposing  a  misprint. 

I,  i.  Stage  direction.  Giovanni  says  nothing  in  this  scene  and  does 
not  appear  again  in  the  play  by  name.  He  should  go  off  with  the  other 
two,  as  Gifford  recognized,  after  line  33. 

I,  i,  i.  "  giue  the  oath"  (see  also  I,  I,  31).  Graccho  may  mean 
that  they  shall  make  all  they  meet  swear  upon  their  flagons  in  imitation  of 
Caliban. 

"I'll  swear  upon  that  bottle  to  be  thy  true  subject." 

Tempest  II,  2,  130. 

I,  i,  4.  "  The  Duke  of  Milan  (1623)  seems,  by  the  close  continuity  of 
the  action,  to  be  concluded  in  four  consecutive  days ;  the  only  specific 
allusions  to  time  are  the  mention  of  festivities  in  honor  of  the  duchess' 
birthday  as  'yesterday'  (2,  i)  and  the  injunction,  on  this  holiday,  'if  you 
find  a  man  at  ten  that's  sober,  he's  a  traitor"  (I,  i)  "  (The  Presentation 
of  Time  in  the  Elizabethan  Drama,  Mable  Buland,  page  18). 


NOTES  147 

To  these  must  be  added  "In  three  dayes  absence  buried"  (II,  i,  294). 
In  the  opening  conversation  of  Act  II  we  are  led  to  suppose  that  the  time 
is  next  morning  after  the  happenings  of  the  first  act,  but  in  the  description 
of  the  duchess'  behavior  (29-41)  we  must  suppose  a  longer  time.  Again 
in  II,  I,  56,  the  feasting  of  the  first  act  is  spoken  of  as  having  taken  place 
"yesterday";  but  in  line  294,  Sforza's  memory  is  spoken  of  as  being 
buried  in  three  days  absence.  Therefore,  it  seems  to  me  that  Massinger 
is  using  the  well  known  device  of  double  time  to  bridge  over  the  break 
causd  by  Sforza's  journey.  As  to  fixing  the  period  occupied  by  the  action 
of  the  play,  I  do  not  see  how  it  can  be  done  with  definiteness,  but  Mas- 
singer  tried  to  create  the  impression  of  continuous  action. 

I,  i,  5.  I  have  placed  the  second  half  line  to  the  right  in  order  to 
show  the  lining.  In  the  quarto,  no  such  distinction  is  made.  I  have  fol 
lowed  this  plan  throughout. 

I,  i,  6.  If  we  are  to  believe  Sir  Thomas  Overbury,  the  sexton  would 
be  willing  enough  to  take  the  "  oath."  He  says  in  his  character  of  a 
Sexton  (Characters,  1614),  "He  could  willingly  all  his  life  time  be  con- 
finde  to  the  church-yard ;  at  least  within  five  foot  on't :  for  at  every  church 
stile,  commonly  trier's  an  ale-house :  where  let  him  be  found  never  so  idle- 
pated,  he  is  still  a  grave  drunkard  ...  he  will  hold  argument  in  a  taverne 
over  sack,  till  the  deall  and  himselfe  be  both  at  a  stand." 

Jovio  may.  raise  the  question  of  the  sexton's  exemption  because  he  had 
night  duties  which  he  would  not  be  supposed  to  leave  to  celebrate.  How 
ever,  according  to  Graccho,  not  even  the  sexton  is  to  be  exempt. 

I,  i,  6-7.  "'If  the  bells  ring  out  of  tune,'  i.  e.  backward:  the  usual 
signal  of  alarm  on  the  breaking  out  of  fires.  So  in  the  City  Match  (Jasper 
Mayne)  : 

'  Then,  sir,  in  time 

You  may  be  remember'd  at  the  quenching  of 
Fired  houses,  when  the  bells  ring  backward,  by 
Your  name  upon  the  buckets.' "     Gifford. 

(Act  II,  Scene  3,  page  230  in  H's  Dodsley,  Vol.  XIII.) 

1,1,9.  "  tooke."  Gifford  has  altered  this  participial  form  consistently 
to  "  ta'en  "  in  this  play  and  all  others  whose  quartos  I  have  examined. 

"  Owing  to  the  tendency  to  drop  the  inflection  en,  the  Elizabethan 
authors  frequently  used  the  curtailed  forms  of  past  participles  which  are 
common  in  Early  English."  (Abbott,  343.) 

I,  i,  ii.  "  Vnlesse  he  read  it  in  Geneua  print."  "Alluding  to  the 
spirituous  liquor  so  called,"  Mason. 

There  is  also  the  punning  reference  to  the  Geneva  Bible  which  was 
printed  in  readable  Roman  type.  A  man  who  could  read  any  but  the 
clearest  print  was  not  drunk  enough. 

This  punning  reference  occurs  also  in  the  Merry  Devil  of  Edmonton, 
II,  i,  63-4,  where  the  host  says  to  the  smith,  who  is  drunk,  "  Smith,  I  see 
by  thy  eyes  thou  hast  bin  reading  little  Geneua  print." 


148  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I,  I,  I4-I5- 

"  Or  if  you  Mittigate  it,  Let  such  pay 
Fortie  Crownes  to  the  poore." 

There  were  three  statutes  against  drunkenness  in  the  reign  of  James 
I.  i  James  I,  cap.  9,  provided  that  every  innkeeper  was  to  be  fined  "  55. 
currant  money  of  England,  to  the  vse  of  the  Poore  of  the  Parish  where 
each  offence  shall  be  committed "  if  he  permitted  drunkenness  in  his 
place.  4  James  I,  cap.  5,  provided  that  every  person  who  should  be  drunk 
must  pay  a  fine  of  five  shillings  for  the  use  of  the  poor.  If  he  refused  to 
pay  the  fine,  it  might  be  levied  from  his  property ;  or  if  he  didn't  have  that 
much  property,  "  Then  the  Offender  or  Offenders  shall  bee  committed 
to  the  Stockes  for  euerie  Offence,  there  to  remaine  by  the  space  of  thre 
houres."  21  James  I,  cap.  7  (A.  D.  1623-4),  strengthens  the  preceding  act 
considerably. 

It  is,  of  course,  to  the  second  of  these  that  reference  is  made  here. 
Graccho  recommends  that  offenders  receive  the  maximum  penalty  of 
being  laid  by  the  heels  and  greatly  exaggerates  the  fine  that  is  to  be  im 
posed  in  case  of  mercy.  Of  course,  it  is  natural  to  think  of  the  law  against 
drunkenness  when  drunkards  are  presented  but  this  law  seems  to  have 
been  on  Massrnger's  mind  especially  about  this  time  as  he  satirizes  the 
enforcing  of  the  same  law  in  Love's  Cure,  IV,  3  (i7ib)  (references  to 
the  Beaumont  and  Fletcher  plays  are  to  Barley's  edition)  : 

"  Alg.    Now  we'll  go  search  the  taverns,  commit  such 
As  we  find  drinking,  and  be  drunk  ourselves 
With  what  we  take  from  them." 

Massinger's  part  of  this  play  is  supposed  to  date  about  1623.  He  refers 
to  this  law  again,  together  with  that  against  swearing,  in  the  Unnatural 
Combat,  IV,  2  (s;b)  : 

"  To  be  often  drunk,  and  swear,  yet  pay  no  forfeit 
To  the  poor." 

Possibly  this  interest  is  to  be  accounted  for  by  agitation  which  led  to  the 
enactment  of  the  more  stringent  third  law  in  1623-4.  Ben  Jonson  also 
refers  to  this  law  in  Bartholomew  Fair,  IV,  3  (1614)  :  "  Stay,  Bristle,  here 
ish  anoder  brash  of  drunkards,  but  very  quiet,  special  drunkards,  will  pay 
de  five  shillings  very  well." 

I,  i,  17.  "the  Courtier's  reeling."  All  preceding  editors  seem  to  re 
gard  "  Courtiers  "  as  the  plural  of  the  noun.  It  was  easy  for  an  apos 
trophe  to  drop  out  as  it  did  in  III,  2,  6,  "  honours,"  where  there  is  no 
ambiguity,  however.  The  construction,  "  the  Courtier,"  occurs  again,  IV, 
I,  23. 

I,  I,  18-19.  "  Duke  .  .  .  kind  and  in  his  tottering  chaire  carousing." 
Cf. 

"  drunken  men 
Are  ever  loving." 
The  Chances,  I,  i   (4953).     Fletcher  scene. 


NOTES  149 

L,  *»  32~3-  "  Lord  .  .  .  bound  ...  to  take  his  rouse."  "  As  drunk 
as  a  begger.  This  Proverb  begins  now  to  be  disused,  and  people  instead 
of  it  are  ready  to  say,  As  drunk  as  a  Lord:  so  much  hath  that  vice  (the 
more  is  the  pity)  prevail'd  among  the  Nobility  and  Gentry  of  late  years." 
(John  Ray,  Proverbs,  page  104,  no.  18.) 

L  i,  53.  C.  M.  G. ;  all  omit  "  the "  from  the  phrase  "  at  the  stake " 
of  the  quartos,  seemingly  because  of  the  meter.  The  omission,  however, 
is  not  necessary,  and  where  I  have  found  the  phrase  in  Massinger,  it  is 
"at  the  stake,"  though  there  is  no  doubt  about  the  meter  in  the  other 
cases.  Cf.  Bond.,  I,  2  (1053)  ;  IV,  3,  (i22a)  ;  P.  L.,  IV,  5  (i86b)  ;  D.  F., 
Ill,  i  (2363)  ;  N.  W.,  Ill,  2  (4033).  References  throughout  are  to  Cun 
ningham's  Massinger. 

I,  i,  59-60. 

"  Dangers  that  we  see 
To  threaten  ruine,  are  with  ease  preuented." 

In  the  table  at  the  back  of  Lodge's  Seneca,  we  find  "  Afflictions  that 
are  scene,  are  slight,  720."  On  page  720,  in  the  margin  we  find  "  afflictions 
that  are  foreseen  are  slight " ;  in  the  text,  "  Those  things  that  are  long 
time  foreseene  assault  us  more  leasurely."  (Lodge's  Seneca,  ed.  1620, 
p.  720.)  For  other  parallels  from  Lodge's  Seneca,  see  notes  to  III,  I, 
219-20;  IV,  3,  102;  V,  2,  227-8. 

I,  i,  66-8.  "  warre  .  .  .  have"  Mason  and  Gifford  write  "wars,"  but 
as  the  quarto  construction  is  a  common  one  of  the  time,  I  let  it  stand. 
For  the  same  construction  see  III,  3,  95-6.  Abbott  does  not  give  a  sepa 
rate  section  to  this  construction  but  quotes  two  illustrations  under  337. 

I,  i,  68.  Gifford  prints  "  interess'd  "  and  remarks,  "  So  the  old  copies. 
The  modern  editors,  much  to  the  advantage  of  the  rhythm,  read :  '  Have 
interested,'  etc.  Probably  they  were  ignorant  of  such  a  word  as  interess  ". 
My  copy  of  the  first  quarto  reads  "  interrest'd ",  second  "  interest'd ". 
Believe  As  Ye  List,  MS.  II,  2  (6o6b),  reads: 

"  such  men  as  were  interresstd 
In  the  greate  cause  ". 

Therefore,  I  believe  my  quarto  has  the  correct  form.  Gifford  may  have 
had  a  first  quarto  with  slight  variations  from  mine  as  he  makes  a  positive 
statement  which  mine  does  not  bear  out  again,  I,  3;  30.  So  the  New  Eng 
lish  Dictionary  which  quotes  this  passage  as  an  example  under  "  Interess 
v.  4"  should  probably  shift  it  to  "Interest  v.  4". 

I,  i,  74.  The  sense  here  seems  to  demand  "hating",  which  would 
would  require  only  the  mistaking  by  the  printer  of  a  "  t "  for  a  "v  ".  This 
mistake  would  be  easily  made  in  Massinger's  handwriting,  especially  when 
the  letter  is  followed  by  an  "  i "  as  it  is  here. 

I,  i,  74.  "Spanish  pride".  The  phrase  "Spanish  pride"  would  come 
very  naturally  to  Massinger  at  this  time  when  negotiations  for  the  un 
popular  Spanish  match  were  at  their  highest  pitch.  It  was  in  February, 
1623,  that  Charles  made  his  visit  of  courtship  to  the  Spanish  Court.  It 


150  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

will  be  remembered  that  Massinger  was  refused  license  for  Believe  As 
Ye  List  later  because  of  its  treatment  of  Spanish  affairs.     Cf.  i,  3,  105. 
I,  i,  85-6. 

"  Untill  it  be  determin'd  by  the  sword, 

Who  hath  the  better  cause ". 
Cf. 

"  Let  their  swords  determine 
Who  hath  the  better  cause  ". 
The  False  One,  I,  i  (3893).     (A  Massinger  scene.) 

I,    i,   88.     "  Most    miserably   guilty."     A    Massinger    expression.     Cf. 
U.  C.,  V,  2  (6ib)  ;  Fat.  D.,  IV,  4  (3803). 
I,  i,  90-91. 

"  on  whose  faire  Tent 
Win'gd  victory  will  make  her  glorious  stand." 

Precisely  the  same  figure  occurs  in  False  One,  I,  i  (39ob),  and 
Prophetess,  IV,  4  (i/b),  both  of  which  scenes  are  assigned  by  Boyle,  Oli- 
phant,  Fleay,  and  Macaulay  to  Massinger,  in  which  assignment  I  concur. 

With  the  change  of  "  win'gd  "  to  "  plumed  "  it  occurs  in  M.  H.,  I,  2 
(258a)  ;  and  Pict.,  II,  2  (295a)  ;  with  the  further  change  of  "  tent "  to 
"helmet"  U.  C.,  II,  i  (42b). 

I,  i,  120.  Massinger's  line  has  a  caesural  pause  in  the  oratorical  cen 
ter,  the  two  halves  balancing,  in  this  line  after  "  too ".  Consequently, 
"  too  "  does  not  modify  "  acquainted  ",  and  the  line  should  be  punctuated 
and  read  as  Coxeter  and  Mason  have  indicated.  The  second  half  of  the 
parenthesis  is  omitted  in  the  quarto  but  should  be  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
line  where  the  quarto  has  a  comma. 

I,  i,  126.     "  Exeunt "  has  been  moved  down  a  line. 

'    ACT  I,  SCENE  2 

I,  2.  There  is  no  division  marked  here  in  the  quarto  or  for  scene  3. 
All  other  scene  divisions  are  marked.  The  divisions  may  have  been  made, 
however,  and  for  some  reason  have  been  crossed  out  as  so  many  are  in 
Believe  As  Ye  List,  MS. 

I,  2,  Scene  direction.  C,  M  "  Scene  changes  to  the  Court."  G  "  An 
other  Room  in  the  same ".  Seemingly  the  scene  is  "  A  room  in  the 
Palace  ". 

I,  2,  Stage  direction.  A  comma  is  placed  after  Mariana  by  mistake 
for  a  period.  A  few  other  mistakes  of  the  same  kind  appear.  Cf.  I,  3,  10. 

I,  2,  I. 

"  I  scorne  to  be  a  spot ". 

"  Mariana  alludes  to  the  spots  (eyes)  in  the  peacock's  tail."    Gifford. 
Cf.       "  So  rare  are  true  deservers  lov'd  or  known, 
That  men  lov'd  vulgarly  are  ever  none, 
Nor  men  grac'd  servilely  for  being  spots 
In  princes  trains,  though  borne  even  with  their  crowns." 

(Chapman,  Byron's  Conspiracy,  III,  2,  232-235,  Parrott.) 


NOTES  151 

I,  2,  6.  The  second  quarto,  followed  by  all  the  modern  editors,  places 
a  comma  after  "  please  ",  which  is  probably  correct,  as  it  carries  out  the 
parallelism  of  the  sentence.  The  caesural  pause  after  "  please  "  indicates 
the  same  reading.  Cf.  Emp.  I,  2  (3253).  Quarto.  "And  if  you  please, 
ask  some  about  the  court ".  I  do  not  find  the  construction  with  "  to " 
omitted  after  please  in  Massinger. 

I,  2,  9.  The  first  quarto  has  a  period  after  "graunted".  I  have  fol 
lowed  the  second  in  substituting  a  comma. 

I,  2,  18.  The  period  is  omitted  after  "  praises  ".  Such  a  mistake  is 
very  rare  in  this  quarto.  I  have  noted  no  other  case  in  the  text,  though 
there  are  a  very  few  others  in  the  name  abbreviations. 

I,  2,  20.  In  the  quarto,  the  apostrophe  is  one  letter  too  far  forward 
in  "  wha'ts  "  and  "  defor'md  ".  It  is  placed  correctly  in  I,  3,  6.  See  oppo 
site  error  in  ner'e,  I,  3,  26,  70;  also  ne're,  I,  3,  345. 

I,  2,  32.  Q,.  "  To  'obey  ".  I  suspect  the  apostrophe  is  before  "  obey  " 
because  the  printer  intended  to  omit  the  "  o  ".  Cf .  IV,  2,  4,  "  To  'bserve  ", 
an  exact  parallel. 

ACT  I,  SCENE  3    ' 

I,  3.  Coxeter  and  Mason  have  no  specific  scene  for  this.  Gifford  has 
"  A  State  Room  in  the  same  ",  which  is  sufficiently  correct  though  "  ban 
queting  hall "  would  probably  be  better.  See  note  on  I,  2. 

I,  3,  6-10.     Compare  this  sentiment  with  that  of  Beaumont: 

"  Lys.      Strato,  thou  has  some  skill  in  poetry ; 

What  think' st  thou  of  the  masque?     will  it  be  well? 
Stra.     As  well  as  masques  can  be. 
Lys.       As  masques  can  be? 
Stra.      Yes ;  they  must  commend  their  king,  and  speak  in  praise 

Of  the  assembly,  bless  the  bride  and  bridegroom 

In  person  of  some  god ;  they're  tied  to  rules 

Of  flattery." 

Maid's  Tragedy,  I,  i,  5-11.    Variorum. 

The  definition  of  each  is  about  the  same,  "  A  piece  of  flattery  ".  Beau 
mont  has  given  us  illustrations  of  his  definition  in  the  masque  concerning 
which  this  was  said  and  in  the  "  Masque  of  the  Inner  Temple  ". 

We  do  not  know  that  Massinger  wrote  so  elaborate  a  masque  as  the 
latter,  but  he  has  a  masque  in  the  Picture,  II,  2  (29513-2963).  In  the  City 
Madam,  V,  3  (454b)  and  the  Guardian,  IV,  2  (48ib)  he  has  representa 
tions  containing  the  same  elements,  classic  figures,  music,  and  dance, 
though  he  does  not  there  dignify  them  with  the  name  of  masque.  Perhaps 
these  latter  might  better  be  classified  as  pageant,  pantomime,  or  dumb 
show. 

His  masques,  in  form,  seem  to  follow  the  Fletcher  formula  fairly 
well: 

"  Tis  not  half  an  hour's  work : 
A  Cupid  and  a  fiddle,  and  the  thing's  done." 

The  Elder  Brother,  II,  2.     (Fletcher  scene.) 

11   • 


152  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

I,  3,  10.     A  comma  appears  after  "  Gent."  by  mistake  for  a  period. 
I,  3,  20^1. 

"  this  present  age  yeelds  not  a  woman 
Worthy  to  be  her  second  ". 

The  same  expression  occurs  in  D.  F.,  I,  2  (2273)  ;  Emp.,  I,  I  (3213). 

I,  3,  23.     "  Of  those  canoniz'd  Ladies  Sparta  boasts  of  ". 
Cf.  "  What  the  canonized  Spartan  ladies  were  ". 

Virgin  Martyr,  V,  2  (33a). 

I,  3,  25.  Here  the  printer  misread  "  and  "  for  "  one  ".  This  is  very 
easy  to  do  in  Massinger's  handwriting  as  the  "  e  "  and  the  "  d  "  are  very 
much  alike,  the  only  difference  being  in  size.  This  is  one  of  the  errors 
that  Massinger  corrected  in  the  Foljambe  quarto. 

I.  3»  30.  "  '  Forces  her  modesty '.  So  the  edition  of  1623,  which  Coxe- 
ter  does  not  appear  to  have  often  consulted.  He  reads,  after  that  of  1638, 
enforces,  though  it  destroys  the  metre.  Mr.  M.  Mason,  of  course,  follows 
him".  (Gifford.) 

Again  Gifford  makes  a  positive  statement  which  is  not  borne  out  by 
my  first  quarto.  See  note,  I,  i,  68.  The  reading  of  the  quartos  does  not 
destroy  the  mej:er  of  the  line  as  may  be  seen  when  it  is  read  in  connection 
with  the'  preceding  lines.  Instead,  it  gives  a  smoother  reading.  Mas- 
singer's  lines  should  not  be  considered  singly  but  as  a  part  of  the  larger 
structure  in  which  they  occur. 

I,  3.  34-  For  "  absolute  "  the  second  quarto  reads  "  perfect  both  ".  It 
is  noticeable  that  on  the  reverse  of  the  page,  about  one  line  lower  down 
and  a  little  to  the  right  we  find  an  analogous  change,  line  70  of  Q2  reads 
"  sweet "  for  the  first  "  swear  "  of  Qi.  I  suspect,  therefore,  that  the  copy 
of  the  first  quarto  from  which  the  second  was  printed  was  slightly  injured 
here,  and  the  printer  supplied  the  gap  to  the  best  of  his  ability.  This  may 
have  been  the  case  also  in  II,  I,  240.  Of  course,  "  sweet "  for  "  swear  " 
is  in  itself  a  perfectly  plausible  misprint. 

I.  3.  35-  "  speake  the  least  part  to  the  height ".  This  expression 
occurs  again,  Guard.,  IV,  2  (4823). 

The  phrase  "  to  the  height "  occurs  in  other  authors  of  the  time, 
Shakespeare,  Fletcher,  etc.,  but  I  have  found  it  in  combination  with 
"  speak  "  nowhere  but  in  Massinger. 

1.3.69-70.     "  (Which  pardon  mee,  that  I  presume  to  kisse) 

Sfo.         O  sweare,  for  ever  sweare." 
Cf.  "  Beaumcl.  By  this  kiss, 

And  this  and  this. 

Nov.  jun.    That  you  would  ever  swear  thus !  " 
Fat.  D.,  Ill,  i   (368a). 

I,  3,  72.     For  the  normal  construction  "  sated  with  "  cf. 

"  sated  with 
The  peace  and  quiet  of  a  country  life  ". 

Bel,  V,  i   (62ob)  ;  MS.  23  verso. 


NOTES  153 

"  and  when  you  are  sated 
With  thinking  of  Leosthenes ". 

Bond.,  Ill,  2  (lisa). 

I,  3,  81.  The  direction  has  been  moved  from  the  right  margin  at  end 
of  the  line. 

I,  3,  82.  The  spelling  and  metrical  position  of  "  Pavie "  indicate  its 
pronunciation,  Pa'vy. 

I,  3,  83.  Gifford  makes  the  Post  go  out,  doubtless  to  serve  as  the 
second  Post  a  few  lines  later.  I  rather  think  that  he  remained,  as  did 
the  second,  till  the  general  exit.  The  table  of  dramatis  personae  seems 
to  bear  this  out  by  its  entry,  "  2  Posts  ". 

I,  3,  84-5.  "  This  .  .  .  passion  "  is  printed  in  the  second  quarto  as 
one  line.  The  second  quarto  rearranges  often,  not  seemingly  upon  metri 
cal  grounds,  but  rather  to  save  space,  as  the  text  is  closely  printed,  Qi 
does  not  often  do  this.  Q2  rearranges  also  in  I,  3,  92;  II,  i,  206-7;  HI,  I, 
61;  III,  i,  105;  III,  i,  141;  III,  i,  21 1 ;  III,  2,  24;  III,  2,  104;  III,  3,  125; 
IV,  2,  2;  IV,  2,  19;  IV,  2,  43;  IV,  3,  83;  IV,  3,  167;  IV,  3,  177;  IV,  3,  184; 

IV,  3,  206;  IV,  3,  207;  IV,  3,  208;  IV,  3,  21 1 ;  IV,  3,  247;  V,  i,  23;  V,  i, 
114;  V,  i,  121 ;  V,  i,  138. 

I)  3,  J43-  I"  the  quarto,  this  direction  is  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
second  half  line. 

I,  3,  153.  Mason  and  Gifford  alter  '"Tis"  to  "Is".  I  prefer  to  keep 
the  quarto  reading  as  I  think  it  is  correct;  and  with  its  broken  construc 
tion,  more  appropriate  under  the  circumstances. 

I,  3,  162.  I  have  inserted  here  Gifford's  directions,  with  the  addition 
of  "  two  Posts  ",  there  being  no  direction  at  this  point  in  the  quartos  or 
editions  preceding  Gifford's. 

I,  3,   169.     "flow  from  me".     A  recurring  phrase.     Cf.  Ill,  3,  86-7; 

V,  2,  158-9. 

I,  3,  J93-  There  is  no  mark  of  punctuation  at  the  end  of  this  line  in 
the  quartos.  Mason  and  Gifford  place  an  exclamation  mark  here,  which 
in  many  ways  gives  a  preferable  reading  but  not  an  absolutely  neces 
sary  one. 

I,  3,  199-200. 

"  Tis  not  in  the  power 
Of  Fate  to  alter  me". 

Cf.  II,  i,  396. 

I,  3,  202.  This  passage  has  always  given  trouble.  There  is  no  break 
metrically  or  in  the  quartos.  Gifford  says  Massinger  made  no  correction 
here  in  the  Foljambe  quarto.  Either,  then,  he  overlooked  it,  or  it  is  as  he 
intended  it.  Coxeter  and  Mason  read : 

"  But  were  that  Will, 
To  be  so,  forc'd,  Marcelia?" 

Gifford  inserts  "  be "  before  "  forced "   in   his  first  edition  but  leaves   a 
blank  in  the  same  place  for  his  second.     Either  reading  gives  the  evident 


154  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

meaning  of  the  passage.  The  Coxeter  reading  has  the  advantage  of  being 
metrical  and  clear  but  requires  a  slight  emendation.  Gifford's  final  inter 
pretation  would  leave  the  text  intact  but  requires  an  obscure  construction 
that  is  to  me  very  un-Massingerian.  Therefore  I  prefer  the  Coxeter 
reading  but  do  not  regard  the  evidence  for  it  sufficiently  strong  to  make 
emendation  absolutely  certain. 

I.  3»  2O3-  Mason  and  Gifford  both  print  "  my "  instead  of  "  mine ". 
I  am  not  sure  that  the  change  was  intentional,  but  if  so,  I  see  no  reason 
for  it.  Before  vowels  "  mine  "  is  the  regular  form  in  this  play.  Cf.  I,  3, 
371,  "  mine  owne  security  ". 

I.  3>  2I3~4-  "  There  are  so  many  wayes  to  let  out  life,  I  would  not 
live,  for  one  short  minute  his  ". 

Cf.  P.  L.,  IV,  2  (1833)  ;  Very  Woman,  V,  4  (5243.),  where  we  are 
told  there  are  "  a  thousand  doors  ". 

Cunliffe  (Influence  of  Seneca  on  Elizabethan  Tragedy,  23-4)  quotes 
several  instances  of  this  idea  and  gives  it's  source  as  Seneca's  Thebais, 

I5I-3: 

"  ubique  mors  est.    optume  hoc  cauit  deus. 
eripere  vitam  nemo  non  homini  potest, 
at-  nemo  mortem ;  mille  ad  hanc  aditus  patent." 

He  considers  that  Massinger's  most  important  debt  to  Seneca,  how 
ever,  is  "  the  Stoical  fortitude  with  which  [his]  characters  are  inspired  in 
face  of  death"  (p.  116).  Seneca  is  mentioned  by  Massinger,  M.  H.,  IV, 
3  (272b)  ;  R.  A.,  111,2  (2083)  ;  Emp.,  V,  i  (3483). 

I,  3,  217.  In  the  quarto  the  stage  direction  is  at  the  end  of  the  line, 
thus  "Why  vncall'd  for?)  Ent.  Francis." 

I,  3,  240.  "  Thus  then,  Sir  ".  Another  Massinger  formula.  Cf .  I,  3, 
248;  I,  3,  284.  He  uses  "then"  very  frequently. 

I,  3.  243-     "  For  fame  hath  many  wings  to  bring  ill  tidings  ". 

Cf.  "  111  news,  madam, 

Are  swallow  wing'd,  but  what's  good  walks  on  crutches  ". 

Pict.,  II,  i   (202a). 

For  the  description  of  Fame,  see  Virgil's  Aeneid,  4,  173-88. 
I,  3,  244-5.     This  stands  in  the  quartos : 

"  But  to  give  you  such, 
Such   friendly  counsell." 

Massinger  does  repeat  sometimes  from  one  line  to  the  next ;  but  as 
this  case  would  give  an  extra  foot  and  is  not  at  all  necessary  the  first 
"such"  is  probably  a  misprint. 

I.  3,  301.  Gifford  alters  "  thou "  to  "  you  ".  He  has  done  so  either 
unintentionally  or  inconsistently  as  he  retains  a  perfect  parallel  in  308. 

I,  3,  322.  For  semicolon  marking  interrupted  speech  see  Simpson, 
Shakespearean  Punctuation,  p.  60. 

I,  3»  325-  "  signes  of  dutie ".  Coxeter  and  Mason  insert  a  stage 
direction  "  Kneels  "  which  is  probably  correct. 


NOTES  155 

I,  3,  325-6. 

"  Is  she  not  the  abstract 
Of  all  that's  rare,  or  to  be  wish't  in  Woman?" 

This  is  a  repeated  Massinger  expression.  Cf.  R.  A.,  I,  2  (ig6a)  ; 
M.  H.,  IV,  3  (273b)  ;  Pict.,  I,  2  (28?b)  ;  Emp.,  IV,  5  (3443)  ;  D.  F.,  Ill, 
i  (238b). 

I,  3»  328-  "  Ad  to  her  goodnesse  ".  I  can  not  agree  with  Gifford  who 
reads  "  too ".  I  have  not  found  an  undoubted  instance  of  such  a  con 
struction  in  Massinger.  As  it  stands,  it  is  a  Massinger  construction.  Cf. 
I,  3,  178;  II,  i,  289;  III,  i,  96;  IV,  i,  66. 

I,  3.  336.  The  mark  of  punctuation  is  badly  blurred  in  the  first  quarto 
but  I  think  it  is  probably  the  question  mark,  as  it  is  in  the  second  quarto. 

I.  3,  35°-     "  What  is  decreed,  can  never  be  recal'd  ".     The  reference 
is  probably  to  the  decree  of  Fate,  not  Sforza's  decree.     Cf.  New   Way, 
V,  i  (42ob)  : 

"  what's  decreed 
Above,  we  cannot  alter." 

I»  3,  36ft  "  his  unspotted  body  ".  "  His  "  was  corrected  to  "  her  "  by 
Massinger  in  the  Foljambe  quarto.  We  might  have  supposed  as  much 
from  the  parallel  passage,  IV,  3,  312-3. 

ACT  II,  SCENE  i 

II,  i.    Coxeter  and  Mason,  "  Scene,  a  Court  belonging  to  the  Palace." 
Gifford  "  The  same.     An  open  space  before  the  Castle."    Either  will  do 
as  the  scene  is  evidently  before  Marcelia's  room,  her  first  appearance  being 
on  the  upper  stage. 

II,  i,  3.  "To  leave  his  owne  strengths."  Massinger  is  rather  fond 
of  such  plurals.  This  word  occurs  in  the  plural  in  Ren.,  V,  3  (i6ia)  ; 
M.  H.,  Ill,  3  (26ob),  V,  2  (2823)  ;  Pict.,  IV,  4  (3i3a)  ;  N.  W .,  I,  2  (3923)  ; 
Bash.,  V,  3  (5583)  ;  Bond.  (Q),  I,  2  (1023)  ;  R.  A.  (Q),  V,  i  (22ob). 

II,  i,  9.  "  owne  and  sure ".  This  phrase  occurs  in  R.  A.,  Ill,  2 
(207b);  Bel,  III,  3  (6ioa). 

II,  i,  17.  "  Oedipus  ",  the  solver  of  riddles.  Cf.  R.  A.,  Ill,  2  (209b)  ; 
D.  F.,  IV,  i  (245a)  ;  Pict.,  Ill,  5  (3023)  ;  Emp.,  II,  i  (3283). 

II,  i,  29-30.     Gifford  arranges: 

"  Sadly,  it  seems    by  the   dutchess ; 
For  since  he  left  the  court, 
For  the  most  part,  etc." 

The  quarto  reading  gives  only  one  imperfect  line,  28.  Gifford's  gives 
two,  28  and  30.  The  imperfect  lines  are  few  in  this  play. 

II,  i,  37-8- 

"  she  that  lately 

Rivald   Poppaea  in  her  varied  shapes, 
Or  the  Aegyptian  Queene." 


156  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Cf.  "  But  so  adorn'd  as  if  she  were  to  rival 

Nero's  Poppaea  or  the  Egyptian  queen." 

Very  Woman,  II,  3  (soia). 

II,  i,  48.  In  the  first  quarto  this  direction  is  placed  in  the  margin 
opposite  line  49  and  first  half-line  of  50. 

II,  I,  57.  "  Ladies  ".  The  possessive  singular.  Graccho  is  servant  of 
the  princess  Mariana,  line  58. 

II,  i,  83.  This  direction  is  placed  in  the  first  quarto  in  the  margin 
following  the  second  half-line  of  83. 

II,  i,  84.  "  There  is  no  contending ".  The  characteristic  phrase  of 
Stephano  from  now  on.  Cf.  II,  i,  237 ;  IV,  3,  247. 

II,  i,  85.  Graccho  is  evidently  talking  to  Mariana  when  Tiberio  says, 
"  See,  the  informing  rogue."  Gifford  noted  this,  attaching  to  the  pre 
ceding  stage  directions,  line  83,  "  Graccho  whispers  the  latter." 

II,  i,  92.  In  the  first  quarto,  this  stage  direction  follows  the  first 
half-line  of  92. 

II,  i,  94.  "  Arras  pictures  of  Nobilitie ".  Empty  forms  of  nobility 
with  no  more  real  power  than  the  pictures  on  arras. 

II,  i,  105.  The  question  mark  was  used  regularly  in  exclamations. 
See  Simpson"  Shakespearean  Punctuation,  p.  85. 

II,  i,  109. 

"  Of  a  little  thing, 
It  is  so  full  of  gall". 

Gifford  notes  here  the  frequent  allusion  to  the  size  of  the  actors  in  plays 
of  the  time,  one  of  which  is  Midsummer  Night's  Dream  (III,  2,  282  ff.), 
the  quarrel  in  which  between  Hermia  and  Helena  he  considers  the  model 
and  authority  for  this  scene  in  the  Duke  of  Milan.  It  cannot  be  accepted 
as  authority  for  the  scene,  however,  as  it  is  in  comedy,  this  in  tragedy. 

Gifford  also  things  the  part  of  Mariana  was  "  not  improbably  "  taken 
by  Theophilus  Bourne,  who  acted  Paulina,  a  woman  "  low  of  stature  "  in 
the  Renegado,  I,  2  (i35b),  and  mentions  that  Domitilla  in  the  Roman 
Actor,  who  was  called  "Dwarf",  IV,  i  (21  ib),  was  played  by  John  Hun- 
nyman.  We  have  no  record  that  Bourne  ever  belonged  to  the  King's  men. 
When  he  played  Paulina  in  the  Renegado,  licensed  1624,  printed  1630,  he 
was  a  member  of  the  Princess  Elizabeth's  men.  Hunnyman  is  first  men 
tioned  in  the  Roman  Actor  (Oct.  n,  1626),  and  is  evidently  very  young 
at  that  time  as  he  is  called  "  Dwarf  ".  He  could  not,  then,  have  taken 
the  part,  which  must  have  been  taken  by  a  boy  just  beginning  about  1622, 
for  Mariana  is  "little"  (II,  i,  109).  It  could  hardly  have  been  Holcombe, 
as  he  had  come  into  the  company  before  1619.  It  may  have  been  James 
Horn,  who  is  mentioned  in  the  Pilgrim,  last  of  the  list  and  therefore  pre 
sumably  is  an  actor  of  women's  parts ;  or  John  Thompson,  who  is  cer 
tainly  in  the  company  before  1623,  playing  the  part  of  Julia  to  Sharp's 
Duchess  in  the  Duchess  of  Malfi.  I  suspect  Thompson  took  the  part. 

Since  Richard  Sharp  played  the  chief  women's  parts  for  the  King's 
Company  from  before  1619  to  about  1623,  it  is  practically  certain  that  he 


NOTES  157 

played  the  part  of  Marcelia,  he  being  now  "  three  f oote "  too  tall  for  a 
woman  (II,  I,  189). 

Cf.  II,  i,  158;  II,  i,  189-90.  Cf.  M.  H.,  II,  2  (26ib).  "Of  a  little 
thing  ". 

II,  i,  no.  "It,  Used  in  childish  language,  and  hence  contemptuously 
or  humorously,  of  a  person  ",  N.  E.  D.  Compare  Abbott  228. 

This  same  construction  occurs  later,  line  144,  where  Marcelia  uses  it 
sarcastically  as  expressing  the  attitude  of  Isabella  and  Mariana  to  her. 

II,  i,  121.  "Song".  "This,  like  many  others,  does  not  appear;  it 
was  probably  supplied  at  pleasure  by  the  actors."  Gifford.  In  this  con 
nection,  it  is  interesting  to  note  a  parallel  case  in  Believe  As  Ye  List  MS. 
In  the  margin  (leaf  20,  recto)  appears  the  direction,  "Harry:  Willson : 
&  Boy  ready  for  the  song  at  the  Arras."  About  forty-five  lines  later, 
"  The  Lute  strikes  &  then  the  Songe." 

II,  i,  142.  The  period  is  the  commonest  form  of  marking  an  inter 
rupted  speech.  See  Simpson,  Shakespearean  Punctuation,  p.  84.  Cf.  II, 
i,  162;  III,  i,  21. 

II,  i,  145.  "  Y'are  ".  This  contraction  occurs  only  once  more  in  the 
quarto,  IV,  3,  149.  It  is  common  in  Fletcher,  rare  in  Massinger.  Cf. 
Variorum  edition  of  Beaumont  and  Fletcher,  II,  103  ff.,  Spanish  Curate, 
edited  by  R.  B.  McKerrow,  introduction,  dealing  with  "  you  "  and  "  ye  ". 

II,  i,  154.  There  may  be  a  double  meaning  to  the  word  "dry"  here, 
dry  and  wrinkled  from  age. 

II,  i,  169-70.  Gifford  thinks  Massinger  is  indebted  for  this  touch 
"  to  the  treacherous  loquacity  of  the  dutchess's  waiting  woman,  in  her 
midnight  conference  with  Don  Quixote"  (Part  II,  Chap.  XLVIII). 

But  compare  the  following: 

'' Abig.       Thou'rt  a  vile  man:  God  bless  my  issue  from  thee! 

E.  Love.    Thou  hast  but  one,  and  that's  in  thy  left  crupper, 
That  makes  thee  hobble  so :  you  must  be  ground 
I'  the  breech  like  a  top;  you'll  never  spin  well  else." 

Scornful  Lady,  V,  I,  at  end,  Cambridge  reprint. 

Massinger,  then,  may  have  got  his  suggestion  either  directly  or  indi 
rectly  from  Don  Quixote.  It  seems  probable  that  this  book  started  the 
comic  treatment  of  "  issue  "  though  the  word  was  common  enough.  Cf. 
the  woman  with  an  "  issue  "  of  the  Bible. 

II,  i,  173.  Gifford  print's  "  aboue  the  ground".  The  phrase  occurs 
as  "above  ground"  in  the  Bondman,  quarto  1624,  II,  3  (nib),  and  in 
the  Fat.  D.,  I,  I  (355a).  Therefore,  the  quarto  reading  is  correct.  Ac 
cording  to  Gifford's  text,  this  form  occurs  also,  Ren.,  IV,  i  (1543). 

II,  i,  179.  "She's  of  the  kind".  "A  chicken  of  the  right  kind". 
Guard.,  IV,  i  (4803).  Cf.  II,  i,  112;  II,  i,  219, 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Massinger  has  used  in  the  space  of 
slightly  over  a  hundred  lines,  figures  from  the  three  principal  sports  of 
the  time — cock-fighting,  horse-racing,  bear-baiting. 

II,  i,  182.     This  stage  direction  followed  line  181  in  the  quarto. 

II,  i,  212.     Gifford  rearranges: 


158  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

"  I  will  be  partial 
To  none,  not  to  myself." 

I  consider  the  original  correct. 

II,  I,  242.  In  the  first  quarto,  this  direction  is  placed  opposite  the 
three  half-lines  beginning  with  the  second  half  line  of  240. 

II,  i,  261-2.    Coxeter  and  Mason  read : 

"  And  rais'd  so  high  upon  a  Rock  of  Goodness 
That  Vice  can  never  reach  you." 

II,  I,  274.  "  beyond  this  ".  Marcelia  is  referring  to  "  this  "  favor  of 
kissing  her  hand.  Why  Gifford  should  have  substituted  "  it "  for  "  this  " 
I  cannot  see. 

II,  i,  275-6.  "Be  it  death, 

And  death  with  torments." 

A  Massinger  expression.    Cf.  Ill,  3,  143;  R.  A.,  I,  i   (ipsb). 

II,  i,  289.  "Libidinous".  This  adjective  is  quite  common  in  Mas- 
singer.  Cf.  U.  C.,  V,  2  (62b)  ;  Bond.,  IV,  3  (i22a)  ;  P.  L.,  V,  i  (looa)  ; 
Pict.,  Ill,  4  (30ib)  ;  Guard.,  I,  I  (46ob),  V,  2  U87a)  ;  Bash.,  Ill,  3  (S44a). 

II,  i,  305.  "ad  to  that".  Gifford  changes  "that"  to  "it",  but  the 
quarto  reading  is  the  Massinger  construction.  See  II,  I,  289,  for  pre 
cisely  the  same  expression.  Also  cf.  Ill,  i,  96. 

II,  i,  307-11.     For  same  sentiment  cf.  P.  L.,  II,  3  (1743). 

II,  i,  315-16.  This  seems  to  mean  "  It  was  your  beauty,  and  not  your 
other  qualities,  that  I  first  saw  and  loved  ",  but  it  may  mean  "  Your  beauty 
which  I  loved  the  first  time  I  saw  it ",  or  "  Your  beauty  which  I  was  the 
first  to  see  and  love  ". 

II,  i,  334-5-    Cf.  note  to  Ded.  10. 

II,  i,  355-  Massinger  evidently  held  the  Ptolemaic  system  of  the 
universe,  in  which  he  was  not  behind  his  time.  "  In  England  few  men  of 
eminence  had  at  this  period  (Milton's)  embraced  the  new  astronomical 
doctrines,  and  up  to  and  beyond  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century  the 
majority  of  those  who  represented  the  intellect  and  learning  of  the  coun 
try  professed  their  adherence  to  the  old  Ptolemaic  beliefs.  .  .  .  Bacon 
(1561-1626)  persistently  rejected  them,  as  did  also  many  other  men  of 
learning  who  lived  at  that  time.  .  .  .  From  his  youth  up  to  his  thirtieth 
year,  Milton  (born  1608)  may  be  regarded  as  having  been  a  consistent 
Ptolemaist."  (Thomas  N.  Orchard,  Milton's  Astronomy,  98-9.) 

11,1,358-9.  "Or  that,  the  ravenous  Eagle,  and  the  Dove 

Keepe  in  one  Ayery,  and  bring  up  their  yong." 
Cf.  "  One  aerie  with  proportion  ne'er  discloses 

The  eagle  and  the  wren  ". 

Maid  of  Honor,  I,  2,   (258b). 

II,  i,  370-1.  Gifford  attaches  "I'll  try"  to  the  preceding  line.  I  have 
followed  the  quartos,  as  I  see  no  advantage  in  rearrangement. 

II,  i,  381.     "Tie  bend  her  body".     "Thus,  in  the  Maid's  Tragedy: 


NOTES  159 

'  I've  heard,  if  there  be  any  life  but  bow 
The  body  thus,  and  it  will  show  itself  '  ". 

Gifford. 

Cf.  Bash.,  Ill,  3  (S4Sa). 

II,  i»  393-  "be  no  more  remembred ".  Frequently  repeated.  Cf. 
Ren.,  IV,  3  (iS7a)  ;  R.  A.,  I,  4  (igpb). 

II,  i,  397.  Gifford  has  slightly  altered  this  by  putting  a  period  after 
dies.  He  thereby  spoils  a  typical  Massinger  expression.  Cf .  IV,  3,  278-9 ; 
V,  i,  23-4. 

II,  i,  400-1. 

"  For  with  this  Arme  I'le  swim  through  Seas  of  blood, 

Or  make  a  Bridge,  arch'd  with  the  bones  of  Men  ". 
Cf.  "  I  would  not  go  through  open  doors,  but  break  'em 

Swim  to  my  ends  through  blood ;  or  build  a  bridge 
Of  carcasses". 

Jonson's  Cataline,  III,  2. 

II,  i,  403.    The  question  mark  is  often  used  where  we  would  use  a 
mark  of  exclamation.     Cf.  Ill,  i,  191;  III,  2,  65;  III,  3,  135;  IV,  2,  14; 
IV,  3,  271.     See  P.  Simpson's  Shakespearean  Punctuation,  section  37. 

ACT  III,  SCENE  i 

III,  i,   Scene  direction.     Coxeter  and   Mason   "  Scene,  The  Imperial 
Camp."     Gifford,  "  The  Imperial  Camp,  before  Pavia ".     Gifford's  seems 
the  better. 

Ill,  i,  19-21.  "  Of  all  kinds  of  nutriment,  wine  was  thought  to  con 
tribute  most  to  the  formation  of  blood.  Cf.  Marlowe,  second  part  of 
Tamburlaine  the  Great  (III,  ii,  3297-8)  : 

'  Filling  their  empty  vaines  with  aiery  wine, 
That  being  concocted,  turnes  to  crimson  blood.' " 

(P.  A.  Robin,  The  Old  Physiology  in  English  Literature,  p.  107.) 
Ill,  i,  24.     That  is  to  say,  they  make  three  meals  of  a  bunch  of  raisins. 
Massinger   considered    that   to   make   one   meal   upon    a  bunch   was   bad 
enough.    Cf.  D.  P.,  II,  2  (231!)). 

"  But  Italians, 

That  think  when  they  have  supp'd  upon  an  olive, 
A  root,  or  bunch  of  raisins,  'tis  a  feast". 

''Surely',  says  Plot'well,  in  the  City  Match  (III,  3,  p.  265,  Hazlitt's 
Dodsley,  XIII), 

'  Surely,   myself, 

Cipher  his  factor,  and  an  ancient  cat, 
Did  keep  strict  diet,  had  our  Spanish  fare, 
Four  olives  among  three !     My  uncle  would 
Look  fat  with  fasting;  I  have  known  him  surfeit 
Upon  a  bunch  of  raisins,  swoon  at  sight 


160  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Of  a  whole  joint,  and  rise  an  epicure 
From  half  an  orange  '  ". 

Gifford. 
HI,  i,  25-7- 

"  These  Spunges  that  suck  up  a  Kingdomes  fat 


To  be  squees'd  out  by  the  rough  hand  of  warre  ". 
This  figure  is  repeated  Bel.,  V,  i   (6213). 

"  Batning  like  Scarabes  in  the  dung  of  Peace  ". 

This  figure  is  repeated,  Pict.,  II,  2  (2Q4b). 
HI,  i,  31-2. 

"  Their  faire  Madona's,  that  in  little  Dogges, 
Monkeis,  and  Paraquito's  consume  thousands". 

Cf.  New  Way,  IV,  3  (4i6a),  for  same  list  of  pets.  Compare  Beau 
mont  in  the  Woman  Hater,  II,  i  (433a)  : 

"  women  that  were  created  only  for  the  preservation  of  little  dogs  ". 

Ill,  i,  84.  Both  the  sense  and  the  meter  require  the  insertion  of 
"  on  ",  which  was  supplied  by  Coxeter. 

111,1,95-6.     "what  a  worthy  thing  it  is 

To  have  power,  and  not  to  use  it ". 

This  thought  is  repeated,  U.  C.,  V,  2  (62a)  ;  Bash.,  II,  3  (546a). 

Ill,  i,  147.  "  Your "  for  "  you "  occurs  in  Thierry  and  Theodoret, 
II,  i  (p.  28,  130,  Cambridge  Reprint)  ;  a  Massinger  scene,  as  Boyle,  Oli- 
phant,  Fleay,  and  Macaulay  agree.  Thus  the  mistake  is  probably  due  to 
Massinger's  handwriting.. 

Ill,  i,  163-4.  "stands  Prepar'd  for  either  fortune".  Cf.  Bond.,  Ill, 
3  (n6b);  Bel,  I,  i  (596a). 

Ill,  i,  191.  "He  hath  deliver'd  reasons".  Mason  emended  to  "rea 
son  ",  but  Massinger  regularly  uses  the  plural. 

Cf .  "  When  I  have  yielded  reasons  ". 

Bond.,  V,  3    (i3ib). 
"  These  his  letters 
Will  yield  you  further  reasons." 

Great  Duke,  I,  I   (2253). 
"  I'll  yield  you  reasons  ". 

Bel,  III,  3  (6i2b). 
Ill,  i,  194-5.     Coxeter  and  Mason  read : 

"  I  care  not  who  knows  it)  I  wonder  he 
Can  be  so  stupid  ". 

Ill,  i,  199-200.  (Constancy)   "  beares  such  palme 

And  priviledge  with  it ". 


NOTES  161 

Cf.  "  To  think  what  privilege  and  palm  it  (clothing)  bears 

Here,  in  the  court !  " 

Jonson's  Every  Man  Out  Of  His  Humour,  III,  3. 

111,1,219-20.  "Not  to  take 

From  others  to  give  only  to  my  selfe ". 

"  A.  Whether  a  man  may  give  unto  himselfe,  &  requite  himselfe  ". 

Lodge's  Seneca,  table  of  Paradoxes. 

The  peculiarity  of  this  expression  seems  to  have  caused  some  trouble. 
Gifford  says :  "  This  is  the  reading  of  all  the  old  copies,  and  nothing  can 
be  clearer  than  that  it  is  perfectly  proper.  The  modern  editors,  however, 
choose  to  weaken  both  the  sense  and  the  sentiment,  by  a  conceit  of  their 
own:  they  print,  "-  —  to  give  only  to  thyself"! 

The  quoted  passage  supports  the  quarto.  See  also  the  discussion  of 
this  question  in  Lodge's  Seneca,  page  98. 

Ill,  i,  246-7.     This  is  printed  in.  the  quarto  thus : 

"  In  this  and  all  things,  we  are  your  Servants  ". 

I  have  accepted  Coxeter's  rearrangement,  followed  by  Mason  and 
Gifford,  which  the  meter  requires.  The  second  quarto  prints  one  line 
speeches  as  above  regularly  (see  note  I,  3,  84-5),  but  the  first  quarto  does 
so  very  rarely. 

ACT  III,  SCENE  2 

III,  2,  Scene  direction.  Coxeter  and  Mason,  "  Scene  changes  to 
Pisa  ".  Gifford :  "  Milan.  A  room  in  the  Castle."  Gifford's  is  sufficiently 
accurate. 

Ill,  2,  4.  "  There  does  belong  a  feeling  ". 

Cf.        "  Nay,  since  we  trade  both  one  way,  thou  shalt  have 
Some  feeling  with  me :  take  that ". 
The  Lover's  Progress,  II,  2  (642b)    (Massinger  scene). 

"  I  care  not  for  seeing,  I  love  feeling ;  let  me  feel  it  here ;  aurium 
tenus,  ten  pieces  of  gold ;  genuum  tenus,  ten  pieces  of  silver  ". — Dekker's 
Shoemaker  Holiday,  IV,  5. 

"  Feeling "  is  therefore  a  slang  expression  for  money,  used  in  the 
sense  of  tip,  bribe,  gratuity.  Massinger  probably  borrowed  this  word 
from  Dekker,  since  shortly  before  the  writing  of  the  Duke  of  Milan  he 
had  revised  one  of  Dekker's  plays,  the  Virgin  Martyr,  and  presumably 
was  interested  in  the  work  of  that  author. 

"Feeling"  is  therefore  the  correct  word  and  not  "feeing"  as  Cun 
ningham,  followed  by  Symons,  prints. 

Ill,  2,  6.     "honours".     See  note  I,  i,  17. 

Ill,  2,  8.  "  Chirurgion ".  Where  I  have  consulted  quartos  or  MS., 
Massinger  always  uses  this  form,  not  "surgeon".  Cf.  Bond.,  II,  3  (nib)  ; 
R.  A.,  Ill,  2  (2o8b)  ;  Emp.,  IV,  4  (342a)  ;  Bel,  (6ooa). 

Ill,  2,  ii.  Gifford  has  substituted  "his"  for  "their",  but  I  think 
the  form  is  probably  as  Massinger  wrote  it.  The  ideas  of  agreement  were 


162  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

far  looser  then  than  now.  Besides,  the  reference  here  seems  to  be  rather 
to  the  class  than  to  any  particular  individual.  When  we  remember  that 
Massinger  used  "Courtier"  as  plural  (IV,  I,  23),  we  may  see  still  further 
reason  for  "  their  ".  Yet  he  uses  "  his  "  in  line  12. 

Ill,  2,  17-8.     See  Introduction,  Date  of  Composition. 

Ill,  2,  27.  All  the  editors  have  followed  quarto  two  in  reading  "  of  " 
for  "  or  "  of  the  first  quarto,  probably  being  influenced  in  their  choice  by 
the  expression  in  Hamlet,  I,  2,  150,  "  discourse  of  reason  ".  The  phrase 
with  "  of  "  is  quite  common.  See  note  to  this  passage  in  the  Variorum 
Shakespeare. 

I  have  found  no  other  instance  in  Massinger  where  "  of  "  was  sus 
pected.  Massinger's  usual  order  is  "  Discourse ",  conjunction,  parallel 
word,  such  as  "  reason  ",  "  manners  ",  etc.  I  see  no  reason,  then,  to  read 
with  the  second  quarto.  Cf .  "  discourse  or  manners  ",  IV,  3,  195  "  dis 
course  and  reason",  U.  C.,  II,  i  (4ia),  "discourse  and  judgement",  Cit., 
Ill,  2  (438b). 

Ill,  2,  32.  Gifford  supplies  the  missing  syllable  in  this  line  with  "  sir  ". 
He  is  possibly  correct.  This  word  would  easily  drop  out  since  according 
to  the  manuscript  of  Believe  As  Ye  List  this  is  a  contracted  form,  only 
the  "  S  "  being  written  in  the  line.  A  very  little  indistinctness  might  cause 
it  to  be  overlooked.  Cf.  I,  3,  117;  I,  3,  120;  II,  I,  19,  etc. 

Ill,  2,  35.  "  And  'tis  the  last  that's  memorable."  "  It  is  the  latest 
story  about  women  that  is  worth  remembering  ". 

Ill,  2,  36.  Gifford  has  "little  doubt  but  that  this  lively  story  was 
founded  in  fact,  and  well  understood  by  the  poet's  contemporaries." 

Ill,  2,  42.    "  Was  found  at  the  exercise  behind  the  Arras."    Cf.  Ren., 

III,  4  (i49b).    Also  compare  a  passage,  not  by  Massinger,  in  Two  N.  K., 

IV,  3  (574a). 

1  III,  2,  55.  With  the  words  "  Goe,  ther's  for  thee  "  Graccho  probably 
gives  the  officer  the  "  feeling  "  he  has  asked  for. 

Ill,  2,  63.  "  perused  the  Porters  lodge."  "  i.  e.  that  have  been  whipt 
there.  The  porter's  lodge,  in  our  author's  days,  when  the  great  claimed, 
and  indeed,  frequently  exercised,  the  right  of  chastising  their  servants, 
was  the  usual  place  of  punishment.  Thus  Shirley  in  the  Grateful  Servant 
(Act  III,  scene  i)  : 

My  friend,  what  make  you  here? 

Begone,  begone,  I  say;  there  is  a  porter's  lodge  else,  where  you  may 
have  due  chastisement." — Gifford. 

Cf.  Jonson's  Masque  of  Augurs.  Nares'  Glossary  gives  other  in 
stances  of  the  same  allusion.  Actual  instances  of  the  custom  are  to  be 
found  in  Nichols,  Progresses  of  James  I,  Vol.  II,  490;  III,  536.  Cf.  N. 
W.,  I,  i  (39oa). 

Ill,  2,  63.  "Enter  Julio  and  Giovanni.  This  has  been  hitherto 
printed,  Enter  two  Gentlemen,  though  one  of  them  is  immediately  named. 
Not  to  multiply  characters  unnecessarily,  I  have  supposed  them  to  be  the 
same  that  appear  with  Graccho,  in  the  first  scene  of  the  first  act." — Gifford. 


NOTES  .      163 

I  have  no  doubt  that  the  parts  were  acted  by  the  same  men  as  in  the 
first  scene,  since  there  are  usually  three  actors  in  this  stratum  of  the 
play,  three  drunkards  at  beginning  of  first  scene,  three  gentlemen  setting 
forth  banquet  at  beginning  of  I,  3 ;  Graccho  and  (two?)  fiddlers  in  Act 
II,  three  soldiers  at  the  beginning  of  Act  III,  then  Graccho  and  his  two 
tormentors  in  the  scene  under  discussion.  But  I  see  no  more  necessity 
for  their  bearing  the  same  names  here  than  elsewhere.  Besides,  these  are 
not  the  friends  of  Graccho  as  were  those  of  I,  I,  the  note  upon  which  see. 
Ill,  2,  65-9.  "  This  speech  has  been  '  conveyed '  by  Fletcher  or  his 
editor,  into  his  excellent  comedy  of  the  Elder  Brother:  (IV,  2  (i47a)  ; 
a  Fletcher  scene). 

'  They  look  ruefully, 

'As  (if)   they  had  newly  come  from  a  vaulting  house, 
'  And  had  been  quite  shot  through  between  wind  and  water 
'  By  a  she-Dunkirk,  and  had  sprung  a  leak,  sir.' 

The  meaning  is  sufficiently  obvious." — 'Gifford. 

In  assigning  the  praise  or  the  blame,  however,  we  need  to  remember 
the  following  passage  from  Philaster,  IV,  I  (4oa).  (Beaumont  scene.) 

"  See  how  he  sinks !  the 

wench  has  shot  him  between  wind  and  water,  and,  I 
hope,  sprung  a  leak." 

It  was  only  necessary  for  Massinger  to  specify  what  kind  of  a  ship 
was  concerned.  Some  have  also  doubted  that  the  Elder  Brother  is  later 
than  the  Duke  of  Milan,  but  without  very  good  reasons.  The  "  spring  a 
leak  "  figure  is  a  slang  phrase  which  occurs  rather  frequently  in  the  works 
of  the  time,  perhaps  half-a-dozen  times  in  The  Chances.  I  have  noted  a 
few,  I,  3  (496b)  ;  I,  6  (497a)  ;  II,  2  (soib)  ;  III,  2  (so6b).  In  II,  2,  the 
ship  figure  also  occurs. 

Ill,  2,  67.  "  she  Dunckerke  ".  The  famous  pirates  and  privateers  of 
Dunkirk  were  coming  in  for  a  good  share  of  trouble  about  this  time.  In 
the  summer  of  1622,  two  privateers  were  chased  by  Dutch  men-of-war, 
the  one  into  Aberdeen,  the  other  to  Leith.  The  captain  pursuing  the  ship 
into  Leith  continued  to  fire  after  entering  the  harbor,  even  striking  some 
of  the  houses  in  the  town.  The  Dunkirk  ships  remained  all  winter 
watched  by  the  Dutchmen.  This  situation  caused  a  great  deal  of  comment 
and  protest. 

It  is  possible  that  Massinger,  having  a  ship-leak  figure  such  as  was 
pointed  out  for  Philaster  in  the  preceding  note,  localized  the  allusion  to 
Dunkirk  after  these  events  in  1622.  A  confirming  circumstance  is  the  bad 
metrical  arrangement  of  part  of  the  section,  for  which  see  next  note.  The 
mistake  in  the  phrase  "  wind  and  weather  "  for  "  wind  and  water  ",  taken 
with  the  metrical  trouble,  is  practically  conclusive  proof  that  the  MS.  was 
in  a  bad  state  at  this  place  from  rewriting. 

Ill,  2,  68-9.     Printed  in  quarto : 

"  Betweene  winde  and  weather, 
And  he  hath  sprung  a  leake  too,  or  I'me  cousen'd." 


164  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

I  have  accepted  Gifford's  rearrangement  of  these  lines  as  they  are 
roughly  metrical. 

The  quarto  reads  "  winde  and  weather ",  evidently  for  "  winde  and 
water  ".  As  "  winde  and  weather  "  is  a  proverbial  expression  of  the  time, 
it  is  probable  that  Massinger  or  the  printer  inadvertently  made  the  sub 
stitution. 

Ill,  2,  84.     Direction  in  margin  opposite  85  and  86. 

Ill,  2,  89.  "  Princes  ".  This  is  an  old  spelling,  though  the  usual  form 
in  this  quarto  is  "Princesse".  Cf.  II,  i,  62. 

Ill,  2,  97.  "  This  will  tempt  me  "  is  printed  in  the  right  margin,  oppo 
site  the  first  and  second  half  lines  of  97.  It  does  not  fit  into  the  metrical 
scheme  and  was  probably  so  printed  for  that  reason.  In  this,  it  is  like 
the  section  inserted  in  III,  3,  44,  only  section  III,  2,  97,  is  not  necessary 
to  the  sense.  As  I  admit  the  other,  I  must  admit  this,  and  it  can  be  put 
in  only  one  place.  Gifford  regards  it  as  an  "  addition  of  the  prompter,  or 
an  unnecessary  interpolation  of  the  copyist,  which  spoils  the  metre."  It 
may  be  only  an  actor's  "  gag  ". 

Ill,  2,  108.     "  My  page  waites  in  the  lobbie,  give  him  sweetmeats  ". 
"  I've  sweet  meat  in  my  closet  shall  content  him 
Be.his  palate  ne'er  so  curious". 

Bond.,  I,  2  (loib). 

Ill,  2,  116. 

"  That  with  an  Iron  pen  is  writ  in  brasse 
On  my.  tough  hart  ". 

This  figure  is  repeated,  V,  i,  83-4.  See  also  V,  i,  137.  Cf.  Bel.,  I, 
I  (59/b). 

ACT  III,  SCENE  3 

III,  3,  Scene  direction.  Coxeter  and  Mason  "  Scene  changes  to  an 
Apartment  in  the  Palace ".  Gifford  "  Another  Room  in  the  same ".  I 
prefer  Gifford's. 

Ill,  3,  17.  Note  the  dash  over  the  "  e  ",  the  old  abbreviation  for  "  m  ". 
This  is  its  only  occurrence  in  this  play.  It  occurs  occasionally  in  the 
manuscript  of  Believe  As  Ye  List.  It  occurs  also  in  other  quartos,  usually 
in  a  long  line  where  space  is  necessary  as  here. 

Ill,  3,  24.     Qj  has  a  period  at  the  end  of  this  line. 
Ill,  3,  35-6.  "  but  you  must  sweare 

By  your  unspotted  truth  ". 

Cf.  Bond.,  IV,  3  (i23a). 

Ill,  3,  40-48.  "  I  have  regulated  this  speech,  which  was  exceedingly 
harsh  and  confused  in  all  the  printed  copies,  according  to  Massinger's 
manuscript  corrections.  The  repetition  must  be  attributed  to  the  embar 
rassed  state  of  Francisco's  mind. 

In  the  seventh  line,  the  poet  has  altered  seal  of  woman's  goodness 
(the  reading  of  all  the  copies)  to  soul." — Gifford. 


NOTES  165 

Gifford's  text  differs  from  that  of  the  quartos  in  four  respects — in 
substituting  "ne'er"  for  "  e're ",  line  40;  "Must"  for  "Might",  line  44; 
insertion  of  the  passage" — Faile  not",  etc.,  which  stood  in  the  margin, 
line  44;  and  in  substituting  "soul"  for  "scale",  line  40 — only  the  last  of 
which  is  specifically  stated  to  have  been  altered  by  Massinger,  the  others 
presumably  being  covered  by  the  blanket  statement.  Of  the  three,  the  first 
is  evidently  required  by  the  context,  the  second  is  preferable  but  not  nec 
essary,  the  third  is  a  necessary  insertion  but  the  position  was  originally  in 
doubt.  Gifford  omits  the  section  entirely  from  his  first  edition  but  in  his 
second  agrees  with  Coxeter  and  Mason  in  placing  it  in  line  44,  a  significant 
fact  since  Gifford  disagrees  with  his  predecessors  wherever  possible. 

Gifford  accounts  for  the  repetitions  by  the  embarrassed  state  of 
Francisco's  mind  but  they  seem  to  me  to  be  more  likely  due  to  the  em 
barrassment  of  the  printer  in  deciphering  Massinger's  corrections.  I 
account  for  the  repetition  by  supposing  that  the  printer  inserted  parts  of 
both  the  original  and  the  revised  form.  The  same  kind  of  error  occurs 
twice  in  Love's  Labour's  Lost,  IV,  3,  296-354,  and  V,  2,  827-879.  Mas- 
singer  would  then  in  the  dedicatory  copy  to  Foljambe  have  smoothed  the 
error  over  as  nicely  as  he  could,  giving  us  the  form  that  Gifford  has 
recorded.  I  have  replaced  the  period  of  line  42  by  a  comma,  have  printed 
"  With "  and  "  Faile "  in  small  letters,  and  have  inserted  a  period  after 
"  her  ". 

HI,  3,  54-5- 

"  In  thy  faire  life 
Hereafter  studie  to  deserve  this  bountie ". 

A  repeated  Massinger  sentiment  and  phrase.  Cf.  Ren.,  V,  2  (i6ob)  ; 
Emp.,  II,  i  (329b)  ;  Guard.,  V,  4  (49ob).  Also  Fat.  D.,  IV,  4  (38ob)  (a 
Massinger  scene). 

Shakespeare  has  the  same  sentiment  in  the  Tempest,  III,  3,  79-82: 

whose  wraths  to  guard  you  from 
is  nothing  but  heart  sorrow 


And  a  clear  life  ensuing." 

Ill,  3,  56.  The  quarto  has  "  with  "  where  the  sense  requires  "  which  ". 
The  same  mistake  occurs  in  V,  2,  240,  where  Massinger  corrected  it  in 
the  Foljambe  quarto.  The  misreading  is  probably  connected  with  the  fact 
that  Massinger  abbreviates  "  which ",  "  w "  in  the  line  and  "  ch "  sus 
pended  thus  "wch".  See  line  2  of  Believe  As  Ye  List  MS.  The  "c" 
thus  looks  somewhat  like  a  "  t "  in  the  same  position.  The  type  of  "  h  " 
is  different,  however,  in  the  two  connections.  Professor  Parrott  tells  me 
this  substitution  is  common  in  Chapman  also. 

Ill,  3,  63.  "  my  "  changed  to  "  mine  "  by  Gifford  following  Q*  C  M. 
Cf.  I,  3,  203,  where  he  made  the  opposite  change  following  M. 

Ill,  3,  85.  This  direction  stands  in  the  quarto  opposite  second  half- 
line  of  82. 


166  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

III,  3,  95-6.  "  desire  .  ,  .  have ".  Gifford  prints  "  desires  ",  but  see 
note  on  I,  i,  66-8. 

Ill,  3,  115.  This  reference  to  witch  and  witchcraft  was  far  from  a 
figure  of  speech  to  the  Jacobean  audience.  H.  D.  Traill,  Social  England, 
Vol.  IV,  page  85,  says :  "  With  the  accession  of  James  a  change  came  over 
the  feeling  of  those  in  power.  During  the  later  years  of  Elizabeth  tract 
after  tract  appeared,  calling  for  severe  punishment  upon  witches,  but 
with  no  result :  the  English  trials,  up  to  now,  had  been  characterised 
rather  by  folly  than  ferocity,  the  new  rule  was  marked  by  ferocious  folly. 
For  forty  years  Scotland  had  been  engaged  in  witch  hunting  with  the 
result  that  8,000  human  beings  are  believed  to  have  been  burnt  between 
1560  and  1600;  and  for  the  last  ten  years  of  the  century  the  king  had  been 
at  the  head  of  the  hunt."  Traill  then  gives  an  account  of  James's  search 
for  witches  occasioned  by  the  storm  he  had  passed  through  on  his  return 
from  Denmark,  May,  1590.  "  Thirty  of  the  accused  were  burnt  alive  on 
one  day  in  1591.  .  .  .  James  himself  wrote  a  work  on  Demonology  against 
Scot  and  Wierus,  a  continental  writer  who  had  taken  a  fairly  sensible 
view ".  A  rigid  act  was  passed  in  1604  against  witchcraft,  prohibiting 
among  other  things  the  procuring  of  love,  under  which  70,000  persons 
were  executed -up  to  1680.  So  the  expression  in  this  line  and  that  in  IV, 
3,  164,  are  to  be  taken  seriously.  We  may  see  from  this  how  Massinger 
could  make  such  use  of  the  supernatural  in  the  Virgin  Martyr  and  of 
magic  in  the  Picture. 

Ill,  3,  140-1.  The  pointing  of  the  modern  editors,  removing  the 
comma  after  "  Caesar "  and  placing  a  semicolon  after  "  furie ",  slightly 
changes  the  reading  of  the  original. 

Ill,  3,  146.  "  it "  for  "  yet "  is  a  common  misprint  of  the  time  (cf. 
Gentleman  Usher,  V,  3,  72),  due  usually  to  the  fact  that  the  contracted 
form  of  "yet"  (y*)  is  so  much  like  "it".  But  Massinger  does  not  use 
the  contracted  form  in  Believe  As  Ye  List  MS. 

III,  3,  157.     "  heart-strings  ",  cf.  IV,  3,  316.     "  also  the  hart  is  bounde 
with  certayne  Ligamentes  to  the  backe  part  of  the  brest,  but  these  Lyga- 
mentes  touche  not  the  substaunce  of  the  Hart,  but  in  the  ouerpart  they 
spring  foorth  of  him,  and  is  fastened,  as  is  aforesayed  ".     (The  Anatomic 
of  The  Bodie  of  Man,  Thomas  Vicary.     Edition  of   1548  as  reissued  in 
IS77-) 

ACT  IV,  SCENE  i 

IV,  i,  Scene  direction.     Coxeter  and  Mason,  "An  Apartment  in  the 
Palace  ".     Gifford,  "  The  same.     A  Room  in  the  Castle."     This  scene  may 
be  in  a  room  of  the  castle,  but  it  might  also  be  a  street  scene. 

IV,  i,  5.  It  seems  to  have  been  hard  for  the  printer  to  distinguish 
between  "art"  and  "act",  as  he  made  just  the  opposite  mistake  in  V,  2, 
100.  The  two  words  would  be  easily  confused  in  Massinger's  writing. 
However,  "  acts  "  in  the  sense  of  "  records  "  is  barely  possible  here. 

See  note  to  Thierry  and  Theodorct,  II,  i    (Dyce,  123),  a  Massinger 


NOTES  167 

scene,  where  the  same  phrase  "  hidden  acts "  of  the  folios  has  been 
emended  to  "  hidden  art's  ". 

IV,  I,  ii.     No  punctuation  at  end  of  line  in  either  quarto. 

IV,  I,  50.  The  comma  is  often  used  to  set  off  a  noun  clause.  See 
Simpson,  Shakespearean  Punctuation,  p.  41. 

IV,  I,  108-9.  "  To  try  conclusions,  a  very  common  expression,  is,  to 
try  experiments  .  .  .  commenced,  and  gone  out,  which  occur  in  the  next 
line,  are  University  terms." — Gifford.  Cf.  Emp.,  II,  i  (33ia). 

ACT  IV,  SCENE  2 

IV,  2,  Scene  direction.  Coxeter  and  Mason,  "  Scene  changes  to  an 
other  Apartment ".  Gifford,  "  Another  Room  in  the  same ".  Either  is 
correct,  but  Gifford's  is  preferable  in  statement. 

IV,  2,  20.  "  Liverie  Mistresses",  "  trans f.  [from  livery  horse],  punk  ", 
N.  E.  D.  Cf.  Very  Woman,  II,  3  (5O4a). 

IV,  2,  21.  "The  stallion  of  the  State".  Cf.  Thierry  and  Theodoret, 
II,  2  (4123)  ;  Monsieur  D'Olive,  I,  i,  238.  See  Guard.,  Ill,  6  (476b). 

IV,  2,  23.     Direction  placed  opposite  24  in  quarto. 

IV,  2,  24.     "  I  should  weare  yellow  breeches." 

"For  he  that's  jealous  of  his  wife's  being  bad, 
Must  have  his  legs  with  yellow  stockings  clad." 

Poor  Robin,  1670. 
(Lean's  collectanea,  II,  275.) 
Cf.  Emp.,  IV,  5   (344b),  "fatal  yellow". 

IV,  2,  25.  "  we  know  our  exit ".  This  has  been  changed  by  all  the 
editors  to  "duty",  although  Gifford  notes  in  his  second  edition  (1813), 
"  Massinger  has  made  no  alteration  (in  the  autograph  copy)  here,  so  that 
exit  is  perhaps  the  genuine  reading."  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  quarto  is 
correct,  for  Massinger,  with  the  other  writers  of  his  time,  often  spoke  in 
terms  of  the  stage.  The  fact  that  "  exit "  is  italicized  in  the  second  quarto 
is  of  little  weight,  since  the  quarto  itself,  as  we  have  seen,  is  merely  a 
reprint  of  the  first,  and  this  marking  only  shows  the  opinion  of  the  second 
quarto's  editor  or  printer.  However,  in  a  similar  situation,  Pict.,  IV,  4 
(3123),  Baptista  says  "I  know  my  duty". 

IV,  2,  27.  "  hazard  of  a  check  ".  A  repeated  phrase.  Cf.  Ren.,  IV, 
3  (I56b)  ;  Emp.,  II,  i  (327b)  ;  Fat.  D.,  I,  i  (353a). 

ACT  IV,  SCENE  3 

IV,  3,  Scene  direction.  Coxeter  and  Mason  have  no  statement  of 
scene  here.  Gifford,  "  Another  Room  in  the  same ",  which  may  or  may 
not  be  correct,  as  there  is  no  way  of  telling  whether  the  room  is  the  same 
or  another.  Certainly  no  distinction  would  have  been  made  on  the  Eliza 
bethan  stage. 

IV,  3,  30.     I  have  inserted  a  necessary  comma  after  "  Shall ". 

IV,  3,  38.  I  have  supplied  the  second  half  of  the  parenthesis  after 
"  reply  "  as  it  is  found  in  the  second  quarto. 

12 


168  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

IV,  3,  88.  While  the  quarto  reading  "  winning  "  for  "  Joining  "  seems 
an  impossible  printer's  error  from  modern  handwriting,  it  is  a  very  easy 
mistake  in  Massinger's.  He  makes  the  first  part  of  his  "  w  "  taller  than 
the  rest  and  nearly  closes  the  latter  part,  very  closely  resembling  his  "  o  ". 
Thus  "  io  "  and  "  w  "  may  readily  be  interchanged.  The  remaining  parts 
of  the  two  words  differ  only  in  the  matter  of  single  for  double  "  n  ",  a 
comparatively  unimportant  difference  in  the  spelling  of  the  time. 

IV,  3,  95.  "  Thick  skinn'd  is  the  reading  of  both  the  quartos ;  the 
modern  editors  (C  and  M)  .  .  .  displaced  it  for  thick-skull'd.  It  is  not 
to  want  of  understanding,  but  to  a  bluntness  of  feeling,  that  the  speaker 
alludes." — Gifford. 

The  same  adjective  occurs,  Bond.,  Ill,  i  (1133). 

IV,  3,  97-8- 

"  that  must  take  physicke 
From  her  young  Doctor  physicke  upon  her  backe  ". 

Repeated  in  Bond.,  i,  2  (looa). 

IV,  3,  98.  "  From  her  young  doctor  physic.  The  old  copies  had  a 
break  here  to  shew  that  the  word  was  illegible  at  the  press :  Coxeter  and 
M.  Mason  filled  up  the  space  with  and.  I  chose  rather  to  continue  the 
break,  in  which  the  possessors  of  the  first  edition  may  now,  if  they  please, 
insert  the  genuine  word,  which  is  taken  from  Massinger's  corrected  copy." 
Gifford. 

IV,  3,  102.  "Were  I  match'd  to  another  Messaline  ".  Cf.  P.  L.,  I,  4 
(1673)  ;  he  uses  the  form  Messalina,  Guard.,  Ill,  6  (476a). 

The  reference  is  to  Valeria  Messalina,  third  wife  of  the  emperor 
Claudius  I.  "  Her  character  is  drawn  in  the  darkest  colours  by  the  almost 
contemporary  pencils  of  Tacitus  (Ann.,  XI,  i,  2,  12,  26-38)  and  the  elder 
Pliny  (H.  N.,  X,  63)  by  the  satirist  Juvenal  (Sat.,  VI,  115-135;  X,  333- 
336;  XIV,  331),  who  makes  her  the  example  of  female  profligacy  and  by 
the  historian  Dion  Cassius  (IX,  14-18,  27-31),  who  wrote  long  after  any 
motive  remained  for  exaggerating  her  crimes".  (Dictionary of  Greek  and 
Roman  Biography,  Sir  William  Smith.)  Messalina  also  appears  in  Sue 
tonius  Claud.,  17,  26,  27,  29,  36,  37,  39;  Nero,  6;  Vitell.,  2;  Seneca  Mort. 
Claud.;  Josephus  Antiq.,  XX,  8§i ;  Bell.,  II,  I2§8. 

Massinger  would  have  had  access  to  most  of  these,  as  many  of  them 
had  been  translated.  But  he  probably  used  Lodge's  Seneca  (1614),  if  we 
may  judge  from  the  form  of  the  name.  In  all  the  originals  and  transla 
tions  which  were  listed  above,  the  form  of  the  name  is  Messalina.  Says 
Justus  Lipsius,  whose  comment  Lodge  is  translating,  in  his  argument 
prefixed  to  the  book  "Of  consolation  to  Helvia  ",  page  739:  "This  Booke 
was  written  during  the  time  of  his  Exile,  which  was  about  the  first  yeare 
of  Claudius  Reigne  ...  by  the  suggestion  of  impure  Messalline.  This 
publike  Harlot  objected  against  him  that  he  had  committed  adultery  with 
Julia  Germanicus  Daughter,  and  charged  Seneca  therewith.  Of  this  have 
we  spoken  in  his  Life".  In  the  life  Chap.  V,  he  speaks  of  "that  impudent 
Harlot,  (I  mean  Messaline)  and  that  loathsome  beast  Claudius."  Tone 


NOTES  169 

and  form  point  to  this  as  Massinger's  source.  See  note  to  I,  I,  59-60; 
III,  i,  219-20;  V,  2,  227-8.  He  would  have  found  from  Lodge's  transla 
tion  of  Josephus,  which  he  probably  used  for  the  plot  of  his  tragedy 
(Antiq.,  XX,  5,  page  521),  "Claudius  had  before  time  put  Messalina  his 
wife  to  death,  for  the  jealousie  that  hee  had  of  her".  Outside  of  Mas- 
singer,  I  have  found  two  other  allusions  to  this  person  in  the  drama  of 
the  time.  Four  Plays  in  One,  Triumph  of  Honor,  I,  i  (5053),  has  Messa- 
line,  Valentinian,  IV,  I  (454b),  has  Messalina,  both  plays  seemingly  ante 
dating  Lodge's  translation  of  Seneca. 

IV,  3,  108.  This  direction  was  placed  in  margin  opposite  second 
half-line  of  108  and  first  of  109. 

IV,  3,  131.  The  metre  requires  "posterity",  of  which  "posterie"  is 
an  obsolete  form.  See  Glossary.  '.'  Posterie  "  is  rare  and  early,  the  latest 
example  quoted  by  the  New  English^Dictionary  being  1565. 

IV,  3,  141-3.  "  To  a  Dutchman 

This  were  enough,  but  to  a  right  Italian, 
A  hundred  thousand  witnesses." 

Cf.  "  I  am  no  Italian, 

To  lock  her  up ;  nor  would  I  be  a  Dutchman, 
To  have  my  wife  my  sovereign,  to  command  me  ". 
The  Little  French  Lawyer,  III,  i  (4223.)   (a  Massinger  scene). 

This  idea  is  given  in  full  in  Barnavelt,  II,  2  (a  Fletcher  scene),  where 
the  Spanish  and  Italian  methods  of  dealing  with  a  wife  are  used  in  con 
trast  to  the  Dutchman's  unsuspicious  subjection. 
IV,  3,  143-4- 

"  Would  you  have  us 
To  be  her  bawdes?" 

I  have  rearranged  on  metrical  grounds,  as  the  quarto  reading  gives 
two  irregular  lines,  this  gives  two  fairly  regular.  A  four-foot  line  is 
rare  in  Massinger,  one  in  this  play,  I,  I,  93. 

IV,  3,  187.  "  Cut  off  my  nose  and  eares  ".  Such  punishment  was  not 
infrequent  in  Massinger's  day.  A  famous  case  is  that  of  Jonson  and 
Chapman.  According  to  Drummond  (Ben  Jonson's  Conversations,  p.  20. 
Shakespeare  Society  Publications,  Vol.  VIII)  "He  (Jonson)  was  dilated 
by  Sir  James  Murray  to  the  King,  for  writting  something  against  the  Scots 
in  Eastward  Hoe,  and  voluntarily  imprissoned  himself  with  Chapman  and 
Marston,  who  had  written  it  amongst  them.  The  report  was  that  they 
should  then  [have]  had  their  ears  cut  and  noses." 

IV,  3,  190.  "  Mulct,  n.  fl  Misused  by  Massinger  for :  A  blemish.  Cf . 
quot  1619,  which  Massinger  has  unintelligently  imitated.  1619.  Fletcher, 
etc.,  Knt.  Malta,  III,  3  (1423),  'chastity  that  lodges  in  deformity,  appears; 
rather/A  mulct  impos'd  by  nature,  then  a  blessing ! '  N.  E.  D.  The  scene 
in  which  the  quoted  expression  occurs  is  given  by  Boyle,  Oliphant,  Bullen, 
and  Fleay  to  Massinger.  He  has  used  the  same  expression  here.  There 
fore,  he  has  not  unintelligently  imitated  Fletcher,  but  has  merely  repeatead 


170  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

his  own  figure  of  speech,  often  in  later  examples  in  elliptic  form.  Cf. 
M.  H.,  I,  2  (25&b)  ;  U.  C.,  IV,  I  (54a)  ;  Emp.,  IV,  5  (3443)  ;  in  participial 
form,  Bond.,  V,  3  (1303)  ;  R.  A.,  I,  3  (iQ8b). 

IV,  3,  234-5.  "  but  like  a  village  nurse 

Stand  I  now  cursing  ". 

Cf.  "  Village  nurses 

Revenge  their  wrongs  with  curses  ". 

N.  W.,  V,  i  (42ob). 

For  the  same  idea,  see  Ren.,  I,  i  (i34b)  ;  and  the  same  general  idea, 
U.  C.,  V,  2  (63a). 

IV,  3,  262.  "This  walking  tree  of  lealousie". 

Cf.  "  Green  indeed  is  the  colour  of  lovers  ". 

L.  L.  Lost,  I,  2,  91. 

IV,  3,  270.  As  the  meter  seems  to  indicate,  this  is  possibly  the  rare 
variant  "  impudencie ",  meaning  shamelessness,  immodesty,  from  which 
the  printer  dropped  the  "  i ",  giving  the  regular  form. 

Cf.  Jonson's  Every  Man  in  his  Humor 

"  I  warrant  thee  he  will  do  it  of  himself  with  much  impudency  ". 

Ill,  4. 
"  Out  on  thee,  more  than  strumpet's  impudency." 

V,  i. 

IV,  3,  291.     The  direction  "Ex.  Steph"  stood  at  the  end  of  the  line. 

IV,  3,  298.     As  here,  the  vocative  often  was  not  set  off  by  commas. 
See  Simpson,  Shakespearean  Punctuation,  p.  21. 

ACT  V,  SCENE  i 

V,  i,  Stage  direction.     Coxeter  and  Mason,  "  Out  of  the  Dutchy  of 
Milan  ".     Gifford,  "  The  Milanese.     A  Room  in  Eugenia's  House ".    The 
scene  is  not  at  court,  is  probably  in  the  Dutchy  of  Milan   (121-128),  and 
is  probably  in  Eugenia's  house ;  but  we  can  not  fix  the  place  more  defi 
nitely. 

V,  i.  With  the  first  part  of  this  scene,  compare  the  breaking  of 
somewhat  similar  news  by  Abdella  to  Mountferrat,  Act  IV,  Scene  i, 
Knight  of  Malta.  Boyle,  Oliphant,  Bullen,  Fleay,  and  Macaulay  (with  a 
question)  assign  this  scene  to  Massinger. 

V,  i,  n.  The  "an"  inserted  by  editors  is  not  needed  for  the  sense 
and  spoils  the  rhythm.  The  line  lacks  the  opening  unstressed  syllable,  to 
some  extent  supplied  by  the  feminine  ending  of  the  preceding  line. 

V,  i,  39.  "virgin  fort".  This  phrase  is  repeated  in  R.  A.,  I,  2 
2  (i96b).  The  same  figure  occurs,  Pict.,  I,  i  (286b)  ;  III,  I  (2993)  ;  cf. 
"virgin  flower"  N.  W.,  V,  i  (4i6b). 

V,  i,  48.     I  substitute  punctuation  of  Q2.     None  in  Qi. 

V,  i,  73-4.  This  is  the  only  instance  of  rhyming  lines  in  this  play 
that  occurs  within  a  speech.  This  was  probably  unintentional,  as  in  his 
unassisted  work  Massinger  uses  rhymes  usually  only  to  mark  exits. 


NOTES  171 

V,  I,  80.  "  but  poure  oyle  on  fire  ".  Cf.  Virg.,  I,  i  (2b)  ;  U.  C.,  II, 
3  (46a). 

V,  i,  127.  "  let  us  then  turne  Romanes  ".  A  frequent  expression  of 
the  time  for  committing  suicide.  Cf.  M.  H.,  IV,  3  (2743.). 

V,  i,  156.  No  comma  to  separate  vocative  in  either  quarto,  in  accord 
ance  with  the  punctuation  of  the  time.  See  Simpson,  Shakespearean 
Punctuation,  pp.  20-22. 

V,  i,  162.  "  In  the  devils  name  ".  This  phrase  is  omitted  from  the 
second  quarto  (1638)  ;  Gifford  thinks  because  of  the  licenser. 

The  expression  occurs  in  the  Unnatural  Combat,  V,  2  (63a),  pub 
lished  1639,  and  also  before  in  this  play,  III,  I,  105,  where  it  could  not  be 
omitted  without  spoiling  the  entire  speech. 

The  authorities  had  become  very  strict  in  such  matters  by  this  time. 
Says  Sir  Henry  Herbert,  January  9,  1633,  "  The  kinge  is  pleasd  to  take 
faith,  death,  slight,  for  asseverations,  and  no  oaths,  to  which  I  doe  humbly 
submit  as  my  master's  judgment;  but  under  favour  conceive  them  to  be 
oaths,  and  enter  them  here,  to  declare  my  opinion  and  submission ". 
(Malone,  3,  235). 

"  The  Master's  condemnation  of  oaths  extended  over  printed  plays  as 
well  as  stage  presentations.  It  is  worth  while  to  glance  at  his  activity  in 
this  line  during  these  years.  Since  the  passage  of  the  statute  of  1606 
such  expurgation  had  been  attended  to  with  more  or  less  rigor.  Later 
editions  of  plays  originally  printed  before  the  statute,  frequently  show 
reformations  of  this  sort.  The  Jonson  Folio  of  1616,  for  example,  ex 
hibits  such  substitutions  as  '  Believe  me '  for  '  By  Jesu '.  Later  reissues 
of  plays  often  show  still  more  rigorous  emendations.  Herbert's  energy 
in  eliminating  oaths  seems,  during  part  of  his  administration  at  least,  to 
have  been  applied  vigorously  to  the  press.  Interesting  examples  of  his 
very  fussy  alterations  in  this  line  may  be  seen  in  the  fourth  quarto  of 
Philaster,  published  in  1634."  (Government  Regulation  of  the  Elizabethan 
Drama,  U.  V.  Gildersleeve,  p.  128.) 

It  is  possible,  then,  that  Herbert  struck  this  out,  overlooking  the  first. 
This  same  asseveration  occurs  in  III,  3  (1693),  of  the  Spanish  Curate 
(1622),  a  scene  given  by  Boyle,  Oliphant,  Fleay  and  Macaulay  to  Mas- 
singer. 

V,  i,  165.     See  note  to  V,  i,  156. 

V,  i,  181.     Direction  in  margin  opposite  lines  179-80. 

ACT  V,  SCENE  2 

V,  2,  Scene  direction.  Coxeter  and  Mason,  "  An  inner  Apartment  in 
the  Palace  ".  Gifford,  "  Milan.  A  Room  in  the  Castle  ".  Either  is  cor 
rect  but  Gifford's  is  preferable  in  statement. 

V,  2,  45.  The  mark  of  punctuation  after  "  since "  is  blurred,  but 
is  probably  a  dash  as  in  the  second  quarto,  though  it  may  have  been  a 
period.  Both  marks  have  been  used  under  like  circumstances ;  the  dash 
once,  II,  i,  288,  and  is  used  again  V,  2,  73,  264;  the  period  in  most  other 


172  THE   DUKE    OF    MILAN 

cases.  Cf.  IV,  2,  240;  V,  2,  130.  The  comma  is  used  once  V,  2,  218. 
Each  of  the  three  methods  was  common  at  the  time.  See  P.  Simpson's 
Shakespearean  Punctuation,  sections  9,  36. 

V,  2,  45.  The  direction  "  within  "  is  printed  in  the  quarto  in  the  right 
margin  opposite  this  line. 

V,  2,  47,   Stage  direction.     Cf.   "Enter   Soldiers   Wth  The   Ladye  ii 
Musick    They  bringe  .  .  .  kisses  the  hande     A  song  within  in  Voyces." 
The  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy,  1611,  V,  2.     (M alone  Society 

Reprints,  1909,  p.  70.) 

This  directions  shows  how  the  present  action  was  probably  carried 
out.     See  Introduction,  Borrowing  from  Second  Maiden's  Tragedy. 
V,  2,  50-52. 

"  your  great  master 

(Who  ioyn'd  the  limbes  of  torn  Hyppolytus 
And  drew  upon  himselfe  the  Thunderers  envie)  ". 
Cf.          "And  he,  that  join'd  again  the   scatter'd  limbs 
Of  torn  Hippolytus,  should  be  forgotten  ". 

Custom  of  the  Country,  II,  I  (nib). 

A  Massinger  scene  according  to  Boyle,  Oliphant,  Fleay,  and  Macaulay. 
Cf.  Very  Woman,  II,  2  (sooa). 

"  Above  the  art  of  Aesculapius, 
That  drew  the  envy  of  the  thunderer  ". 

Jonson,  AL,  IV,  i  493  (1897). 

Massinger  seems  to  have  borrowed  this  expression  of  Jonson. 

V,  2,  58-9.      "  The  saints  will  smile  to  looke  on,  &  good  Angels 
Clap  their  Celestiall  wings  to  give  it  plaudits." 

Cf.  M.  H.,  V,  i  (279b). 

It  seems  probable  that  Massinger  got  this  figure  from  Tourneur : 

"  O  angels,  clap  your  wings  upon  the  skies. 
And  give  this  virgin  crystal  plaudites  ". 

Revenger's  Tragedy,  II,  I   (38). 

V,  2,  82.  The  first  quarto  has  an  apostrophe  after  "  till ",  a  printer's 
error. 

V,  2,  82.  "great  worke  be  ended".  Cf.  U.  C.,  Ill,  2  (soa)  ;  Bond., 
IV,  2  (I2ob)  ;  M.  H.,  V,  2  (28ob)  ;  Guard.,  I,  i  U6ob). 

V,  2,  88.     The  first  quarto  prints  "  Li'ke  ",  an  evident  printer's  error. 

V,  2,  93.  "  make  "  and  "  wake  "  would  be  easily  mistaken  as  "  m  " 
and  "  w  "  considerably  resemble  each  other  in  Massinger's  writing. 

V,  2,  zoo.    "art"  for  "act".    Cf.  note  on  IV,  i,  5. 

V,  2,  102.  The  printer  was  probably  influenced  by  the  "  with  "  in  the 
succeeding  line.  The  reading  of  "  with  "  seems  to  have  been  a  personal 
peculiarity  of  his.  Cf.  Ill,  3,  56;  V,  2,  240. 

V,  2,  103.  From  this  to  the  end  of  the  play,  with  one  exception,  line 
168,  the  first  quarto  prints  Forza. 


NOTES  173 

V,  2,  in.  "  looke  life".  The  context  shows  that  this  must  have  been 
intended  for  "  tooke  life  ",  as  the  second  quarto  reads.  This  is  parallelled 
in  Bond.,  II,  i  (iO7a). 

"  And  the  least  spark  of  honor  that  took  life 
From  your  sweet  breath  ". 

V,  2,  128.  This  is  a  version  of  the  revolting  "  carbonado  "  figure  so 
frequent  with  writers  of  the  time. 

Cf.  "  And,  if  that  I  were  hungry,  I  might  freely 

Eat  mine  own  carbonadoes,  and  be  chronicled 
For  a  cannibal  never  read  of ! " 

Bel.,  IV,  3  (6i8a,  b). 
Cf.  Bond.,  III.,  3  (iisb). 

V,  2,  137.  "  Which  in  his  death  will  quickly  be  discover'd  ".  This 
passage  seems  to  mean  "  Which  will  quickly  cause  his  death  when  it  is 
discovered".  No  mark  of  punctuation  at  end  of  line. 

V,  2,  140.  Direction  stood  in  the  quarto  opposite  second  half-line 
of  140. 

V,  2,  140-1.  "I  am  no  God  sir, 

To  give  a  new  life  to  her  ". 

Cf.  "  We  are  no  gods,  sir, 

If  she  be  dead,  to  make  her  new  again". 

Valentinian,  IV,  i  (454a)    (Fletcher). 

V,  2,  159.  "  From  whence  ".  Note  the  redundant  "  from  "  which  was 
common  in  Massinger's  time. 

V,  2,  171.  The  contraction  "  pleasd'"  is  what  we  would  expect  judg 
ing  by  the  manuscript  of  Believe  As  Ye  List,  since  the  past  tense  is  regu 
larly  spelled  "  de  "  there.  From  the  changes  in  forms  of  contraction,  this 
section  of  the  quarto  would  seem  to  have  been  set  by  a  different  man. 
Cf.  192  "  disdaind' ".  See  the  note  on  V,  2,  103,  for  the  mistaken  printing 
of  Sforza's  name,  also  note  the  number  of  printer's  errors  from  about 
line  loo  to  the  end. 

V,  2,  180.  Gifford  is  probably  right  in  substituting  "  studied "  for 
"  studies  "  as  the  former  fits  the  connection  better  and  on  the  whole  seems 
more  Massingerian. 

V,  2,  207.  "  Tis  wondrous  strange  ".  Cf .  "  O  day  and  night,  but  this 
is  wondrous  strange  ". — Hamlet,  I,  5,  164. 

Massinger  uses  this  expression  rather  frequently.  Cf.  Bond.,  V,  3 
(1293)  ;  Emp.,IV,  5  (345a). 

V,  2,  217-8.  Coxeter,  followed  by  Mason  and  Gifford,  removed  "can 
keepe  "  from  the  end  of  217  to  beginning  of  218.  There  is  a  line  with  an 
extra  foot  even  with  this.  Therefore  I  prefer  to  keep  it  with  217  as  does 
the  quarto. 

V,  2,  223-5.     Rearranged.     Stood  in  quarto : 
"  Francisco  that  was  rais'd  by  you, 


174  THE   DUKE    CF    MILAN 

And  made  the  Minion  of  the  time 

The   same   Francisco,   That   would  have   whor'd   this   trunke 
when  it  had  life," 

I  have  rearranged  this  on  metrical  grounds  following  Coxeter,  Mason, 
and  Gifford. 
V,  2,  227-8. 

"  As  killing  as  those  damps  that  belch  out  plagues, 
When  the  foundation  of  the  earth  is  shaken  ". 

"  We  have  said  that  after  great  Earthquakes,  there  ordinarily  fol- 
loweth  a  pestilence  :  neither  is  this  to  be  wondered  at,  because  many  pesti 
lent  things  lye  hidden  in  the  depth.  The  Aire  it  selfe,  that  is  imprisoned 
in  eternall  obscurity,  either  by  the  intermission  of  the  Earth,  by  his  owne 
idlenesse,  is  pernicious  unto  those  that  suck  the  same  :  either  being  cor 
rupted  by  the  malignitie  of  hidden  fires,  when  it  is  sent  from  a  farre  off, 
it  soileth  and  infecteth  the  other  Aire  which  is  pure,  and  breedeth  new 
sicknesses  in  them  who  breath  the  same,  whereunto  they  have  not  been 
accustomed.  Furthermore,  there  are  certaine  unprofitable  and  pestilent 
waters,  hidden  in  the  hollowes  and  secrets  of  the  earth,  and  the  cause  why 
they  are  such  -is,  because  they  have  neither  flux  nor  reflux,  nor  are  beat 
upon  by  any  freer  wind.  Being  then  thus  thick  and  covered  with  an 
obscure  myst  they  have  nothing  in  them  that  is  not  pestilent,  and  contrary 
to  our  bodies.  The  Aire  likewise  that  is  intermixed  with  them,  and  that 
lyeth  amidst  those  Marishes  when  it  raiseth  it  selfe,  spreadeth  a  generall 
corruption,  and  killeth  those  that  draw  the  same." 

"  But  when  it  (venomous  vapor)  hath  gotten  an  issue,  it  spreadeth 
that  eternall  venome  which  it  hath  gathered  in  a  duskie  colde,  and  infernall 
night,  &  infecteth  the  aire  of  our  region.  For  the  best  are  over-come  bj 
the  worst.  Then  likewise  that  pure  aire  is  translated  and  changed  into 
evill  :  whence  proceed  sodain  and  continuall  death,  &  monstrous  sicknesses, 
as  proceeding  from  new  causes.  The  contagion  continueth  more  or  lesse, 
according  to  the  continuance  &  vehemencie  of  the  earthquake  and  ceaseth 
not  unt'ill  the  spacious  extent  of  the  heavens,  and  the  agitation  of  the 
windes  hath  dissipated  those  venemous  vapours  ". 

Lodge's  Seneca,  1620,  pages  882-3,  chapters  XXVII,  XXVIII. 

V,  2,  233-4.  Is  Eugenia  represented  as  being  prematurely  withered 
by  sorrow,  or  shall  we  take  this  as  merely  figurative  language? 

Cf.  Emp.,  V,  3  (35oa). 

V,  2,  240.     "  In  this  cup  ".     "  In  the  lips  of  Marcelia  ".  —  Gifford. 

V,  2,  245-6.  "  feele  an  Aetna  ".  Aetna  figures  frequently  in  poison 
scenes  of  the  time.  Cf.  Valentinian,  V,  I  (4613).  Wife  -for  a  Month,  IV, 
4  (5843).  For  the  same  expression  applied  to  anger  cf.  Virg.,  Ill,  2, 


V,  2,  264.  Notice  the  speech  broken  off  in  death.  The  author  of  the 
time  usually  let  his  character  finish  his  speech  before  he  killed  him,  but 
see  the  death  of  Hotspur,  Hen.,  IV;  V,  4,  86  ,for  the  same  thing. 

V,  2,  268-9. 


NOTES  175 

"  And  learne  from  this  example,  ther's  no  trust 
In  a  foundation  that  is  built  on  lust ". 

This  is  Massinger's  characteristic  tag,  pointing  the  moral  of  the  play. 
Lust  as  a  foundation  of  love  cannot  be  trusted.  Marcelia  reproved  Sforza 
for  being  too  great  a  doater  on  those  pleasures  that  Hymen  warranted 
them,  III,  3,  125-131.  Because  of  his  passion  and  consequent  jealousy,  he 
brought  his  great  catastrophe  upon  himself  and  his  death  results  from 
his  lust  before  marriage.  Thus  Massinger  traces  the  troubles  of  the  play 
back  to  one  source,  Sforza's  lustful  love. 

The  moral  tag  occurs  in  stated  form,  U.  C.;  R.  A,;  M.  H.;  Pict.;  Cit.; 
Bash.;  Bel.  In  most  of  his  other  plays  there  is  a  strong  pointing  toward 
it  in  the  final  speeches. 

V,  2,  end.  "  The  Duke  of  Milan  has  more  substantial  connexion  with 
the  Picture  than  with  Othello.  In  his  uxoriousness, — his  doating  en 
treaties  of  his  wife's  favours, — his  abject  requests  of  the  mediation  of 
others  for  him,  &c.  &c.  Sforza  strongly  resembles  Ladislaus;  while  the 
friendly  and  bold  reproofs  of  his  fondness  by  Pescara  and  Stephano  pre 
pare  us  for  the  rebukes  afterwards  employed  against  the  same  failing  by 
the  intrepid  kindness  of  Eubulus.  And  not  only  do  we  find  this  similarity 
in  some  of  the  leading  sentiments  of  the  two  plays,  but  occasionally  the 
very  language  of  the  one  is  carried  into  the  other." — Gifford. 


APPENDIX  I 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS  OF  THE  QUARTOS 

The  men  connected  with  the  first  quarto  were  Edward  Black- 
more  and  George  Norton  as  publishers  and  Bernard  Alsop  as 
printer ;  those  with  the  second  were  Edward  Blackmore  publisher 
and  John  Raworth  printer.  I  give  a  short  account  of  each,  from 
the  Stationers'  Register,  in  the  order  named. 

Edward  Blackmore  took  up  his  freedom  April  3,  1615.  First 
publication  registered  May  5,  1618.  Published  from  1618  to 
1658.  Died  September  8,  1658.  He,  in  partnership  with  John 
Harrison,  owned  the  Bondman  (1624)  also. 

George  Norton  was  the  son  of  Robert  Norton  of  Helmdon  in 
the  county  of  Northampton,  yeoman.  He  was  apprenticed  to 
Thomas  Man  citizen  and  stationer  of  London  for  seven  years  6 
September,  1602,  took  up  his  freedom  4  December,  1609,  regis 
tered  his  first  publication  4  July,  1610.  The  Stationers'  Register 
records  the  transfer  of  three  books  by  him,  first  on  12  May,  1619; 
second,  his  share  of  the  Duke  of  Milan,  5  May,  1623 ;  third,  23 
November,  1623.  It  may  be,  therefore,  that  he  sold  his  interest 
in  the  Duke  of  Milan  because  he  was  going  out  of  business  about 
that  time.  Published  from  1610  to  1623,  according  to  Arber. 

,"B.  A.  for  Edward  Blackmore  .  .  .  1623."  Fleay  says  "  B. 
A  [Hot]  for  E.  Blackmore  1638."  The  date  is  incorrect  as  John 
Raworth  printed  the  quarto  of  1638.  The  name  is  incorrect  also, 
as  the  earliest  Allot  to  appear  in  the  Stationers'  Register  was 
Robert,  who  published  only,  according  to  Arber,  from  1626  to 
1635.  The  reference,  then,  is  not  to  Allot.  The  Roman  Actor 
shows  this  conclusively,  and  shows  just  as  conclusively  who  B.  A. 
was.  It  was  "Printed  by  B.  A.  and  T.  F.  for  Robert  Allot" 
1629.  Now  B.  A.  and  T.  F.  are  the  partners,  Bernard  Alsop  and 
Thomas  Fosset.  B.  A.  and  T.  F.  also  printed  the  1631  quarto 
of  the  Virgin  Martyr. 

Bernard  Alsop  was  apprenticed  to  Humfrey  Lympenny  25 
December,  1601,  for  the  term  of  eight  years;  transferred  to  Wil- 

176 


PRINTERS   AND   PUBLISHERS    OF   THE   QUARTOS  177 

liam  White  7  June,  1603 ;  took  up  his  freedom  February  7,  1610; 
registered  his  first  publication  5  March,  1618;  took  Thomas 
Fosset  as  his  partner,  according  to  Arber  by  1620  when  they 
bought  out  Thomas  Creed.  Alsop  printed  and  published  1616 
to  about  1650.  According  to  H.  R.  Plomer  (A  Dictionary  of  the 
Booksellers  and  Printers  Who  Were  at  Work  in  England,  Scot 
land  and  Ireland  from  1641  to  1667)  Alsop  was  the  partner  of 
Thomas  Creed  in  1616,  who  either  retired  or  died  in  the  succeed 
ing  year,  and  "  nine  years  later  he  entered  into  partnership  with 
Thomas  Fawcett,  or  Forsett."  Plomer  is  probably  right,  as  Fos- 
set's  name  does  not  appear  in  the  Duke  of  Milan  1623. 

John  Raworth  took  up  his  freedom  February  6, 1632.  Printed 
and  published  from  1635  to  1645.  In  Sir  John  Lambe's  list  of 
Printers  [S.  R.  IV,  528]  to  be.  included  in  the  Star  Chamber 
Decree  we  find:  "21  John  Raworth  is  said  to  be  an  honest  man 
and  may  come  in  in  steed  of  his  father  Richard  Raworth  yat  is 
an  arrant  knave  ".  Accordingly,  he  was  made  one  of  the  twenty 
Master  Printers  in  the  Star  Chamber  decree  of  July  n,  1637. 
[S.  R.  IV,  532.] 

To  these  may  be  added  a  short  account  of  Anthony  Gilmyn, 
on  whose  authority,  together  with  that  of  Sir  John  Ashley,  the 
play  was  printed. 

Anthony  Gilmyn  had  three  terms  as  warden,  the  term  being 
one  year;  first  beginning  8  July,  1618;  second  9  July,  1622 ;  third 
9  July,  1625.  Since  he  is  associated  with  Ashley,  and  since  the 
Duke  of  Milan  was  licensed  20  January,  1623,  it  was  in  his  second 
term.  Son  of  Richard  Gilmyn  of  Blenchingley  in  the  county  of 
Surrey,  gent.,  apprenticed  to  Robert  Walley  citizen  and  "  sta- 
coner"  of  London  for  the  term  of  eight  years  I  November,  1587, 
took  up  freedom  15  May,  1601,  admitted  to  livery  of  company 
2  July,  1603,  first  registered  publication  29  August,  1618. 


APPENDIX  II 

A  Newyeares  Guift  presented  to  my 
Lady  and  Mrs  the  then  Lady 
Katherine  Stanhop  now  Countesse 
of  Chesterfield. 

By  Phill:  Messinger. 

Madame 

Before  I  ow'd  to  you  the  name 
Of  Seruant,  to  your  birth,  your  worth  your  fame 
I  was  soe,  and  t'was  fitt  since  all  stand  bound 
To  honour  Vertue  in  meane  persons  found 
Much  more  in  you,  that  as  borne  great,  are  good 
Wch  is  more  then  to  come  of  noble  blood 
Or  be  A  Hastings ;  it  being  too  well  knowne 
An  Empresse  cannot  challenge  as  her  owne 
Her  Grandsire's  glories ;  And  too  many  staine 
Wth  their  bad  Actions  the  noble  straine 
From  whence  they  come,  But  as  in  you  to  be 
A  branch  to  add  fresh  honor  to  the  tree 
By  vertue  planted,  and  adorne  it  new 
Is  graunted  vnto  none  or  very  few 
To  speake  you  further  would  appeare  in  me 
Presumption  or  a  seruants  flattery 
But  there  may  be  a  tyme  when  I  shall  dare 
To  tell  the  world  and  boldly  what  yu  are 
Nor  sleight  it  Madame,  since  what  some  in  me 
Esteeme  a  blemish,  is  a  guift  as  free 
As  their  best  fortunes,     this  took  from  the  graue 
Penelopies  chastitie,  and  to  it  gaue 
Still  liuing  Honors ;  this  made  Aiax  strong 
Vlisses  wise :  such  power  lies  in  a  Song 
Wch  Phoebus  smiles  on  wch  can  find  no  vrne 
While  the  Sea  his  course,  or  starres  obserue  their  turne 
Yet  t'is  not  in  the  power  of  tinckling  Rime 
That  takes  rash  Judgments  and  deceiue[s]  the  tyme 

178 


PRINTERS   AND   PUBLISHERS    OF   THE   QUARTOS  .      179 

Wth  Mountebanke  showes  a  worke  that  should  indure 

Must  haue  a  Genius  in  it,  strong,  as  pure 

But  you  beginne  to  smile,  as  wondring  why 

I  should  write  thus  much  to  yu  now  since  I 

Haue  heretofore  been  silent  may  yu  please 

To  know  the  cause  it  is  noe  new  disease 

Growne  in  my  Judgment,  nor  am  I  of  those 

That  thinke  good  wishes  cannot  thriue  in  prose 

Aswell  as  verse :  but  that  this  Newyeares  day 

All  in  their  loues  and  duties,  what  they  may 

Present  vnto  you ;  though  perhaps  some  burne 

Wth  expectation  of  a  glad  returne 

Of  what  they  venture  for :  But  such  I  leaue 

To  their  deceiptfull  guifts  giuen  to  deceiue 

What  I  giue  I  am  rich  in,  and  can  spare 

Nor  part  for  hope  wth  ought  deserues  my  care 

He  that  hath  little  and  giues  nought  at  all 

To  them  that  haue  is  truly  liberall. 

Athenanum,  July-December,  1906,  p.  273. 


GLOSSARY 

This  glossary  is  intended  to  include  all  words  or  constructions 
that  need  explanation,  either  from  being  obsolete,  archaic  or  pecu 
liar  in  any  other  way.  I  have  used  the  New  English  Dictionary 
from  the  beginning  through  "  Spring ",  and  the  sections  Su.- 
Subterraneous,  T-Trinity.  For  words  not  included  in  these  sec 
tions,  I  have  used  the  Century  Dictionary  principally.  Abbrevia 
tions  and  symbols  are  those  of  the  N.  E.  D. 

References  without  title  are  to  the  Duke  of  Milan.  Refer 
ences  to  other  plays  give  act,  scene  and  page  in  Cunningham's 
edition.  Title  abbreviations  are  evident. 

Accent,  sb.Joet.    A  word.    I,  3,  340. 

Act,  v.    To  do,  perform.     V,  2,  16. 

Act,  sb.  Action,  operation.  Arch.  Or  a  state  of  accomplished  fact  or 
reality  as  distinguished  from  intention,  possibility,  etc.  Obs.  I,  3,  259; 
IV,  3,  247. 

Admiration,  sb.    Wonder,  astonishment.    Arch.    I,  3,  37. 

Admire,  v.     To  wonder  or  marvel  at.    Arch.    Ill,  I,  JO. 

Admit,  v.  trans.  Be  capable  of.  Obs.  or  Arch.  Now  with  of.  I, 
3,  255. 

Affright,  sb.    A  cause  or  source  of  terror.    Arch.    I,  I,  48. 

Againe,  adv.    In  return.     Obs.  or  Arch.     I,  3,  347. 

Ague,  sb.    An  acute  or  violent  fever.     Obs.    IV,  i,  78. 

Allay,  sb.     Check,  stoppage,  retardment.     Obs.     I,  3,  84. 

Amazement,  sb.    Mental  stupefaction,  frenzy.     Obs.    Ill,  3,  137. 

An,  conj.  =  if.  Arch,  and  dial.     Ill,  I,  196. 

Angel,  sb.  An  old  English  gold  coin,  called  more  fully  at  first  the 
Angel-Noble,  having  as  its  device  the  archangel  Michael  standing  upon, 
and  piercing  the  dragon.  In  6  Edw.  VI  it  was  IDS.  ;  it  was  last  coined  by 
Charles  I.  Ill,  2,  24. 

Answere,  v.  trans.  To  atone  for,  make  amends,  suffer  the  conse 
quences,  especially  with  it  as  object.  Obs.  II,  i,  239;  IV,  3,  81. 

Anticke,  sb.  A  grotesque  pageant  or  theatrical  presentation.  Obs. 
II,  I,  128. 

Approch,  sb.     Power  of  approaching,  access.    Arch.     Ill,  2,  118. 

Approve,  v.     Prove.     Obs.    IV,  i,  n. 

Argue,  v.  To  convict.  Obs.  I,  I,  105.  Cf.  D.  F.  II,  3,  (233a)  ;  IV, 
i  (24ib)  ;  M.  H.  I,  2  (258a)  ;  Emp.  V,  i  (347b). 

Argument,  sb.    Theme,  subject.     Obs.  or  Arch.     IV,  I,  16. 

180 


GLOSSARY  .      181 

As,  adv.  With  finite  verb :  With  the  result  that.  Obs.  and  replaced 
by  so  that.  Ill,  i,  194. 

Ashes,  sb.  commonly  in  plural,  poet,  for  "  mortal  remains,  buried 
corpse  ".  II,  i,  385  ;  V,  2,  261. 

Aspect,  sb.  The  regular  accentuation.  V,  2,  74.  Cf.  Bond.  I,  i 
(oob),  etc. 

Atome,  sb.  A  mote  in  the  sunbeam.  Arch,  or  Obs.  I,  3,  192.  Cf. 
Emp.  IV,  5  (345b)  ;  V,  2  (34Qb). 

Attempt,  sb.     Construction  of.     Obs.     IV,  2,  32. 

Attend,  v.  To  wait  for,  await :  A  person  or  agent  or  his  coming. 
Obs.  IV,  3,  167. 

Attonement,  sb.  Reconciliation.  Obs.  IV,  3,  61.  Cf.  M.  H.  V,  2 
(282b);  Bash.  Ill,  3  (S43b). 

Author,  sb.    The  prompter  or  mover  of  an  action.     Obs.     I,  3,  312. 

Averse,  a.    Of  opposed  nature,  adverse.     Obs.    II,  i,  360. 

Bait,  v.  fig.  To  cause  (a  person)  to  be  molested,  harassed,  or  perse 
cuted.  II,  i,  219. 

Battailes,  sb.     Obsolete  form  of  battles.     Battalion.    Arch.  I,  3,  89. 

Before,  conj.     Originally  with  that,  now  arch.     IV,  3,  309. 

Beleeve,  v.    To  accept  a  thing  as  authentic.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  I. 

Bent,  ppl.  a.  Phrase  To  be  bent.  Const,  (arch.)  to  do  (something). 
IV,  i,  57- 

Blaspheme,   v.   intr.     To  rail,   to   utter   words   of   abuse.     Obs.     IV, 

3,  125. 

Blasphemy,  sb.     Slander,  evil  speaking,  defamation.     Obs.     I,  3,  327. 

Bountie,  sb.  Kindness,  beneficence.  Obs.  Ill,  3,  55 ;  IV,  3,  43.  In 
plural,  virtues,  excellencies.  Obs.  I,  3,  298. 

Brave,  a.    'Capital',  'fine'.    Arch.     Ill,  2,  no. 

Bring,  v.     Phr.  Bring  on.     Lead  forward,  conduct.     Obs.     IV,  I,  59. 

Brokage,  sb.  Pimping.  Or  corrupt  farming  of  offices.  Obs.  Ill,  2, 
n.  Cf.  Bond.,  II,  3  (nib)  ;  Emp.  I,  2  (3263). 

Brooke,  v.  To  endure,  tolerate.  Now  only  in  negative  or  preclusive 
constructions.  I,  I,  121. 

Buffon,  sb.    A  jester,  fool.    Arch.    I,  i,  36.    Cf.  P.  L.  Ill,  i  (1763). 

Burthen,  sb.  Prevalent  form  is  now  burden,  but  burthen  is  still  often 
retained  for  '  capacity  of  a  ship  '  and  also  as  a  poetic  or  rhetorical  archaism 
in  other  senses.  Ill,  3,  33. 

But,  adv.  Phr.  but  now  =  just  now,  only  this  moment.  Obs.  IV, 
3,  296. 

Phr.  but  only.     But  was  strengthened  by  only.     Obs.     IV,  2,  44. 

Cabinet,  Phr.  "  cabinet  counsel  =  counsel  given  privately  or  secretly 
in  the  cabinet  or  private  apartment"  (N.  E.  D.  which  quotes  this  passage 
as  an  example). 

However,  I  prefer  to  take  counsel  here  in  its  sense  of  a  secret  as  in 
III,  i,  62,  and  read  secrets  of  the  cabinet  or  private  apartment.  II,  I,  7- 

Call,  v.  '  With  prep,  on,  trans,  fig.  Bring  on.  Obs.  IV,  3,  245 ;  V,  I, 
28;  V,  2,  104.  Cf.  Bond.,  Ill,  3  (ii7b). 


182  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Carreer,  sb.  fig.  Formerly,  the  height,  '  full  swing '  of  a  person's  ac 
tivity.  II,  i,  321. 

Carry,  v.    To  conduct,  manage.    Arch.    II,  i,  308;  V,  i,  185. 

Carve,  v.  To  apportion  at  discretion,  to  take  at  one's  pleasure.  Ill, 
i,  18. 

Cast,  ppl.  a.     Cashiered,  discarded.     IV,  I,  10. 

Catch,  sb.  Music.  Originally,  a  short  composition  for  three  or  more 
voices.  I,  i,  16. 

Gate,  sb.  pi.    Victuals,  food.     ?Obs.     I,  3,  77. 

Challenge,  v.    To  demand  as  a  right.    Arch,  or  Obs.    I,  2,  8. 

Change,  v.  Exchange,  now  the  ordinary  prose  word  for  this,  but 
'  change '  is  still  in  dial.  arch,  and  poet.  use.  IV,  2,  39. 

Charge,  sb.  Expense,  cost.  Arch.  II,  i,  170;  III,  i,  12.  To  be  at 
charge:  to  undergo  expense.  Obs.  V,  2,  195. 

Check,  sb.    A  reproof,  reprimand,  rebuke.     Obs.  except  dial.    IV,  2, 27. 

Chirurgion,  sb.     Surgeon.    Arch.    Ill,  2,  8. 

Chuffe,  sb.  A  miser,  a  close  avaricious  man,  a  term  of  opprobrium. 
Ill,  i,  22. 

Circumstance,  sb.  Circumlocution,  beating  about  the  bush.  Arch.  II, 
i,  278. 

Cleare,  adv.    Completely,  entirely  =  clean  adv.    Obs.    Ill,  2,  43. 

Cleer,  v.  Reflexive  (=  myself).  Now  chiefly  arch,  and  poet.  IV, 
3,  299. 

Closet,  sb.    Place  of  private  devotion.    Arch.    I,  3,  223. 

Commence,  v.  To  take  the  full  degree  of  Master  or  Doctor  in  any 
faculty  of  a  University.  IV,  i,  109. 

Conclude,  v.    To  demonstrate,  prove.     Obs.    I,  i,  87. 

Condition,  sb.    Nature.     Obs.    II,  i,  334. 

Confirm,  v.     To  establish  firmly.     I,  I,  53. 
To  encourage,  strengthen.     I,  3,  303. 
Refl.  and  pass.    To  be  firmly  resolved.     Obs.    I,  3,  322. 

Conformable,  a.  spec,  in  Eng.  Hist,  conforming  to  the  usages  of  the 
Church  of  England,  especially  as  prescribed  by  the  Acts  of  Uniformity. 
Ill,  2,  26. 

Confusion,  sb.    Ruin,  destruction.     fObs.    Ill,  I,  112. 

Conjuration,  sb.  Solemn  appeal  or  entreaty,  adjuration.  Arch,  or 
Obs.  I,  3,  334. 

Converse,  sb.     Intercourse  =  conversation.     Obs.    V,  2,  25. 

Corrupt,  a.  The  regular  accentuation.  Ill,  2,  7.  Cf.  Fat.  D.  I,  2 
(357b). 

Cost,  sb.    Outlay,  expense.     Obs.    I,  i,  125;  I,  3,  2. 

Councell,  sb.  A  secret.  Obs.  Ill,  i,  62;  IV,  i,  106;  IV,  i,  114.  Cf. 
II,  i,  7. 

Courses,  sb.  pi.  Ways  of  action,  proceedings,  personal  conduct  or 
behavior,  especially  of  a  reprehensible  kind.  Arch.  IV,  I,  103. 

Courtship,  sb.  The  paying  of  ceremonial  or  complimentary  acts  of 
courtesy  to  a  dignitary.  Obs.  Ill,  2,  121. 


GLOSSARY  .     183 

Courtcraft,  diplomacy.     Obs.     IV,  i,  4. 

Cracke,  v.  intr.    To  snap  or  split  asunder.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  157. 

Credulous,  a.     Believed  too  readily.     Obs.  rare.    V,  r,  13. 

Crosse,  v.     Contradict.     Obs.     IV,  3,  56. 

Deadly,  adv.     Fatally,  to  death.     Obs.     I,  i,  61. 

Death,  sb.  Phr.  to  the  death,  formerly  interchanged  with  to  death  in 
all  senses,  does  not  do  so  now.  I,  3,  154. 

Deerely,  adv.    Deeply,  keenly.     Obs.    V,  I,  56. 

Deformity,  sb.  fig.    A  moral  disfigurement.     IV,  3,  189. 

Deject,  v.  fig.    To  abase,  humble.     Obs.    IV,  3,  30. 

Deliver,  v.    To  communicate,  make  known.     Obs.     I,  I,  45. 

Deny,  v.    To  refuse  to  take  or  accept.     Obs.    IV,  2,  68. 
To  refuse  admittance  to.     Obs.     V,  I,  97. 

Depose,  v.  pass.     To  give  evidence.     Obs.     IV,  I,  95. 

Deprave,  v.    To  villify,  defame,  disparage.     Obs.     IV,  3,  154. 

Deserve,  v.    To  pay  back,  requite.     Obs.     IV,  i,  61. 
trans.     Earn,  win.     Obs.     IV,  2,  n. 

Determine,  v.     Const,  of.     Obs.    V,  2,  267. 

Discource,  sb.  The  faculty  of  conversing,  conversational  power.  Obs.- 
IV,  3,  195- 

Talk,  conversation.     Arch.     IV,  2,  53. 

Discover,  v.     To  reveal,  make  known.    Arch.     I,  3,  376;  IV,  I,  no; 

IV,  3,  222. 

Dispatch,  v.    To  make  haste,  be  quick.     Obs.  or  arch.     V,  i,  164. 

Disperse,  v.  refl.    To  diffuse,  disseminate.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  84. 

Dispose,  v.     Bestow,  dispense.     Obs.     IV,  3,  43. 

Dissolve,  v.     To  solve,  explain.    Arch.     IV,  3,  200. 

Distaste,  sb.    Annoyance,  discomfort.     Obs.     II,  i,  196. 

Distemper,  v.     To  intoxicate.     Obs.     I,  i,  18.     Cf.  G.  D.  IV,  2  (245b). 

Distraction,  sb.     Mental  derangement,  madness.     Obs.  in  its  full  sense. 

V,  2,  8.    Cf.  New  Way  V,  i  (42ob). 

Dittie,  sb.    A  song;  now  a  short  simple  song.     I,  3,  80;  II,  I,  51. 

Domesticall,  a.  Domestic.  (Much  used  in  i6th-i7th  c.)  Obs.  I, 
3,  261- 

Dote,  v.    Const,  of  Obs.  rare.    Ill,  2,  38. 

Doter,  sb.     Const,  of  Obs.  rare.    Ill,  3,  127. 

Doubt,  v.    To  suspect,  have  suspicions  about.    Arch.    IV,  2,  52. 

Doubtfull,  a.     Apprehensive.     Obs.     IV,  I,  77. 

Draw,  v.     To  lead,  bring.     Obs.     I,  i,  80. 

Ducat,  'sb.  Applied  to  a  silver  coin  of  Italy,  value  about  35  6d.  II, 
i,  134;  II,  i,  178. 

Dunckerke,  sb.     A  privateer  of  Dunkirk.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  67. 

Elements,  sb.  Originally  the  four  elements,  earth,  water,  air,  and 
fire.  Now  merely  as  a  matter  of  traditional  custom.  V,  2,  179. 

Else,  adv.  Besides.  Formerly  common ;  now  only  poet,  or  arch.  IV, 
3,  38 ;  IV,  3,  92- 

End,  v.  colloquial.  To  end  up,  to  issue  or  result  in.  I,  3,  36;  III, 
3,  37- 

13 


184  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Enforce,  v.  trans.     To  drive  by  force.     I,  3,  30;  I,  3,  go. 
Enjoy,  v.     To  have  one's  will  of  a  woman.     II,  i,  283;  III,  3,  41. 
Entertain,  v.     Deal  with,  treat.     Obs.     II,  I,  297. 
To  occupy,  fill  up,  wile  away.     Obs.     IV,  3,  2. 
To  receive.    Obs.    V,  i,  30;  V,  i,  34. 
Entertainment,  sb.     Pay,  wages.     Obs.     Ill,  i,  23. 

Treatment.     Obs.    Ill,  2,  105;  III,  3,  66. 
Envie,  sb.    Wish,  desire,  longing.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  63. 

Ill  will,  enmity.     Obs.    V,  i,  53. 

Equall,  a.     Fair,  impartial.     Obs.     II,  i,  207.     Cf.  U.  C.  I,  I    (37a). 
Equall,  quasi-adv.    Equally.     Obs.     II,  I,  412. 
Ere,  conj.    Before.    Arch,  and  dial.    Ill,  i,  65;  IV,  3,  68. 
Estate,  sb.     State  or  condition  in  general.    Arch.;  now  almost  exclu 
sively  in  Biblical  phrases.     I,  3,  95. 

Property,  possessions.    Arch,  in  general  sense.     I,  3,  183. 
Esteeme,  v.    To  think  much  of,  regard  as  important.     Obs.    V,  2,  238. 
Esteeme,  sb.     Estimation,  opinion.     Somewhat  Arch.     IV,  3,  57. 
Ever,  adv.    Always.    Arch,  or  literary  north,  dial.     I,  3,  271 ;  III,  I, 
•  124;  V,  2,  210. 

Exceed,  vf    To  go  too  far,  to  break  out     Obs.    IV,  3,  251. 
Excellence,  sb.     Excellency,   a  title  of  honor.     Obs.     I,  3,  28;  II,   I, 
203 ;  IV,  2,  5 ;  .IV,  3,  3. 

Excellent,  a.    A  title  of  address.     Obs.    I,  3,  108. 
Expect,  v.  trans.    To  wait  for,  await.     Obs.     II,  i,  424;  V,  2,  134. 
With  indirect  question  as  object:  To  wait  to  see  or  know.     Obs. 

or  Arch.     Ill,  3,  92. 

Expresse,  v.     To  give  an  account  of,  describe.     Obs.     IV,  3,  226. 
Extreames,  sb.  pi.     Extremities,  straits.     Obs.    V,  I,  114. 
Fact,  sb.    Actual  guilt,  a  crime.     Obs.     IV,  3,  253 ;  V,  2,  73. 
Faire,  sb.    One  of  the  fair  sex,  a  woman.     Now  arch,  or  poet.    V,  i, 
7;  V,  2,  178. 

Faire,  adv.    Auspiciously,  favorably.     Obs.     I,  I,  78. 
Faire,  a.    Considerable,  'handsome',  liberal.     Obs.    I,  3,  15. 
Fall,  v.    With  prep.  from.    To  forsake,  drop  away  from.     Obs.     II, 
i,  322. 

Phr.  to  fall  in.    To  occur  to.     Obs.     V,  I,  116. 

Falshood,  sb.     Falseness,   faithfulness.     Obs.     IV,  3,  292;   V,   I,  44; 
V,  2,  237. 

Fame,  sb.     Quasi  personified.     Rumor.     Now  rare,     i,  3,  243. 

Common  talk,  report.     Now  rare.     IV,  3,  136. 
Favor,  sb.     The  action  of  favoring.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  115. 
Feed,  v.  intr.    To  eat.     Of  persons  now  only  colloquial.     Construc 
tion  on.     I,  3,  76. 

Felicitie,  sb.    Happiness   (in  modern  use  with  stronger  sense,  intense 
happiness).     II,  i,  337. 

Fie,  excl.     Expresses  disgust  or  indignant  reproach.     No  longer  cur 
rent  in  dignified  language.     I,  i,  31;  n,  i,  61. 


GLOSSARY  185 

Find,  v.     Find  out.     Obs.     IV,  2,  37. 

Fit,  v.    To  punish.     Obs.  except  Australian.     Ill,  2,  58. 

Fit,  sb.  spec.  A  paroxysm  of  lunacy  (formerly  viewed  as  a  periodic 
disease).  V,  2,  43. 

Fix,  v.    To  take  up  one's  position  or  abode  mentally.     ?Obs.    11,1,274. 

Flesh,  v.  transf.  and  fig.  To  inflame  the  ardor,  rage,  or  cupidity  of  a 
person  by  a  foretaste  of  success  or  gratification.  ?0bs.  I,  3,  181 ;  I, 

3,  291- 

Flye,  Phr.  To  fly  off.  Lit.  to  start  away;  'to  revolt'  (J.),  fig.  to 
break  away  (from  an  agreement  or  engagement).  I,  3,  349. 

Fondness,  sb.     Folly,  weakness.     Obs.  except  dial.     Ill,  i,  264. 

Foolish,  a.  Humble,  insignificant,  paltry.  Arch,  or  dial.  II,  I,  75 ; 
IV,  i,  38. 

Foot  boy,  sb.    A  boy  attendant.     Obs.    Ill,  2,  62. 

Foresaid,  a.    Aforesaid.     Now  rare.     Ill,  2,  43. 

Forme,  sb.     Beauty,  comeliness.     Obs.     IV,  i,  66. 

Freshly,  adv.    Anew,  afresh.     Now  rare.     IV,  i,  91. 

Fright,  v.  To  scare,  terrify.  Now  rare  except  poet,  and  Sc.  Re 
placed  by  frighten.  I,  3,  303;  I,  3,  317. 

Frontlesse,  a.  fig.     Shameless,  audacious.     Now  rare.     II,  I,  139. 

Froward,  a.  Hard  to  please,  refractory.  (Not  now  in  colloquial  use.) 
IV,  3,  66. 

Gall,  sb.     Spirit  to  resent  injury  or  insult.     Obs.     II,  I,  no;  V,  I,  49. 

Gallant,  a.  Gorgeous  or  showy  in  appearance,  smart.  Arch.  Ill, 
2,  23. 

Game,  sb.     Fun,  sport.     Obs.  except  dial.     II,  i,  146. 

Get,  v,  refl.    To  betake  oneself,  to  go.     Now  only  Arch.     II,  i,  88. 

Gimcracke,  sb.  An  affected  showy  person,  a  fop  (A  term  of  con 
tempt.)  Obs.  This  example  is  quoted  under  the  above  definition  in 
N.  E.  D.,  but  it  seems  to  me  to  be  "  A  fanciful  notion,  also,  an  underhand 
design,  device,  trick."  IV,  3,  168. 

Give,    v.    With    prep.    up.    To    deliver,    render,    present.     Obs.     Ill, 

1,  122. 

Goe,  v.    Used  in  imperative  as  a  rebuke  or  remonstrance.     Obs.     Ill, 

2,  55- 

Good,  v.  An  adjective  of  courteous  address.  Now  often  jocular  or 
depreciatory.  IV,  3,  34. 

Grace,  sb.    An  exceptional  favor. 

In  grace,  phr.     In  favor.     Obs.     II,  i,  61 ;  III,  i,  259;  IV,  i,  7. 
To  do  a  person  or  thing  a  grace ;  to  do  honor  to.     Obs.     IV,  2.  57. 

Grace,  v.  To  show  favor  or  be  gracious  to ;  also,  to  countenance. 
Obs.  II,  i,  27. 

Gratifie,  v.  trans.     Reward,  requite.     Obs.     Ill,  i,  246. 

Greatnesse,  sb.    Used  as  a  title.     Obs.     II,  i,  122. 

Grieve,  v.  trans.     To  regret  deeply.    Poet.     II,  i,  101. 

Grosse,  a.     Coarse,  inferior,  common.     Obs.     I,  3,  77. 


186  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Harbinger,  sb.  A  forerunner,  messenger.  Mostly  in  transf.  and  fig. 
senses,  and  in  literary  language.  I,  3,  151. 

Hath,  v.    3d  pers.  sing.  pres.  ind.  of  have.    Arch.     I,  i,  46. 

Heare,  v.  To  accede  to,  grant  a  request  or  prayer.  Chiefly  in  scrip 
tural  use.  Ill,  i,  80. 

Heart  strings,  sb.  pi.  In  old  notions  of  anatomy,  the  tendons  or 
nerves  supposed  to  brace  and  sustain  the  heart.  IV,  3,  316. 

Heed,  sb.  Careful  attention,  care  (now  chiefly  literary).  Especially 
in  the  phrase  '  To  take  heed.'  IV,  3,  17. 

Heeles,  Phr.  lay  by  the  heels.     Arrest,  confine.     I,  i,  12;  II,  i,  80. 

Height,  Phr.  to  the  height.  To  the  highest  or  utmost  degree.  Obs. 
I,  3,  35 ;  IV,  3,  257. 

Hen,  sb.  fig.  Used  for  wife,  woman,  female.  Humorous  or  low 
colloq.  II,  i,  179. 

Hence,  adv.     With  redundant  -from.     IV,  3,  207. 

Hither,  adv.  Now  only  literary,  in  ordinary  speech  supplanted  by 
'here'.  II,  i,  99;  IV,  3,  243;  V,  i,  118. 

Honest,  a.  Virtuous,  upright,  well-disposed,  reliable,  trusty.  Obs.. 
I,  i,  43 ;  I,  3,  38o. 

Honesty,  sb.  Formerly  in  a  wide  general  sense,  including  all  kinds 
of  moral  excellence.  Obs.  II,  i,  78. 

Hope,  v.  trans,  with  simple  object  (=hope  for).     Now  chiefly  poetic. 

IV,  3,  I7i. 

Horned,  a.  Cuckolds  were  fancifully  said  to  wear  horns  on  the  brow. 
Obs.  IV,  3,  263. 

Horrid,  a.  In  earlier  use,  nearly  synonymous  with  horrible.  I,  3, 
290;  III,  3,  2;  V,  i,  10. 

Hors-head,  sb.    Racing.     The  length  of  a  horse's  head.     II,  i,  112. 

How,  interjection.  Elliptical  for  'How  is  it'?  or  'How  say  you'? 
Modern  equivalent  is  'What?'  or  'What!'  Arch.  II,  i,  i;  III,  2,  85; 
III,  3,  107;  III,  3,  125;  IV,  2,  19. 

However,  adv.     However  much,  although.     Obs.  or  Arch.    V,  i,  13. 

Howsoever,  adv.     Notwithstanding  that,  albeit  =  however.     Obs.     II, 

i,  323- 

Hunts-up,  sb.  A  song  or  tune  to  waken  huntsmen.  A  disturbance, 
uproar.  Obs.  or  dial.  II,  I,  242. 

If,  con].    If  that  was  formerly  in  use  for  the  simple  if.     Now  arch. 

V,  2,  173. 

Imperious,  a.     Ruling,  dominant.     Obs.     I,  3,  100. 

Impart,  v.    To  make  known,  tell,  relate.    Arch.     IV,  3,  171. 

Impute,  v.    To  regard,  consider.     Obs.    V,  i,  37. 

In,  adv.  Involved,  entangled  in  (an  action,  especially  an  unlawful 
one).  Obs.  II,  i,  428. 

Innocencie,  sb.     Now  somewhat  rare  or  arch.  =  innocence.     Ill,  3,  74. 

Innocent,  sb.     A  guiltless  person.     Obs.     IV,  3,  289;  V,  2,  230. 

Instruct,  v.  Construction,  clause  as  object.  Obs.  Ill,  i,  69;  III,  i, 
174;  V,  i,  138. 


GLOSSARY  .       187 

Intelligence,  sb.  Agency  for  obtaining  secret  information  or  news. 
Obs.  II,  i,  69. 

The  communication  of  spies,  secret  or  private  agents,  etc.     Obs. 
HI,  3,  133- 

Intercession,  sb.  Loosely  used  for  a  petition  or  pleading  on  one's  own 
behalf.  Obs.  Ill,  i,  15. 

Invert,  v.  trans.  To  divert  from  its  proper  purpose,  to  pervert  to 
another  use.  Obs.  IV,  3,  217. 

Issue,  sb.  Med.  A  discharge  of  blood  or  other  matter  from  the 
body.  II,  i,  170. 

Jealous,  a.     Doubtful,  mistrustful.     Obs.     IV,  i,  50. 

Jerk,  sb.    A  stripe,  lash.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  3. 

Jerkin,  sb.  Arch,  or  hist.  A  garment  for  the  upper  part  of  the  body 
worn  by  men  in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  With  "  buffe  ". 
The  military  dress  Obs.  Ill,  i,  37. 

Joy,  sb.  Paradise,  heaven,  bliss.  Obs.  or  arch.  Ill,  3,  38.  Cf.  U.  C. 
II,  i  (5Qb),  "after  joys". 

Joyne,  v.  intr.  said  of  the  battle.     Obs.    I,  3,  89. 

Justice,  sb.     Infliction  of  punishment.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  27;  IV,  3,  287. 

Keepe,  v.  Live,  lodge.  (Freq.  in  literary  use  from  c  1580  to  1650; 
now  only  colloquial,  especially  at  Cambridge  University  and  in  U.  S.) 

II,  i,  359- 

Knave,  sb.     One  of  low  condition.     Now  arch.     IV,  I,  41. 

Know,  v.     To  acknowledge.     Obs.     II,  i,  168. 

To  have  carnal  acquaintance  with.    Arch.     Ill,  3,  62;  IV,  3,  229. 

Knowledge,  sb.     Recognition.     Obs.    V,  2,  218. 

Largely,  adv.  Liberally,  bountifully.  Now  arch,  and  with  mixture 
of  extensively,  etc.  Ill,  i,  188. 

Late,  a.  Recent  in  date.  Now  Obs.  Of  persons,  chiefly  in  phrase 
of  late  years.  II,  i,  123;  IV,  3,  208;  V,  I,  169. 

Latest,  a.     Last.     Now  arch,  and  poet.     I,  3,  369;  V,  i,  134. 

Leap,  v.     To  leap  on.     Now  upon.     II,  i,  177. 

Leave,  v.  To  abandon,  forsake.  Now  rare  or  Obs.  except  in  '  to 
leave  off '.  Ill,  2,  107. 

To  cease,  stop.     With  object  infinitive  with  to.     Now  only  arch. 
=  leave  off.     IV,  i,  38. 

Lewd,  a.     Low,  vulgar,  '  base '.     Obs.     II,  i,  225. 

Light,  Phr.  by  this  light.    Arch.     Ill,  i,  189. 

Like,  a.  Likely.  Now  somewhat  rare  in  literary  use ;  still  common 
colloquially.  II,  i,  206. 

Like,  used  as  conj.  =  'like  as',  as.  Now  generally  condemned  as 
vulgar  or  slovenly.  Ill,  i,  76;  III,  i,  147,  etc. 

Lob's  pound,  sb.  Now  dial.  Prison,  jail.  Also  fig.  an  entanglement, 
difficulty.  Ill,  2,  52. 

Loose,  v.     To  forget.     Obs.     II,  i,  393. 

Lord,  sb.     A  husband.     Now  only  poet,  and  humorous.     II,   i,   106; 

III,  3,58;  111,3,  132. 


188  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Love,  construction  with  to  arch.     I,  3,  351. 

For  love's  sake,  phr.    A  phrase  of  strong  entreaty.     Obs.    I,  3,  i. 
Madona,  sb.    An  Italian  lady.     Obs.     Ill,  I,  31. 
Magnificence,  sb.     Munificence.     Obs.     Ill,  i,  221. 
Maine,  a.     Highly  important,  momentous.     Obs.    V,  2,  157. 
Make,  v.    To  be  '  compact '  of.     Obs.     II,  I,  131. 

Phr.  make  a  shot.    Now  arch.    IV,  3,  155. 

Phr.  make  up.    To  attire  a  person  suitably  for  receiving  guests. 
Obs.    II,  i,  172. 

Malevolent,  a.    Astrol.    Exercising  an  evil  or  baleful  influence.    Obs. 

I,  3,  309. 

Marke,  v.    To  observe.     Now  poet.     Ill,  3,  134. 

Marrie,  int.  Obs.  except  arch,  or  dial.  Originally  Mary,  an  excla 
mation  of  asseveration,  surprise,  etc.  II,  I,  225. 

Mayd,  sb.  Maiden.  Now  only  (exc.  dial.)  arch,  or  playful.  Ill,  i, 
181 ;  V,  i,  55- 

Meane,  a.    Petty,  unimportant.     ?Obs.    I,  3,  14;  I,  3,  55;  II,  I,  131. 

Meeter,  sb.    A  verse  or  poem.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  18. 

Melancholy,  sb.  The  disease  supposed  to  result  from  having  too 
much  '  black  bile ' ;  in  early  references  its  prominent  symptoms  are  sullen- 
ness  and  propensity  to  causeless  and  violent  anger,  and  in  later  references 
mental  gloom  and  sadness.  Obs.  II,  i,  124. 

Me  thinkes,  Phr.     It  seems  to  me.     Now  arch,  and  poet.     I,  3,  100. 

Minister,  v.    To  administer.     Obs.     I,  3,  306. 

Miscarry,  v.  intr.    To  meet  with  death.     Obs.    I,  3,  343. 

Mischiefe,  Phr.  with  a  mischief.  Used  as  an  expletive.  Obs.  II, 
I,  234. 

Misse,  v.    To  be  unsuccessful.    Now  arch,  or  Obs.    IV,  i,  91. 

Mistris,  sb.  A  sweetheart.  Now  avoided  in  ordinary  use  except  in 
unequivocal  contexts.  I,  3,  38;  I,  3,  39,  etc. 

A  woman  who  has  the  power  to  control  or  dispose  of  something. 
Now  rare.    V,  i,  42;  V,  2,  67. 

Modesty,  sb.     Moderation ;  self  control.     Obs.    II,  I,  65. 

Modicum,  sb.    Applied  to  a  person  of  small  stature.     Obs.     II,  I,  183. 

Moneys,  sb.  pi.  Sums  of  money.  Now  chiefly  in  legal  or  quasi-legal 
parlance,  or  as  an  archaism.  Ill,  i,  125. 

Monstrous,  a.    Unnatural.     Obs.     I,  3,  287. 

Moore,  sb.  A  Mohammedan,  especially  a  Mohammedan  inhabitant  of 
India.  II,  i,  167. 

More,  a.     Greater.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  33. 

Most,  absol.  (Construed  as  plural.)  The  greatest  number.  Now 
usually  without  article;  in  early  use  most  and  the  most  were  both  common. 
I,  i,  68;  IV,  3,  54- 

Mulct,  sb.    A  penalty  of  any  kind.     See  note.     IV,  3,  190. 

Mushrome,  sb.  fig.  A  contemptible  person.  II,  i,  86.  Cf.  D.  F.  IV, 
i  (24ib). 


GLOSSARY  .     189 

Musicke,   sb.     A   company  of  musicians.     Obs.   exc.   in   military  use. 

II,  i,  78. 

Musty,  a.     Ill  humored,  peevish.     Obs.  except  dial.     II,  i,  113. 

Name,  sb.    Repute,  reputation.     Now  rare.     IV,  i,   12. 

Nay,  adv.  Expresses  negation.  Now  arch,  or  dial.  Ill,  i,  62;  III, 
i,  129. 

Nectar,  sb.  Applied  in  Massinger  to  the  moisture  on  the  lips.  I,  3, 
205  ;  V,  2,  212. 

Need,  v.     Phr.  it  needs.     It  is  needful  or  necessary.     Obs.    V,  I,  81. 

Neere,  a.     Intimate  with.     Obs.     IV,  3,  87. 

Neerely,  adv.     In  a  special  manner,  particularly.     I,  3,  262. 

Neighbor,  a.  In  attrib.  use,  passing  into  adj.  Situated  near  or  close. 
(Very  common  c  1580-1700.)  V,  i,  123. 

Next,  a.  Phr.  the  next  way.  The  shortest,  most  convenient  or  direct 
way.  Obs.  Ill,  2,  7. 

Nor,  conj.  Introducing  both  alternatives.  Chiefly  poet.  II,  i,  356; 
V,  2,  10. 

Obdurate,  a.  The  regular  accentuation.  I,  3,  292.  Cf.  U.  C.  IV,  I 
(S6b)  ;  Ren.  V,  3  (i6ia)  ;  C.  M.  V,  3  (455a). 

Observe,  v.  To  treat  with  attention  or  regard.  Obs.  Ill,  3,  47 ; 
IV,  2,  4. 

Of,  prep.     For.    Arch.     II,  i,  109. 

On.     Phr.  on  thy  life.     On  a  capital  charge.     Obs.     IV,  3,  165. 

One.  indefinite  pronoun.     Some  one.     Arch,  or  Obs.     IV,  3,  290. 

Or,  conj.  Or  ...  or  is  sometimes  used  in  the  sense  of  either  .  .  .  or. 
This  is  now  poetic.  II,  I,  189-90;  III,  2,  89;  V,  2,  167. 

Order,  v.    To  treat,  manage.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  120. 

O're,  adv.     Poetic  and  dialectical  contraction  of  over.    V,  2,  61. 

Organ,  sb.     An  instrument,  a  tool.    Arch.    V,  2,  57. 

Ought,  sb.  (pron.).     Form  of  aught.    Arch.     I,  3,  115. 

Outside,  sb.     Outer  garments,  clothes.     Obs.    I,  3,  2. 

Owe,  v.    To  acknowledge  as  belonging  to  oneself.     Obs.     I,  3,  24. 

Oyle,    Phr.   oil  of  angels.     Gold   employed   in   gifts   or  bribes.     Obs. 

III,  2,  24. 

Panicque,  a.  In  panic  terror,  etc. ;  such  as  was  attributed  to  the  action 
of  the  god  Pan.  I,  3,  167. 

Pardon,  v.     Now  excuse  me.     II,  i,  266. 

Parts,  sb.  pi.     Abilities,  capacities,  talents.     Now  Arch.,  rare  in  speech. 

IV,  i,  21 ;  IV,  i,  34;  IV,  3,48. 

Partie,  sb.  Now  shoppy,  vulgar,  or  jocular,  the  proper  word  being 
person.  Ill,  2,  51. 

Passage,  sb.     Incident,  event.     Obs.  or  arch.     Ill,  i,  212. 

Peice,  sb.  Piece  of  eight,  the  Spanish  dollar,  or  peso,  of  the  value 
of  8  reals,  or  about  45  6d.  It  was  marked  with  the  figure  8.  Ill,  i,  34- 

Perforce,  adv.     Forcibly,  by  violence.     I,  3,  257. 

Peruse,  v.    To  examine  or  consider  in  detail.     Arch.     Ill,  2,  63. 


190  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Phrensie,  sb.     Mental  derangement.     Now  somewhat  rare  in   its  lit 
eral  sense.     V,  2,  77 ;  V,  2,  258. 

Physicke,  sb.     Medicine.     (Now  chiefly  colloq.)     II,  1,123;  HI,  2,  31; 
IV,  3,  97- 

Picture,  sb.     The  portrait   or   likeness  of   a  person.     Now  rare.    V, 
i,  123. 

Pistolet,  sb.     Name  given  certain  foreign  gold  coins  in  i6th  c.  rang 
ing  in  value  from  55  lod  to  6s  8d;  in  later  times  =  Pistole.     Ill,  i,  240. 

Pittie,  sb.     Clemency,  mercy,  mildness.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  50;  III,  3,  72. 
Construction  of  Obs.    V,  2,  100. 

Plague,  sb.  spec.    The  oriental  or  bubonic  plague.    IV,  2,  73 ;  V,  2, 227. 

Please,  v.     Phr.  please  you.     May  it  please  you.     Obs.     IV,  3,  172. 

Poore,  a.     In  modest  or  apologetic  use.     I,  3,  268;  II,  I,  58,  etc. 

Poorely,  adv.     Meanly,  shabbily.     Obs.     IV,  3,  74. 

Port,  sb.    A  gate,  or  gateway;   from   I4th  c.  usually  that  of  a  city. 
Now  chiefly  Scotch.    IV,  3,  166. 

Post,  sb.    A  courier  (now  chiefly  Hist.).     I,  3,  81 ;  I,  3,  137. 

Posterie,  sb.     Obs.  rare.     Posterity.     IV,  3,  131. 

Posture,  sb.     Mil.     A  particular  position  of  a  weapon  in  drill  or  war 
fare.     Obs.     I,  i,  24. 

Power,  sb.    PL     Forces,  i.  e.  distinct  hosts.     Now  rare  or  arch.    I, 
3,  256. 

Poxe,   sb.     In   imprecations,   or   exclamations   of   irritation   or   impa 
tience.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  101. 

Practice,  sb.    An  action,  a  deed.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  2. 

Prayse,  sb.  transf.     Merit,  value,  virtue.    Arch.     Ill,  I,  129. 

Preferre,  v.    With  before,  construction  Obs.    II,  i,  405-7. 

Preserve,  v.    To  keep  alive.    Arch.    V,  2,  139 ;  V,  2,  180. 

President,  sb.     Obs.  fQrm  of  precedent.     I,  3,  318. 

Pretend,  v.    Phr.  pretend  to.    To  put  forward  as  an  excuse.    1,3,315. 

Prethe,  archaic  colloquialism  for  '(I)  pray  thee '.    Ill,  I,  263;  III,  2, 
35,  48,  94,  107,  etc. 

Prevention,  sb.     A  means  of  preventing,  a  preventive,  a  safeguard. 
Obs.     IV,  3,  45- 

The  action  of  forestalling  another  person  in  the  execution  of  his 
designs.     Obs.    V,  2,  30. 

Prittie,  a.     Having  the  proper  appearance,  qualities  or  manners  of  a 
man.     Now  Arch.     IV,  I,  21. 

Privacy,  sb.  pi.     Private  or  retired  places ;  private  apartments.     Now 
rare.    I,  3,  219. 

Private  man,  Private  Soldier.     I,  i,  25. 

Prize,  v.    To  value.     Obs.     I,  i,  107;  I,  3,  203;  II,  i,  318. 

Propertie,  sb.    A  tool,  a  '  cat's  paw '.     Obs.     IV,  3,  295. 

Propound,  v.    To  set  before  one  as  a  reward.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  159. 

Prove,  v.    To  try,  test.     Arch,  except  in  technical  uses.     IV,  3,  257. 

Provide,  v.     Construction  of  Obs.    V,  i,  113. 

Pulpet  man,  sb.    A  preacher.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  30. 


GLOSSARY  .       191 

Pulses,  sb.  Formerly  sometimes  construed  erroneously  as  a  plural. 
V,  2,  65. 

Punie,  sb.  A  junior  or  recently  admitted  pupil  or  student  in  a  school 
or  university  or  in  the  Inns  of  Court ;  a  freshman.  Also  fig.  or  allusively. 
Obs.  IV,  i,  107.  Cf.  P.  L.  Ill,  i  (i/sa). 

Push-pin,  sb.  A  child's  game  in  which  each  player  pushes  or  fillips 
his  pin  with  the  object  of  crossing  that  of  another  player.  Ill,  2,  47. 

Put,  v.     Phr.  put  in.     To  intervene.     ?Obs.     Ill,  i,  15. 

Phr.  put  on.     To  put  on  one's  hat,  'be  covered'.     IV,  I,  15. 

Quallitie,  sb.     Rank  or  position.     Now  rare.     Ill,  i,  187;  III,  2,  13. 

Question,  v.     To  dispute  with.     Obs.     I,  2,  n. 

Quick,  a.     Alive.     Now  dial,  or  arch.     I,  3,  315. 

Raise,  v.    To  erase  or  raze.     Obs.    V,  2,  122. 

Rampant,  a.     Lustful,  vicious.     Obs.     Ill,  2,  g. 

Rarely,  adv.  Finely,  splendidly,  beautifully.  (Frequent  in  I7th  c ) 
IV,  i,  32. 

Recide,  v.     Obs.  form  of  '  reside '.     I,  3,  357. 

Record,  sb.  The  regular  accentuation.  IV,  3,  130.  Cf.  M.  H.  IV,  3 
(273)  ;  C.  M.  II,  3  (4363)  ;  Bash.  L.  V,  3  (558a)  ;  Bel.  II,  2  (6o3a). 

Remission,  sb.  Pardon  for  a  political  offence.  Now  only  Hist.  Ill, 
i,  152. 

Remove,  sb.  Departure  to  another  place.  Now  rare  (very  common 
c.  1590-1760).  Ill,  i,  52. 

Resolve,  v.  To  free  from  doubt  or  perplexity.  (Common  in  I7th  c.) 
Obs.  II,  i,  15. 

To  inform,  tell  a  person  of  a  thing.     Obs.     II,  i,  74. 
To  convince  one  of  something.     Obs.     II,  i,  370. 

Restrayn,  v.  intr.     To  refrain  from  something.     Now  rare.    V,  2,  29. 

Rouse,  sb.  Now  arch.  A  bumper,  full  draught  of  liquor.  A  ca 
rousal  or  bout  of  drinking.  I,  I,  33. 

Sadnesse,  sb.    Soberness.     fObs.    II,  i,  103. 

Say,  v.     In  perf.  tense  =  I  have  finished  speaking.     Obs.     Ill,  i,  188. 

Scholler,  sb.  A  pupil  of  a  master.  Now  arch,  or  rhetorical.  Ill, 
i,  234. 

Search,  v.     To  probe  a  wound.     Obs.     IV,  3,  28;  V,  2,  92. 

Seas,  sb.  pi.  poet,  or  rhetorical  like  '  waters '.     I,  3,  340. 

Sect,  sb.     Class  or  kind  of  persons.     Obs.    IV,  i,  9. 

Sectarie,  sb.  In  i7-i8th  c.  commonly  applied  to  the  English  Protestant 
Dissenters.  Now  chiefly  Hist.  Ill,  2,  25. 

Secure,  a.     Feeling  sure  or  certain.     ?Obs.     I,  2,  26. 

Sensible,  a.  Cognizant,  conscious,  aware  of.  Construction  of.  Now 
somewhat  rare.  V,  2,  91. 

Sensuall,  a.  Not  so  darkly  colored  then  as  now,  more  nearly  ap 
proaching  sensuous.  Ill,  3,  61. 

Shew,  v.  With  complement.  To  look,  seem,  appear.  Obs.  with  sb. 
IV,  3,  165.  Arch,  with  adjective  complement.  II,  i,  128,  246;  IV,  3,  220. 


192  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Shift,   v.   intr.    To   manage   matters,   to   make   provisions    for.     Obs. 

IV,  3,  261. 

Shot,  v.  Of  a  vessel  to  receive  a  shot  causing  a  dangerous  leak;  also 
slang  clapt  or  poxt.  Ill,  2,  67. 

Skilles,  v.  To  make  a  difference,  matter.  In  negative  interrogative 
clauses.  Now  arch.  I,  i,  25. 

Sleepy,  a.     Inducing  sleep,  soporific.     Now  rare.    V,  2,  90. 

Smother,  v.  To  conceal  by  keeping  silent  about,  to  hush  up.  (Now 
with  up.)  Obs.  II,  I,  25. 

Sooth,  sb.    In  good  sooth.    Truly,  now  arch.     Ill,  2,  95. 

Sooth,  v.  To  support  or  back  up  a  person  in  a  statement.  Obs.  V, 
2,  156. 

Stale,  sb.    A  dupe  or  laughing  stock.     Obs.  or  arch.     IV,  3,  294. 

Star,  sb.     Destiny.    Rare.    I,  3,  50;  V,  I,  160. 

Store,  sb.  Abundance,  plenty.  Used  archaically  without  the  indefi 
nite  article.  Ill,  2,  49. 

Straight,  adv.     Narrowly,  closely.     Obs.    V,  I,  40. 

Submission,  sb.    Admission,  confession.     Obs.     Ill,  3,  20. 
.Taint,  v.    To  accuse  of  crime  or  dishonor.     Obs.     I,  I,  107. 

Tax,  v.    To_accuse.    Const,  -for.    Obs.     (Now  with.)     II,  i,  330. 

Teeming,  vbl.  sb.     Breeding,  with  child.     Obs.    V,  I,  59. 

Then,  con/.  Originally  same  word  as  Than,  conj.,  which  in  both 
senses  varied  in  M.  E.  and  i6th  c.  between  then  and  than.  I,  i,  45,  112, 
122;  I,  2,  30,  etc. 

Think,  v.  Phr.  think  on.  Now  usually  of.  I,  I,  26;  II,  I,  415;  V, 
2,  16;  V,  2,  34;  V,  2,  200. 

Tis.     A  contraction  of  it  is.     Now  chiefly  used  in  poetry.     Ill,  I,  190. 

Touch,  v.    To  concern.     Obs.     Ill,  i,  207. 

Towse,  v.  To  pull  a  woman  about  rudely,  or  indelicately.  Obs.  Ill, 
i,  30. 

Tract,  sb.  Path,  way,  route.  Now  rare  or  Obs.;  usually  expressed 
by  track.  V,  i,  95.  Cf.  M.  H.  V,  2  (2823). 

Travaile,  sb.     Exertion,  trouble,  suffering.    Arch.     I,  3,  67;  V,  i,  159. 

Travailes,  sb.  in  pi.    Labors.     Obs.     I,  i,  27. 

Triumph,  sb.  A  public  festivity  or  display  of  any  kind.  Obs.  Ill, 
i,  14. 

Trode,  Pa.  t.  of  trod.    Arch.     IV,  2,  54. 

'Troth,  sb.     Colloq.  for  in  troth  as  is  shown  by  the  apostrophe  here. 

V,  2,  ii. 

Trunke,  sb.     In  literary  use,  the  body.    V,  2,  142,  225. 

Undertaker,  sb.  He  who  undertakes  any  action.  II,  i,  252.  Cf.  Ren. 
Ill,  3  (I49a)  ;  N.  W.  V,  i  (4i6b). 

Unto,  prep.  To ;  now  somewhat  antiquated,  but  much  used  in  formal 
or  antiquated  style.  IV,  3,  307;  V,  2,  n,  69. 

Use,  sb.     Construction  with  of.     Obs.     IV,  3,  177. 

Want,  sb.    Time  of  need.     ?Obs.    Ill,  i,  123. 


•GLOSSARY  193 

Weed,  sb.  Costume.  Now  commonly  in  the  plural  and  chiefly  in  the 
phrase  widow's  weeds.  Ill,  i,  150. 

Whether,  adv.    An  obsolete  form  of  whither.    Ill,  2,  86;  V,  i,  153. 

Wind,  v.  To  twist  one's  self  or  worm  one's  way  into  or  out  of  some 
thing.  Obs.  I,  3,  75. 

Witty,  a.    Clever,  skillfully  devised.    Obs.    V,  2,  250. 

Writ,  pa.  pple.     Obs.  or  arch,  for  written.     I,  3,  238;  III,  I,  74. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Abbott,  E.  A.     A  Shakespearian  Grammar. 

Arber,  Edward.     Stationers'  Register,  reprint. 

Aubrey,  John.     Brief  Lives,  edited  by  A.  Clark,  vol.  II,  pp.  54-5. 

Baker,  David  Ernest.     Biographia  Dramatica. 

Baudissin,  Graf  von.     Ben  Jonson  und  seine  Schule.     1836. 

Beck,  Christoph.  Phil.  Massinger,  The  Fatall  Dowry.  Ein- 
leitung  zu  einer  neuen  Ausgabe.  1906. 

Believe  As  Ye  List,  MS.  facsimile. 

Boyle,  Robert.  Article  on  Philip  Massinger  in  D.  N.  B.,  sum 
marizing  his  articles  in  Engl.  Stud.  Vols.  V,  VII,  VIII,  IX, 
X  and  in  the  New  Shakespeare  Society's  transactions  1886. 
Also  his  comments  in  Engl.  Stud.,  XVII,  XVIII,  XXVI, 
XXXI. 

Bradley,  A.  C.     Shakespearean  Tragedy. 

Briggs,  W.  D.  Influence  of  Jonson's  Tragedy,  a  thesis.  1912. 
Also  in  Anglia,  vol.  35,  pp.  311-22. 

British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Printed  Books. 

Bullen,  A.  H.     Article  Fletcher  in  D.  N.  B. 

Calendar  of  State  Papers  1619-23. 

Cambridge  History  of  ^English  Literature. 

Gary,  Lady  Elizabeth.  The  Tragedie  of  Mariam,  the  faire 
Queene  of  Jewry.  The  Malone  Society  Reprints,  1914.  Pre 
pared  by  A.  C.  Dunston  with  the  assistance  of  the  general 
editor,  W.  W.  Greg. 

Catalogue  of  the  Dyce  Collection  of  MSS.,  1875. 

Colman,  George.  Critical  Reflections  on  the  old  English  Dra- 
matick  Writers.  Works,  vol.  II,  107  ff.  First  published  as  a 
separate  pamphlet,  afterwards  prefixed  to  the  remaining  sets 
of  Coxeter's  edition  of  Massinger. 

Courthope,  W.  J.     History  of  English  Poetry. 

Cunliffe,  J.  W.    The  Influence  of  Seneca  on  Elizabethan  Tragedy. 

Dibdin,  Thomas.     London  Stage,  vol.  II. 

Dibdin,  Thomas.     London  Theatre,  vol.  IX. 

Drummond,  Ben  Jonson's  Conversations.  Shak.  Soc.  Pub., 
vol.  VIII. 

194 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  .       ^95 

Fenton,  Elijah.  "  Mariamne  ".  Bell's  British  Theatre,  1797,  vol. 
XXVI. 

Fleay,  F.  G.  New  Shakespeare  Society  Transactions,  1874. 
Engl.  Stud.,  vols.  IX,  X.  A  Chronicle  History  of  the  London 
Stage,  1890.  A  Biographical  Chronicle  of  the  English  Drama, 
1891. 

Foster,  Joseph.     Alumni  Oxonienses,  III,  1004. 

Freytag,  Gustav.  Technique  of  the  Drama,  trans,  by  E.  J. 
Macewan. 

Gardiner,  S.  R.  The  Political  Element  in  Massinger.  The  Con 
temporary  Review,  August,  1876,  vol.  XXVIII,  pp.  495  ff. ; 
rptd.  in  N.  Shaksp.  Soc.  Trans.,  1875-6,  pp.  314  ff. 

Gaspary,  Alfred.  Allgemeine  Ausspriiche  in  den  Dramen  Philip 
Massingers.  1890. 

Gayley,  C.  M.     Beaumont,  The  Dramatist. 

Genest,  John.  History  of  Drama  and  Stage  in  England  from 
1660-1830. 

Gerhardt,  E.  P.  Massinger's  The  Duke  of  Milan  und  Seine 
Quellen.  1905. 

Gildersleeve,  V.  C.  Government  Regulation  of  the  Elizabethan 
Drama. 

Gosse,  E.     The  Jacobean  Poets. 

Grack,  W.  "  Studien  iiber  die  dramatische  Behandlung  der 
Geschichte  von  Herodes  und  Mariamne  in  der  englischen  und 
deutschen  Litteratur.  Massinger,  Fenton,  Hebbel,  Stephen 
Phillips.  1901. 

Greg,  W.  W.     Henslowe  Papers,  1907. 

Grosart,  A.  B.  Literary  Finds  in  Trinity  College,  Dublin  and 
elsewhere.  Engl.  Stud.,  XXVI,  pp.  i  ff. 

Guicciardini,  Francesco.  The  Historic  of  Guicciardin,  contein- 
ing  the  Warres  Of  Italic  and  Other  Partes,  continued  for  many 
yeares  under  sundry  Kings  and  Princes,  together  with  the 
variations  and  accidents  of  the  same,  deuided  into  twenty 
bookes :  .  .  .  Reduced  into  English  by  Geffray  Fenton  1579. 

Hazlitt,  W.  C.     Collections  and  Notes. 

Hazlitt,  W.  C.     The  Whole  Works  of  William  Browne. 

Hebbel,  Friedrich.  "  Herodes  und  Mariamne  ".  Samtliche  Werke. 
Berlin,  1904.  Vol.  II. 

Heckmann,  Theodor.  Massinger's  "  The  Renegado  "  Und  Seine 
Spanischen  Quellen.  1905. 


196  THE   DUKE   OF    MILAN 

Herapath,  Miss  Florence.     Women  folk  in  the  Duke  of  Milan. 

The  Academy,  Dec.  19,  1891. 
Josephus,  Flavius.     Works  translated  out  of  Latin  and  French 

by  Thomas  Lodge,  1620. 

Keltic,  John  S.     Works  of  the  British  dramatists. 
Koeppel,  Emil.     Quellen-Studien  zu  den  Dramen    .    .    .    Philip 

Massingers.     1897. 
Landau,    Marcus.     Die   Dramen   von   Herodes   und    Mariamne. 

Zeitschrift  fur  vergleichende  Litteraturgeschichte.     Vols.  8,  9. 

1895,  1896. 
Langbaine,   Gerard.     An   Account   of    The   English   Dramatick 

Poets.     1691. 
Lodge,  Thomas.     The  Famous  And  Memorable  Workes  Of  lo- 

sephus,  A  Man  Of  Much  Honour  And  Learning  Among  the 

lewe's.     Faithfully  translated  out  of  the  Latine,  and  French, 

by  Tho.  Lodge,  Doctor  in  Physicke. 
Lodge,  Thomas.     The  Workes  of  Lucius  Annaeus  Seneca  Newly 

Inlarged  and  Corrected  by  Thomas  Lodge  D.  M.  P. 
Masson,  David.     Life  of  Milton. 
Matthews,  Brander.     Introduction  to  a  New  Way  to  Pay  Old 

Debts,  in  Gay  ley's  Representative  English  Comedies,  vol.  II. 
Merle,  Alfred.     Massinger's  "The   Picture"  Und   Painter,   II, 

28.     1905. 

Morris,  E.  C.     The  Old  Law,  an  attempt  to  assign  parts  to  Mas- 
singer,  Middleton,  and  Rowley.     M.  L.  A.,  17,  1-70.     1902. 
Murray,  J.  T.     English  Dramatic  Companies,  1558-1642. 
Nare's  Glossary. 
Oliphant,  E.  H.     The  works  of  Beaumont  and  Fletcher.     Engl. 

Stud.      Vols.  XIV,  XV. 
Overbury,  Sir  Thomas.     Characters,  1614. 
Parrott,  T.  M.     The  Comedies  of  George  Chapman. 
Peterson,  Joseph  M.     The  Dorothea  Legend.     Its  Earliest  Rec 
ords,  Middle  English  Versions,  and  Influence  on  Massinger's 

"Virgin  Martyr."     1910. 
Phelan,  J.     Philip  Massinger,  a  thesis,   1879.     Also  in  Anglia, 

II,  i  ff. 

Phillips,  Stephen.     Herod,  A  Tragedy.     1901. 
Plomer,  H.  R.     A  Dictionary  of  the  Booksellers  and  Printers 

who  were  at  Work  in  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland  from  1641 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  .        1Q7 

to   1667.     London,   1907.     In  Bibliographical  Society  Papers, 

1907. 
Raebal,   Karl.     Massinger's   Drama.     "The  Maid  of   Honour" 

in  seinem  Verhaltnis  zu  Painter's  "  Palace  of  Pleasure  ".    1901. 
Robin,  P.  A.     The  Old  Physiology  in  English  Literature. 
Sachs,  Hans.     Tragedia,  mit  15  personen  zu  agirn,  der  wiitrich 

konig  Herodes,  wie  der  sein  drey  son  und  sein  gmahel  umb- 

bracht,  unnd  hat  5  actus."     1552.     Bibliothek  des  Litterari- 

schen  Vereins,  136. 
Sampson,  W.,  and  Markham,  G.     The  True  Tragedy  of  Herod 

and  Antipater,  with  the  Death  of  Faire  Mariam.     1622.     No 

reprint.     Accessible  to  me  only  in  Professor  T.  M.  Parrott's 

notes. 
Sartorius,  Heinrich.     Die  klassische  Cotter  und  Heldensage  in 

den  Dramen.  .  .  .  Massinger's.     1912. 
Schelling,  F.  E.     Elizabethan  Drama. 
Second  Maiden's  Tragedy,  The.     The  Malone  Society  Reprints, 

1909.     Prepared  by  W.  W.  Greg.     Also  in  Hazlitt's  Dodsley, 

vol.  X.     References  in  my  work  are  to  the  Reprint,  usually 

by  line,  though  act  and  scene  is  given  also. 
Shands,  H.  A.     Massinger's  "The  Great  Duke  Of  Florence" 

Und  Seine  Quellen.     1902. 
Simpson,  P.     Shakespearian  Punctuation. 
Stephen,    Sir   L.     Philip    Massinger.     The    Cornhill    Magazine, 

October,  1877;  rptd.  in  Hours  in  a  Library,  3d  ed.,  vol.  2,  1899. 
Swinburne,  A.  C.     Philip  Massinger.     Fortnightly  Review,  vol. 

52,  1-24. 

Symons,  Arthur.     "  Duke  of  Milan  ".     In  Mermaid  Series. 
Thomann,   Willy.     Der  eifersiichtige   Ehemann   im  Drama  der 

Elisabethanischen  Zeit.     1908. 

Tieck,  Ludwig.     Shakespeare's  vorschule.     Leipzig,  1823. 
Vicary,  Thomas.     The  Anatomic  of  the  Bodie  of  Man. 
Voltaire,  Francois.     Mariamne. 
Ward,  A.  W.     History  of  English  Dramatic  Literature  to  the 

Death  of  Queen  Anne. 
Wood,  Anthony.     Athenae  Oxonienses. 
Wurzbach,    Wolfgang    von.      Philip    Massinger.      Shakespeare 

Jahrbuch,  XXXV,  XXXVI. 

Zender,  Rudolf.     Die  Magie  im  Englischen  Drama  des  Elisa 
bethanischen  Zeitalters.     1907. 


PR 

2704 

D8 

1918 


Massinger,   Philip 

.xn  edition  of  Phil 
Massinger ' s  Duke  of  Milan 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY